Preparing for release of 2.6.6

.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+ID
+Makefile
+autom4te*.cache
+confdefs.h
+config.cache
+config.h
+config.log
+config.status
+conftest.c
+conftest.log
+dox
+getgroups
+gmon.out
+rsync
+shconfig
+testdir
+tests-dont-exist
+testtmp
+testtmp.*
+tls
+trimslash
+t_unsafe
+wildtest
+getfsdev
+.rsync-filter

.gitignore

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-*.[oa]
-*~
-dummy
-ID
-Makefile
-Makefile.old
-configure.sh
-configure.sh.old
-config.cache
-config.h
-config.h.in
-config.h.in.old
-config.log
-config.status
-aclocal.m4
-/proto.h
-/proto.h-tstamp
-/rsync.1
-/rsyncd.conf.5
-/autom4te*.cache
-/confdefs.h
-/conftest*
-/dox
-/getgroups
-/gmon.out
-/rsync
-/rsync-ssl
-/stunnel-rsync
-/stunnel-rsyncd.conf
-/shconfig
-/testdir
-/tests-dont-exist
-/testtmp
-/tls
-/testrun
-/trimslash
-/t_unsafe
-/wildtest
-/getfsdev
-/rounding.h
-/doc/rsync.pdf
-/doc/rsync.ps
-/support/savetransfer
-/testsuite/chown-fake.test
-/testsuite/devices-fake.test
-/testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test
-/patches
-.deps

.ignore

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+.#*
+*.log
+Makefile
+config.h
+*.o
+CVS
+.ignore
+.cvsignore
+*~
+rsync
+config.status
+config.cache
+TAGS
+config.log
+test
+*.gz
+rsync-*
+*.dvi
+*.aux

COPYING

@@ -1,626 +1,285 @@
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
 
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                       59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
-                            Preamble
+			    Preamble
 
-  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
-
-  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
 your programs, too.
 
   When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
 price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
 have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
 
-  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
 
   For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
 
-  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
 
-  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
 
-  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
-  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
 
   The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
 modification follow.
-
-                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-  0. Definitions.
-
-  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
-  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
-  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
-  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
-  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
-  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
-  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
-  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
-  1. Source Code.
-
-  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
-  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
-  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
-  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
-  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
-  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
-  2. Basic Permissions.
-
-  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
-  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
-  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
-  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
-  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
-  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
-  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
-  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
-  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
-  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
-  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
-    it, and giving a relevant date.
-
-    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
-    released under this License and any conditions added under section
-    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
-    "keep intact all notices".
-
-    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
-    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
-    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
-    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
-    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
-    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
-    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
-    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
-    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
-    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
-    work need not make them do so.
-
-  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
-  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
-  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
-    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
-    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
-    customarily used for software interchange.
-
-    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
-    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
-    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
-    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
-    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
-    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
-    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
-    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
-    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
-    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
-    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
-    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
-    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
-    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
-    with subsection 6b.
-
-    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
-    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
-    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
-    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
-    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
-    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
-    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
-    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
-    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
-    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
-    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
-    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
-    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
-    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
-    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
-    charge under subsection 6d.
-
-  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
-  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
-  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
-  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
-  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
-  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
-  7. Additional Terms.
-
-  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
-  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
-    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
-    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
-    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
-    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
-    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
-    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
-    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
-    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
-    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
-    authors of the material; or
-
-    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
-    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
-    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
-    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
-    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
-    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
-    those licensors and authors.
-
-  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
-  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
-  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
-  8. Termination.
-
-  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
-  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
-  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
-  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
-  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
-  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
-  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
-  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
-  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
-  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
-  11. Patents.
-
-  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
-  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
 this License.
 
-  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
-  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
-  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
-  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
-  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
-  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
-  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
-  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
 otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
 
-  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
 
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
 
-  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
 
-  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
 be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
 address new problems or concerns.
 
-  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
 
-  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
 
-  Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
+			    NO WARRANTY
 
-  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
 
-  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
-  16. Limitation of Liability.
-
-  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
-  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
-                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
 
   If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
@@ -628,15 +287,15 @@ free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
 
   To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
 to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
 
     <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
     Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
 
-    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
     (at your option) any later version.
 
     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -645,30 +304,37 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
     GNU General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 
-  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
 
-    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
     This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
     under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
 
 The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
 
-  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
 
-  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
-<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.

INSTALL

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-To build and install rsync:
+To build and install rsync
 
   $ ./configure
   $ make
@@ -9,15 +9,8 @@ to ./configure.  To see them, use:
 
   $ ./configure --help
 
-Configure tries to figure out if the local system uses group "nobody" or
-"nogroup" by looking in the /etc/group file.  (This is only used for the
-default group of an rsync daemon, which attempts to run with "nobody"
-user and group permissions.)  You can change the default user and group
-for the daemon by editing the NOBODY_USER and NOBODY_GROUP defines in
-config.h, or just override them in your /etc/rsyncd.conf file.
-
 As of 2.4.7, rsync uses Eric Troan's popt option-parsing library.  A
-cut-down copy of a recent release is included in the rsync distribution,
+cut-down copy of release 1.5 is included in the rsync distribution,
 and will be used if there is no popt library on your build host, or if
 the --with-included-popt option is passed to ./configure.
 
@@ -25,16 +18,6 @@ If you configure using --enable-maintainer-mode, then rsync will try
 to pop up an xterm on DISPLAY=:0 if it crashes.  You might find this
 useful, but it should be turned off for production builds.
 
-MAKE COMPATIBILITY
-------------------
-
-Note that Makefile.in has a rule that uses a wildcard in a prerequisite.  If
-your make has a problem with this rule, you will see an error like this:
-
-    Don't know how to make ./*.c
-
-You can change the "proto.h-tstamp" target in Makefile.in to list all the *.c
-filenames explicitly in order to avoid this issue.
 
 RPM NOTES
 ---------
@@ -54,15 +37,16 @@ fails:
 
 Install gcc or HP's "ANSI/C Compiler".
 
+
+
 MAC OSX NOTES
 -------------
 
-Some versions of Mac OS X (Darwin) seem to have an IPv6 stack, but do
-not completely implement the "New Sockets" API.  
+Mac OS X (Darwin) seems to have an IPv6 stack, but it does not
+completely implement the "New Sockets" API.  
 
-<http://www.ipv6.org/impl/mac.html> says that Apple started to support
-IPv6 in 10.2 (Jaguar).  If your build fails, try again after running
-configure with --disable-ipv6.
+<http://www.ipv6.org/impl/mac.html> says that Apple do not support
+IPv6 yet.  If your build fails, try again with --disable-ipv6.
 
 IBM AIX NOTES
 -------------

Makefile.in

@@ -2,9 +2,7 @@
 # Makefile
 
 prefix=@prefix@
-datarootdir=@datarootdir@
 exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-stunnel4=@STUNNEL4@
 bindir=@bindir@
 mandir=@mandir@
 
@@ -14,48 +12,42 @@ CFLAGS=@CFLAGS@
 CPPFLAGS=@CPPFLAGS@
 EXEEXT=@EXEEXT@
 LDFLAGS=@LDFLAGS@
-LIBOBJDIR=lib/
 
 INSTALLCMD=@INSTALL@
 INSTALLMAN=@INSTALL@
 
 srcdir=@srcdir@
-MKDIR_P=@MKDIR_P@
 VPATH=$(srcdir)
 SHELL=/bin/sh
 
-VERSION=@RSYNC_VERSION@
+VERSION=@VERSION@
 
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o
 
-GENFILES=configure.sh aclocal.m4 config.h.in proto.h proto.h-tstamp rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
-HEADERS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h ifuncs.h itypes.h inums.h \
-	lib/pool_alloc.h
-LIBOBJ=lib/wildmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o lib/md5.o \
-	lib/permstring.o lib/pool_alloc.o lib/sysacls.o lib/sysxattrs.o @LIBOBJS@
-zlib_OBJS=zlib/deflate.o zlib/inffast.o zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o \
+HEADERS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h lib/pool_alloc.h
+LIBOBJ=lib/wildmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o \
+	lib/permstring.o lib/pool_alloc.o @LIBOBJS@
+ZLIBOBJ=zlib/deflate.o zlib/inffast.o zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o \
 	zlib/trees.o zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o zlib/compress.o zlib/crc32.o
-OBJS1=flist.o rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o \
-	util.o util2.o main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o delete.o
-OBJS2=options.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o hashtable.o \
-	fileio.o batch.o clientname.o chmod.o acls.o xattrs.o
+OBJS1=rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o util.o \
+	main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o
+OBJS2=options.o flist.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o \
+	fileio.o batch.o clientname.o
 OBJS3=progress.o pipe.o
 DAEMON_OBJ = params.o loadparm.o clientserver.o access.o connection.o authenticate.o
 popt_OBJS=popt/findme.o  popt/popt.o  popt/poptconfig.o \
 	popt/popthelp.o popt/poptparse.o
-OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(OBJS3) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) @BUILD_ZLIB@ @BUILD_POPT@
+OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(OBJS3) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) $(ZLIBOBJ) @BUILD_POPT@
 
-TLS_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/permstring.o lib/sysxattrs.o @BUILD_POPT@
+TLS_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/permstring.o
 
 # Programs we must have to run the test cases
 CHECK_PROGS = rsync$(EXEEXT) tls$(EXEEXT) getgroups$(EXEEXT) getfsdev$(EXEEXT) \
-	testrun$(EXEEXT) trimslash$(EXEEXT) t_unsafe$(EXEEXT) wildtest$(EXEEXT)
-
-CHECK_SYMLINKS = testsuite/chown-fake.test testsuite/devices-fake.test testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test
+	trimslash$(EXEEXT) t_unsafe$(EXEEXT) wildtest$(EXEEXT)
 
 # Objects for CHECK_PROGS to clean
-CHECK_OBJS=tls.o testrun.o getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
+CHECK_OBJS=getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
 
 # note that the -I. is needed to handle config.h when using VPATH
 .c.o:
@@ -63,29 +55,15 @@ CHECK_OBJS=tls.o testrun.o getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.
 	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
 @OBJ_RESTORE@
 
-all: Makefile rsync$(EXEEXT) rsync-ssl stunnel-rsync stunnel-rsyncd.conf @MAKE_MAN@
+all: rsync$(EXEEXT)
 
 install: all
-	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
 	${INSTALLCMD} ${INSTALL_STRIP} -m 755 rsync$(EXEEXT) ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
-	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
-	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
-	if test -f rsync.1; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1; fi
-	if test -f rsyncd.conf.5; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5; fi
-
-install-ssl-client: rsync-ssl stunnel-rsync
-	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 rsync-ssl ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 stunnel-rsync ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
-
-install-ssl-daemon: stunnel-rsyncd.conf
-	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}/etc/stunnel
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 stunnel-rsyncd.conf ${DESTDIR}/etc/stunnel/rsyncd.conf
-	@if ! ls /etc/rsync-ssl/certs/server.* >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then \
-	    echo "Note that you'll need to install the certificate used by /etc/stunnel/rsyncd.conf"; \
-	fi
-
-install-all: install install-ssl-client install-ssl-daemon
+	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
+	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
+	${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
+	${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
 
 install-strip:
 	$(MAKE) INSTALL_STRIP='-s' install
@@ -94,34 +72,10 @@ rsync$(EXEEXT): $(OBJS)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
 
 $(OBJS): $(HEADERS)
-$(CHECK_OBJS): $(HEADERS)
-
-flist.o: rounding.h
-
-rounding.h: rounding.c rsync.h
-	@for r in 0 1 3; do \
-	    if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o rounding -DEXTRA_ROUNDING=$$r -I. $(srcdir)/rounding.c >rounding.out 2>&1; then \
-		echo "#define EXTRA_ROUNDING $$r" >rounding.h; \
-		if test -f "$$HOME/build_farm/build_test.fns"; then \
-		    echo "EXTRA_ROUNDING is $$r" >&2; \
-		fi; \
-		break; \
-	    fi; \
-	done
-	@rm -f rounding
-	@if test -f rounding.h; then : ; else \
-	    cat rounding.out 1>&2; \
-	    echo "Failed to create rounding.h!" 1>&2; \
-	    exit 1; \
-	fi
-	@rm -f rounding.out
 
 tls$(EXEEXT): $(TLS_OBJ)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TLS_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
-testrun$(EXEEXT): testrun.o
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ testrun.o
-
 getgroups$(EXEEXT): getgroups.o
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ getgroups.o $(LIBS)
 
@@ -132,103 +86,36 @@ TRIMSLASH_OBJ = trimslash.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
 trimslash$(EXEEXT): $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
-T_UNSAFE_OBJ = t_unsafe.o syscall.o util.o util2.o t_stub.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/wildmatch.o
+T_UNSAFE_OBJ = t_unsafe.o syscall.o util.o t_stub.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
 t_unsafe$(EXEEXT): $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
-gen: conf proto.h man
+gen: $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/config.h.in proto man
 
-gensend: gen
-	rsync -aivzc $(GENFILES) $${SAMBA_HOST-samba.org}:/home/ftp/pub/rsync/generated-files/
+man: $(srcdir)/rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5
 
-conf:
-	cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f prepare-source.mak conf
+$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+	cd $(srcdir); autoconf
 
-aclocal.m4: $(srcdir)/m4/*.m4
-	aclocal -I $(srcdir)/m4
+$(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+	cd $(srcdir); autoheader
 
-configure.sh config.h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
-	@if test -f configure.sh; then cp -p configure.sh configure.sh.old; else touch configure.sh.old; fi
-	@if test -f config.h.in; then cp -p config.h.in config.h.in.old; else touch config.h.in.old; fi
-	autoconf -o configure.sh
-	autoheader && touch config.h.in
-	@if diff configure.sh configure.sh.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	    echo "configure.sh is unchanged."; \
-	    rm configure.sh.old; \
+$(srcdir)/rsync.1: $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
+	yodl2man -o $(srcdir)/rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
+
+$(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5: $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
+	yodl2man -o $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
+
+proto:
+	cat $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c | awk -f $(srcdir)/mkproto.awk >$(srcdir)/proto.h.new
+	if diff $(srcdir)/proto.h $(srcdir)/proto.h.new >/dev/null; then \
+	  rm $(srcdir)/proto.h.new; \
 	else \
-	    echo "configure.sh has CHANGED."; \
+	  mv $(srcdir)/proto.h.new $(srcdir)/proto.h; \
 	fi
-	@if diff config.h.in config.h.in.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	    echo "config.h.in is unchanged."; \
-	    rm config.h.in.old; \
-	else \
-	    echo "config.h.in has CHANGED."; \
-	fi
-	@if test -f configure.sh.old -o -f config.h.in.old; then \
-	    if test "$(MAKECMDGOALS)" = reconfigure; then \
-		echo 'Continuing with "make reconfigure".'; \
-	    else \
-		echo 'You may need to run:'; \
-		echo '  make reconfigure'; \
-		exit 1; \
-	    fi \
-	fi
-
-reconfigure: configure.sh
-	./config.status --recheck
-	./config.status
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in config.status configure.sh config.h.in
-	@if test -f Makefile; then cp -p Makefile Makefile.old; else touch Makefile.old; fi
-	@./config.status
-	@if diff Makefile Makefile.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	    echo "Makefile is unchanged."; \
-	    rm Makefile.old; \
-	else \
-	    if test "$(MAKECMDGOALS)" = reconfigure; then \
-		echo 'Continuing with "make reconfigure".'; \
-	    else \
-		echo "Makefile updated -- rerun your make command."; \
-		exit 1; \
-	    fi \
-	fi
-
-rsync-ssl: $(srcdir)/rsync-ssl.in Makefile
-	sed 's;\@bindir\@;$(bindir);g' <$(srcdir)/rsync-ssl.in >rsync-ssl
-	@chmod +x rsync-ssl
-
-stunnel-rsync: $(srcdir)/stunnel-rsync.in Makefile
-	sed 's;\@stunnel4\@;$(stunnel4);g' <$(srcdir)/stunnel-rsync.in >stunnel-rsync
-	@chmod +x stunnel-rsync
-
-stunnel-rsyncd.conf: $(srcdir)/stunnel-rsyncd.conf.in Makefile
-	sed 's;\@bindir\@;$(bindir);g' <$(srcdir)/stunnel-rsyncd.conf.in >stunnel-rsyncd.conf
-
-proto: proto.h-tstamp
-
-proto.h: proto.h-tstamp
-	@if test -f proto.h; then :; else cp -p $(srcdir)/proto.h .; fi
-
-proto.h-tstamp: $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c config.h
-	perl $(srcdir)/mkproto.pl $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c
-
-man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5 man-copy
-
-man-copy:
-	@-if test -f rsync.1; then :; else echo 'Copying srcdir rsync.1'; cp -p $(srcdir)/rsync.1 .; fi
-	@-if test -f rsyncd.conf.5; then :; else echo 'Copying srcdir rsyncd.conf.5'; cp -p $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 .; fi
-
-rsync.1: rsync.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
-	-$(srcdir)/tweak_manpage rsync.1
-
-rsyncd.conf.5: rsyncd.conf.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
-	-$(srcdir)/tweak_manpage rsyncd.conf.5
 
 clean: cleantests
-	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS) \
-		rounding rounding.h *.old
+	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(TLS_OBJ) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS)
 
 cleantests:
 	rm -rf ./testtmp*
@@ -238,15 +125,12 @@ cleantests:
 # the source directory.
 distclean: clean
 	rm -f Makefile config.h config.status
-	rm -f rsync-ssl stunnel-rsync stunnel-rsyncd.conf
-	rm -f lib/dummy popt/dummy zlib/dummy
 	rm -f $(srcdir)/Makefile $(srcdir)/config.h $(srcdir)/config.status
-	rm -f $(srcdir)/lib/dummy $(srcdir)/popt/dummy $(srcdir)/zlib/dummy
+
 	rm -f config.cache config.log
 	rm -f $(srcdir)/config.cache $(srcdir)/config.log
+
 	rm -f shconfig $(srcdir)/shconfig
-	rm -f $(GENFILES)
-	rm -rf autom4te.cache
 
 # this target is really just for my use. It only works on a limited
 # range of machines and is used to produce a list of potentially
@@ -261,6 +145,7 @@ finddead:
 
 test: check
 
+
 # There seems to be no standard way to specify some variables as
 # exported from a Makefile apart from listing them like this.
 
@@ -271,33 +156,18 @@ test: check
 # catch Bash-isms earlier even if we're running on GNU.  Of course, we
 # might lose in the future where POSIX diverges from old sh.
 
-check: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
-	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+check: all $(CHECK_PROGS)
+	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TOOLDIR=`pwd` rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
 
-check29: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
-	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh --protocol=29
-
-check30: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
-	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh --protocol=30
-
-wildtest.o: wildtest.c lib/wildmatch.c rsync.h config.h
-wildtest$(EXEEXT): wildtest.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o @BUILD_POPT@
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ wildtest.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o @BUILD_POPT@ $(LIBS)
-
-testsuite/chown-fake.test:
-	ln -s chown.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/chown-fake.test
-
-testsuite/devices-fake.test:
-	ln -s devices.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/devices-fake.test
-
-testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test:
-	ln -s xattrs.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test
+wildtest.o: wildtest.c lib/wildmatch.c rsync.h
+wildtest$(EXEEXT): wildtest.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ wildtest.o @BUILD_POPT@ $(LIBS)
 
 # This does *not* depend on building or installing: you can use it to
 # check a version installed from a binary or some other source tree,
 # if you want.
 
-installcheck: $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
+installcheck: $(CHECK_PROGS)
 	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TOOLDIR=`pwd` rsync_bin="$(bindir)/rsync$(EXEEXT)" srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
 
 # TODO: Add 'dist' target; need to know which files will be included
@@ -307,10 +177,21 @@ installcheck: $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
 splint:
 	splint +unixlib +gnuextensions -weak rsync.c
 
+
+rsync.dvi: doc/rsync.texinfo
+	texi2dvi -o $@ $<
+
+rsync.ps: rsync.dvi
+	dvips -ta4 -o $@ $<
+
+rsync.pdf: doc/rsync.texinfo
+	texi2dvi -o $@ --pdf $<
+
+
 doxygen:
 	cd $(srcdir) && rm dox/html/* && doxygen
 
 # for maintainers only
 doxygen-upload:
 	rsync -avzv $(srcdir)/dox/html/ --delete \
-	$${SAMBA_HOST-samba.org}:/home/httpd/html/rsync/doxygen/head/
+	samba.org:/home/httpd/html/rsync/doxygen/head/

NEWS

@@ -1,47 +1,65 @@
-NEWS for rsync 3.1.2 (21 Dec 2015)
-Protocol: 31 (unchanged)
-Changes since 3.1.1:
+NEWS for rsync 2.6.6 (28 Jul 2005)
+Protocol: 29 (unchanged)
+Changes since 2.6.5:
 
   SECURITY FIXES:
 
-    - Make sure that all transferred files use only path names from inside the
-      transfer.  This makes it impossible for a malicious sender to try to make
-      the receiver use an unsafe destination path for a transferred file, such
-      as a just-sent symlink.
+    - The zlib code was upgraded to version 1.2.3 in order to make it more
+      secure.  While the widely-publicized security problem in zlib 1.2.2 did
+      not affect rsync, another security problem surfaced that affects rsync's
+      zlib 1.1.4.
 
   BUG FIXES:
 
-    - Change the checksum seed order in the per-block checksums.  This prevents
-      someone from trying to create checksum blocks that match in sum but not
-      content.
-    - Fixed a with the per-dir filter files (using -FF) that could trigger an
-      assert failure.
-    - Only skip set_modtime() on a transferred file if the time is exactly
-      right.
-    - Don't create an empty backup dir for a transferred file that doesn't
-      exist yet.
-    - Fixed a bug where --link-dest and --xattrs could cause rsync to exit if
-      a filename had a matching dir of the same name in the alt-dest area.
-    - Allow more than 32 group IDs per user in the daemon's gid=LIST config.
-    - Fix the logging of %b & %c via --log-file (daemon logging was already
-      correct, as was --out-format='%b/%c').
-    - Fix erroneous acceptance of --info=5 & --debug=5 (an empty flag name is
-      not valid).
+    - The setting of flist->high in clean_flist() was wrong for an empty list.
+      This could cause flist_find() to crash in certain rare circumstances
+      (e.g. if just the right directory setup was around when --fuzzy was
+      combined with --link-dest).
+
+    - The outputting of hard-linked files when verbosity was > 1 was not right:
+      without -i it would output the name of each hard-linked file as though
+      it had been changed (it now outputs a "is hard linked" message for the
+      file); with -i it would output all dots for the unchanged attributes of
+      a hard-link (it now changes those dots to spaces, as is done for other
+      totally unchanged items).
+
+    - When backing up a changed symlink or device, get rid of any old backup
+      item so that we don't get an "already exists" error.
+
+    - A couple places that were comparing a local and a remote modification-
+      time were not honoring the --modify-window option.
+
+    - Fixed a bug where the 'p' (permissions) itemized-changes flag might get
+      set too often (if some non-significant mode bits differed).
+
+    - Fixed a really old, minor bug that could cause rsync to warn about being
+      unable to mkdir() a path that ends in "/." because it just created the
+      directory (required --relative, --no-implied-dirs, a source path that
+      ended in either a trailing slash or a trailing "/.", and a non-existing
+      destination dir to tickle the bug in a recent version).
 
   ENHANCEMENTS:
 
-    - Added "(DRY RUN)" info to the --debug=exit output line.
-    - Use usleep() for our msleep() function if it is available.
-    - Added a few extra long-option names to rrsync script, which will make
-      BackupPC happier.
-    - Made configure choose to use linux xattrs on netbsd (rather than not
-      supporting xattrs).
-    - Added -wo (write-only) option to rrsync support script.
-    - Misc. manpage tweaks.
+    - Made the "max verbosity" setting in the rsyncd.conf file settable on a
+      per-module basis (which now matches the documentation).
 
-  DEVELOPER RELATED:
+    - The support/rrsync script has been upgraded to verify the args of options
+      that take args (instead of rejecting any such options).  The script was
+      also changed to try to be more secure and to fix a problem in the parsing
+      of a pull operation that has multiple sources.
+
+    - Improved the documentation that explains the difference between a
+      normal daemon transfer and a daemon-over remote-shell transfer.
+
+    - Some of the diffs supplied in the patches dir were fixed and/or
+      improved.
+
+  BUILD CHANGES:
+
+    - Made configure define NOBODY_USER (currently hard-wired to "nobody") and
+      NOBODY_GROUP (set to either "nobody" or "nogroup" depending on what we
+      find in the /etc/group file).
+
+    - Added a test to the test suite, itemized.test, that tests the output of
+      -i (log-format w/%i) and some double-verbose messages.
 
-    - Fixed a bug with the Makefile's use of INSTALL_STRIP.
-    - Improve a test in the suite that could get an erroneous timestamp error.
-    - Tweaks for newer versions of git in the packaging tools.
-    - Improved the m4 generation rules and some autoconf idioms.

README

@@ -1,135 +1,122 @@
 WHAT IS RSYNC?
 --------------
 
-Rsync is a fast and extraordinarily versatile file copying tool for
-both remote and local files.
+rsync is a replacement for scp/rcp that has many more features.
 
-Rsync uses a delta-transfer algorithm which provides a very fast method
-for bringing remote files into sync.  It does this by sending just the
+rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
+bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
 differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.  At
-first glance this may seem impossible because the calculation of diffs
-between two files normally requires local access to both files.
+sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
+At first glance this may seem impossible because the calculation of
+diffs between two files normally requires local access to both
+files. 
 
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with this
-package.
+A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
+this package. 
 
 
 USAGE
 -----
 
-Basically you use rsync just like scp, but rsync has many additional
-options.  To get a complete list of supported options type:
+Basically you use rsync just like rcp, but rsync has many additional
+options.  To get a complete list of supported options type
 
-    rsync --help
+  rsync --help
 
-See the manpage for more detailed information.
+and see the manual for more information.
 
 
 SETUP
 -----
 
-Rsync normally uses ssh or rsh for communication with remote systems.
-It does not need to be setuid and requires no special privileges for
-installation.  You must, however, have a working ssh or rsh system.
-Using ssh is recommended for its security features.
+Rsync normally uses ssh or rsh for communication.  It does not need to
+be setuid and requires no special privileges for installation.  You
+must, however, have a working ssh or rsh system.  Using ssh is
+recommended for its security features.
 
 Alternatively, rsync can run in `daemon' mode, listening on a socket.
 This is generally used for public file distribution, although
 authentication and access control are available.
 
-To install rsync, first run the "configure" script.  This will create a
-Makefile and config.h appropriate for your system.  Then type "make".
+To install rsync, first run the "configure" script. This will create a
+Makefile and config.h appropriate for your system. Then type
+"make". 
 
 Note that on some systems you will have to force configure not to use
 gcc because gcc may not support some features (such as 64 bit file
-offsets) that your system may support.  Set the environment variable CC
+offsets) that your system may support. Set the environment variable CC
 to the name of your native compiler before running configure in this
-case.
+case. 
 
 Once built put a copy of rsync in your search path on the local and
-remote systems (or use "make install").  That's it!
+remote systems (or use "make install"). That's it!
 
-
-RSYNC DAEMONS
+RSYNC SERVERS
 -------------
 
-Rsync can also talk to "rsync daemons" which can provide anonymous or
-authenticated rsync.  See the rsyncd.conf(5) man page for details on how
-to setup an rsync daemon.  See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
-connect to an rsync daemon.
+rsync can also talk to "rsync servers" which can provide anonymous or
+authenticated rsync. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man page for details on how
+to setup a rsync server. See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
+connect to a rsync server.
 
 
-WEB SITE
---------
+MAILING LIST
+------------
 
-The main rsync web site is here:
+There is a mailing list for the discussion of rsync and its
+applications. It is open to anyone to join. I will announce new
+versions on this list. 
 
-    http://rsync.samba.org/
+To join the mailing list see the web page at http://lists.samba.org/
 
-You'll find a FAQ list, downloads, resources, HTML versions of the
-manpages, etc.
-
-
-MAILING LISTS
--------------
-
-There is a mailing list for the discussion of rsync and its applications
-that is open to anyone to join.  New releases are announced on this
-list, and there is also an announcement-only mailing list for those that
-want official announcements.  See the mailing-list page for full
-details:
-
-    http://rsync.samba.org/lists.html
+To send mail to everyone on the list send it to rsync@samba.org
 
 
 BUG REPORTS
 -----------
 
-To visit this web page for full the details on bug reporting:
+If you have web access then please look at
 
-    http://rsync.samba.org/bugzilla.html
+  http://rsync.samba.org/
 
-That page contains links to the current bug list, and information on how
-to report a bug well.  You might also like to try searching the Internet
-for the error message you've received, or looking in the mailing list
-archives at:
+That page contains links to the current bug list, and information on
+how to report a bug well.  You might also like to try searching the
+internet for the error message you've received, or looking in the
+mailing list archives at
 
-    http://mail-archive.com/rsync@lists.samba.org/
+  http://mail-archive.com/rsync@lists.samba.org/
 
 To send a bug report, follow the instructions on the bug-tracking
 page of the web site.
 
-Alternately, email your bug report to rsync@lists.samba.org .
+If you don't have web access, email your bug report to
+rsync@lists.samba.org.
 
 
-GIT REPOSITORY
---------------
+CVS TREE
+--------
 
 If you want to get the very latest version of rsync direct from the
-source code repository then you can use git:
+source code repository then you can use anonymous cvs. You will need a
+recent version of cvs then use the following commands:
 
-    git clone git://git.samba.org/rsync.git
+	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot login
+	Password: cvs
 
-See the download page for full details on all the ways to grab the
-source, including nightly tar files, web-browsing of the git repository,
-etc.:
+	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot co rsync
 
-    http://rsync.samba.org/download.html
+Look at the cvs documentation for more details.
 
 
 COPYRIGHT
 ---------
 
-Rsync was originally written by Andrew Tridgell and is currently
-maintained by Wayne Davison.   It has been improved by many developers
-from around the world.
+rsync was originally written by Andrew Tridgell and has been improved
+by many developers around the world.  rsync may be used, modified and
+redistributed only under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
+found in the file COPYING in this distribution, or at 
 
-Rsync may be used, modified and redistributed only under the terms of
-the GNU General Public License, found in the file COPYING in this
-distribution, or at:
-
-    http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.html
+  http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.html
 
 
 AVAILABILITY

TODO

@@ -1,17 +1,22 @@
 -*- indented-text -*-
 
+BUGS ---------------------------------------------------------------
+Do not rely on having a group called "nobody"
+
 FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
 Use chroot only if supported
 Allow supplementary groups in rsyncd.conf			2002/04/09
 Handling IPv6 on old machines
-Other IPv6 stuff
+Other IPv6 stuff:
 Add ACL support							2001/12/02
+Lazy directory creation
 proxy authentication						2002/01/23
 SOCKS								2002/01/23
 FAT support
+Allow forcing arbitrary permissions				2002/03/12
 --diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
 Add daemon --no-fork option
-Create more granular verbosity					2003/05/15
+Create more granular verbosity				jw	2003/05/15
 
 DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
 Keep list of open issues and todos on the web site
@@ -20,19 +25,22 @@ Perhaps redo manual as SGML
 LOGGING --------------------------------------------------------------
 Memory accounting
 Improve error messages
-Better statistics					Rasmus	2002/03/08
+Better statistics:					Rasmus	2002/03/08
 Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
+Log deamon sessions that just list modules
 Log child death on signal
+Log errors with function that reports process of origin
 verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
 internationalization
 
 DEVELOPMENT --------------------------------------------------------
 Handling duplicate names
 Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
-TDB								2002/03/12
+TDB:								2002/03/12
 Splint								2002/03/12
 
 PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
+File list structure in memory
 Traverse just one directory at a time
 Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
 Accelerate MD4
@@ -44,6 +52,8 @@ Test on kernel source
 Test large files
 Create mutator program for testing
 Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
+If tests are skipped, say why.
+Test daemon feature to disallow particular options.
 Create pipe program for testing
 Create test makefile target for some tests
 
@@ -56,6 +66,17 @@ reverse rsync over HTTP Range
 
 
 
+BUGS ---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+Do not rely on having a group called "nobody"
+
+  http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/refspecs/LSB_1.1.0/gLSB/usernames.html
+
+  On Debian it's "nogroup"
+
+                      --          --
+
 FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
@@ -112,7 +133,7 @@ Handling IPv6 on old machines
                       --          --
 
 
-Other IPv6 stuff
+Other IPv6 stuff:
   
   Implement suggestions from http://www.kame.net/newsletter/19980604/
   and ftp://ftp.iij.ad.jp/pub/RFC/rfc2553.txt
@@ -138,6 +159,15 @@ Add ACL support							2001/12/02
                       --          --
 
 
+Lazy directory creation
+
+  With the current common --include '*/' --exclude '*' pattern, people
+  can end up with many empty directories.  We might avoid this by
+  lazily creating such directories.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
 proxy authentication						2002/01/23
 
   Allow RSYNC_PROXY to be http://user:pass@proxy.foo:3128/, and do
@@ -169,6 +199,35 @@ FAT support
                       --          --
 
 
+Allow forcing arbitrary permissions				2002/03/12
+
+  On 12 Mar 2002, Dave Dykstra <dwd@bell-labs.com> wrote:
+  > If we would add an option to do that functionality, I
+  > would vote for one that was more general which could mask
+  > off any set of permission bits and possibly add any set of
+  > bits.  Perhaps a chmod-like syntax if it could be
+  > implemented simply.
+
+  I think that would be good too.  For example, people uploading files
+  to a web server might like to say
+
+  rsync -avzP --chmod a+rX ./ sourcefrog.net:/home/www/sourcefrog/
+
+  Ideally the patch would implement as many of the gnu chmod semantics
+  as possible.  I think the mode parser should be a separate function
+  that passes back something like (mask,set) description to the rest
+  of the program.  For bonus points there would be a test case for the
+  parser.
+
+  Possibly also --chown
+
+  (Debian #23628)
+
+  NOTE: there is a patch that implements this in the "patches" subdir.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
 --diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
 
   Allow people to specify the diff command.  (Might want to use wdiff,
@@ -193,7 +252,7 @@ Add daemon --no-fork option
                       --          --
 
 
-Create more granular verbosity					2003/05/15
+Create more granular verbosity				jw	2003/05/15
 
   Control output with the --report option.
 
@@ -263,10 +322,14 @@ Improve error messages
   our load?  (Debian #28416) Probably fixed now, but a test case would
   be good.
 
+  When running as a daemon, some errors should both be returned to the
+  user and logged.  This will make interacting with a daemon less
+  cryptic.
+
                       --          --
 
 
-Better statistics					Rasmus	2002/03/08
+Better statistics:					Rasmus	2002/03/08
 
   <Rasmus>
       hey, how about an rsync option that just gives you the
@@ -292,6 +355,14 @@ Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
                       --          --
 
 
+Log deamon sessions that just list modules
+
+  At the connections that just get a list of modules are not logged,
+  but they should be.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
 Log child death on signal
 
   If a child of the rsync daemon dies with a signal, we should notice
@@ -300,6 +371,15 @@ Log child death on signal
                       --          --
 
 
+Log errors with function that reports process of origin
+
+  Use a separate function for reporting errors; prefix it with
+  "rsync:" or "rsync(remote)", or perhaps even "rsync(local
+  generator): ".
+
+                      --          --
+
+
 verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
   
   At end of transfer, show how many files were or were not transferred
@@ -365,6 +445,21 @@ Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
                       --          --
 
 
+TDB:								2002/03/12
+
+  Rather than storing the file list in memory, store it in a TDB.
+
+  This *might* make memory usage lower while building the file list.
+
+  Hashtable lookup will mean files are not transmitted in order,
+  though... hm.
+
+  This would neatly eliminate one of the major post-fork shared data
+  structures.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
 Splint								2002/03/12
 
   Build rsync with SPLINT to try to find security holes.  Add
@@ -377,6 +472,31 @@ Splint								2002/03/12
 
 PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
 
+File list structure in memory
+
+  Rather than one big array, perhaps have a tree in memory mirroring
+  the directory tree.
+
+  This might make sorting much faster!  (I'm not sure it's a big CPU
+  problem, mind you.)
+
+  It might also reduce memory use in storing repeated directory names
+  -- again I'm not sure this is a problem.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Traverse just one directory at a time
+
+  Traverse just one directory at a time.  Tridge says it's possible.
+
+  At the moment rsync reads the whole file list into memory at the
+  start, which makes us use a lot of memory and also not pipeline
+  network access as much as we could.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
 Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
 
   If we're doing a local transfer, or using -W, then perhaps don't
@@ -466,6 +586,16 @@ Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
                       --          --
 
 
+If tests are skipped, say why.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Test daemon feature to disallow particular options.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
 Create pipe program for testing
 
   Create pipe program that makes slow/jerky connections for

access.c

@@ -1,69 +1,37 @@
+/* 
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
 /*
- * Routines to authenticate access to a daemon (hosts allow/deny).
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+  hosts allow/deny code for rsync
+
+  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-static int allow_forward_dns;
 
-extern const char undetermined_hostname[];
-
-static int match_hostname(const char **host_ptr, const char *addr, const char *tok)
+static int match_hostname(char *host, char *tok)
 {
-	struct hostent *hp;
-	unsigned int i;
-	const char *host = *host_ptr;
-
 	if (!host || !*host)
 		return 0;
-
-	/* First check if the reverse-DNS-determined hostname matches. */
-	if (iwildmatch(tok, host))
-		return 1;
-
-	if (!allow_forward_dns)
-		return 0;
-
-	/* Fail quietly if tok is an address or wildcarded entry, not a simple hostname. */
-	if (!tok[strspn(tok, ".0123456789")] || tok[strcspn(tok, ":/*?[")])
-		return 0;
-
-	/* Now try forward-DNS on the token (config-specified hostname) and see if the IP matches. */
-	if (!(hp = gethostbyname(tok)))
-		return 0;
-
-	for (i = 0; hp->h_addr_list[i] != NULL; i++) {
-		if (strcmp(addr, inet_ntoa(*(struct in_addr*)(hp->h_addr_list[i]))) == 0) {
-			/* If reverse lookups are off, we'll use the conf-specified
-			 * hostname in preference to UNDETERMINED. */
-			if (host == undetermined_hostname) {
-				if (!(*host_ptr = strdup(tok)))
-					*host_ptr = undetermined_hostname;
-			}
-			return 1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return 0;
+	return wildmatch(tok, host);
 }
 
-static int match_binary(const char *b1, const char *b2, const char *mask, int addrlen)
+static int match_binary(char *b1, char *b2, char *mask, int addrlen)
 {
 	int i;
 
@@ -92,7 +60,7 @@ static void make_mask(char *mask, int plen, int addrlen)
 	return;
 }
 
-static int match_address(const char *addr, const char *tok)
+static int match_address(char *addr, char *tok)
 {
 	char *p;
 	struct addrinfo hints, *resa, *rest;
@@ -106,16 +74,24 @@ static int match_address(const char *addr, const char *tok)
 #endif
 	char mask[16];
 	char *a = NULL, *t = NULL;
+	unsigned int len;
 
 	if (!addr || !*addr)
 		return 0;
 
 	p = strchr(tok,'/');
-	if (p)
+	if (p) {
 		*p = '\0';
+		len = p - tok;
+	} else
+		len = strlen(tok);
 
-	/* Fail quietly if tok is a hostname, not an address. */
-	if (tok[strspn(tok, ".0123456789")] && strchr(tok, ':') == NULL) {
+	/* Fail quietly if tok is a hostname (not an address) */
+	if (strspn(tok, ".0123456789") != len
+#ifdef INET6
+	    && strchr(tok, ':') == NULL
+#endif
+	) {
 		if (p)
 			*p = '/';
 		return 0;
@@ -232,13 +208,13 @@ static int match_address(const char *addr, const char *tok)
 
 	ret = match_binary(a, t, mask, addrlen);
 
-  out:
+out:
 	freeaddrinfo(resa);
 	freeaddrinfo(rest);
 	return ret;
 }
 
-static int access_match(const char *list, const char *addr, const char **host_ptr)
+static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)
 {
 	char *tok;
 	char *list2 = strdup(list);
@@ -247,9 +223,11 @@ static int access_match(const char *list, const char *addr, const char **host_pt
 		out_of_memory("access_match");
 
 	strlower(list2);
+	if (host)
+		strlower(host);
 
 	for (tok = strtok(list2, " ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL, " ,\t")) {
-		if (match_hostname(host_ptr, addr, tok) || match_address(addr, tok)) {
+		if (match_hostname(host, tok) || match_address(addr, tok)) {
 			free(list2);
 			return 1;
 		}
@@ -259,21 +237,16 @@ static int access_match(const char *list, const char *addr, const char **host_pt
 	return 0;
 }
 
-int allow_access(const char *addr, const char **host_ptr, int i)
+int allow_access(char *addr, char *host, char *allow_list, char *deny_list)
 {
-	const char *allow_list = lp_hosts_allow(i);
-	const char *deny_list = lp_hosts_deny(i);
-
 	if (allow_list && !*allow_list)
 		allow_list = NULL;
 	if (deny_list && !*deny_list)
 		deny_list = NULL;
 
-	allow_forward_dns = lp_forward_lookup(i);
-
 	/* If we match an allow-list item, we always allow access. */
 	if (allow_list) {
-		if (access_match(allow_list, addr, host_ptr))
+		if (access_match(allow_list, addr, host))
 			return 1;
 		/* For an allow-list w/o a deny-list, disallow non-matches. */
 		if (!deny_list)
@@ -282,7 +255,7 @@ int allow_access(const char *addr, const char **host_ptr, int i)
 
 	/* If we match a deny-list item (and got past any allow-list
 	 * items), we always disallow access. */
-	if (deny_list && access_match(deny_list, addr, host_ptr))
+	if (deny_list && access_match(deny_list, addr, host))
 		return 0;
 
 	/* Allow all other access. */

aclocal.m4

@@ -1,3 +1,27 @@
+dnl AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE[(cmd)]
+dnl if the cache file is inconsistent with the current host,
+dnl target and build system types, execute CMD or print a default
+dnl error message.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE, [
+    AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([config.cache system type])
+    if { test x"${ac_cv_host_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
+         test x"$ac_cv_host_system_type" != x"$host"; } ||
+       { test x"${ac_cv_build_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
+         test x"$ac_cv_build_system_type" != x"$build"; } ||
+       { test x"${ac_cv_target_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
+         test x"$ac_cv_target_system_type" != x"$target"; }; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([different])
+	ifelse($#, 1, [$1],
+		[AC_MSG_ERROR(["you must remove config.cache and restart configure"])])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([same])
+    fi
+    ac_cv_host_system_type="$host"
+    ac_cv_build_system_type="$build"
+    ac_cv_target_system_type="$target"
+])
+
 dnl Check for socklen_t: historically on BSD it is an int, and in
 dnl POSIX 1g it is a type of its own, but some platforms use different
 dnl types for the argument to getsockopt, getpeername, etc.  So we
@@ -43,3 +67,5 @@ AC_DEFUN([TYPE_SOCKLEN_T],
       [#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/socket.h>])
 ])
+
+

authenticate.c

@@ -1,40 +1,41 @@
-/*
- * Support rsync daemon authentication.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
 
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+/* support rsync authentication */
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "itypes.h"
 
-extern int read_only;
 extern char *password_file;
+extern int am_root;
 
 /***************************************************************************
 encode a buffer using base64 - simple and slow algorithm. null terminates
 the result.
   ***************************************************************************/
-void base64_encode(const char *buf, int len, char *out, int pad)
+void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
 {
 	char *b64 = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
 	int bit_offset, byte_offset, idx, i;
-	const uchar *d = (const uchar *)buf;
+	unsigned char *d = (unsigned char *)buf;
 	int bytes = (len*8 + 5)/6;
 
+	memset(out, 0, bytes+1);
+
 	for (i = 0; i < bytes; i++) {
 		byte_offset = (i*6)/8;
 		bit_offset = (i*6)%8;
@@ -48,24 +49,18 @@ void base64_encode(const char *buf, int len, char *out, int pad)
 		}
 		out[i] = b64[idx];
 	}
-
-	while (pad && (i % 4))
-		out[i++] = '=';
-
-	out[i] = '\0';
 }
 
 /* Generate a challenge buffer and return it base64-encoded. */
-static void gen_challenge(const char *addr, char *challenge)
+static void gen_challenge(char *addr, char *challenge)
 {
 	char input[32];
-	char digest[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
+	char md4_out[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
 	struct timeval tv;
-	int len;
 
 	memset(input, 0, sizeof input);
 
-	strlcpy(input, addr, 17);
+	strlcpy((char *)input, addr, 17);
 	sys_gettimeofday(&tv);
 	SIVAL(input, 16, tv.tv_sec);
 	SIVAL(input, 20, tv.tv_usec);
@@ -73,145 +68,148 @@ static void gen_challenge(const char *addr, char *challenge)
 
 	sum_init(0);
 	sum_update(input, sizeof input);
-	len = sum_end(digest);
+	sum_end(md4_out);
 
-	base64_encode(digest, len, challenge, 0);
+	base64_encode(md4_out, MD4_SUM_LENGTH, challenge);
 }
 
-/* Generate an MD4 hash created from the combination of the password
- * and the challenge string and return it base64-encoded. */
-static void generate_hash(const char *in, const char *challenge, char *out)
-{
-	char buf[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
-	int len;
-
-	sum_init(0);
-	sum_update(in, strlen(in));
-	sum_update(challenge, strlen(challenge));
-	len = sum_end(buf);
-
-	base64_encode(buf, len, out, 0);
-}
 
 /* Return the secret for a user from the secret file, null terminated.
  * Maximum length is len (not counting the null). */
-static const char *check_secret(int module, const char *user, const char *group,
-				const char *challenge, const char *pass)
+static int get_secret(int module, char *user, char *secret, int len)
 {
-	char line[1024];
-	char pass2[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
-	const char *fname = lp_secrets_file(module);
+	char *fname = lp_secrets_file(module);
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	int ok = 1;
-	int user_len = strlen(user);
-	int group_len = group ? strlen(group) : 0;
-	char *err;
-	FILE *fh;
+	int fd, ok = 1;
+	char ch, *p;
 
-	if (!fname || !*fname || (fh = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL)
-		return "no secrets file";
+	if (!fname || !*fname)
+		return 0;
 
-	if (do_fstat(fileno(fh), &st) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "fstat(%s)", fname);
+	if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+		return 0;
+
+	if (do_stat(fname, &st) == -1) {
+		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "stat(%s)", safe_fname(fname));
 		ok = 0;
 	} else if (lp_strict_modes(module)) {
 		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
 			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must not be other-accessible (see strict modes option)\n");
 			ok = 0;
-		} else if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
+		} else if (am_root && (st.st_uid != 0)) {
 			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must be owned by root when running as root (see strict modes)\n");
 			ok = 0;
 		}
 	}
 	if (!ok) {
-		fclose(fh);
-		return "ignoring secrets file";
+		rprintf(FLOG, "continuing without secrets file\n");
+		close(fd);
+		return 0;
 	}
 
 	if (*user == '#') {
 		/* Reject attempt to match a comment. */
-		fclose(fh);
-		return "invalid username";
+		close(fd);
+		return 0;
 	}
 
-	/* Try to find a line that starts with the user (or @group) name and a ':'. */
-	err = "secret not found";
-	while ((user || group) && fgets(line, sizeof line, fh) != NULL) {
-		const char **ptr, *s = strtok(line, "\n\r");
-		int len;
-		if (!s)
-			continue;
-		if (*s == '@') {
-			ptr = &group;
-			len = group_len;
-			s++;
-		} else {
-			ptr = &user;
-			len = user_len;
+	/* Try to find a line that starts with the user name and a ':'. */
+	p = user;
+	while (1) {
+		if (read(fd, &ch, 1) != 1) {
+			close(fd);
+			return 0;
 		}
-		if (!*ptr || strncmp(s, *ptr, len) != 0 || s[len] != ':')
-			continue;
-		generate_hash(s+len+1, challenge, pass2);
-		if (strcmp(pass, pass2) == 0) {
-			err = NULL;
+		if (ch == '\n')
+			p = user;
+		else if (p) {
+			if (*p == ch)
+				p++;
+			else if (!*p && ch == ':')
+				break;
+			else
+				p = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Slurp the secret into the "secret" buffer. */
+	p = secret;
+	while (len > 0) {
+		if (read(fd, p, 1) != 1 || *p == '\n')
 			break;
-		}
-		err = "password mismatch";
-		*ptr = NULL; /* Don't look for name again. */
+		if (*p == '\r')
+			continue;
+		p++;
+		len--;
 	}
+	*p = '\0';
+	close(fd);
 
-	fclose(fh);
-
-	memset(line, 0, sizeof line);
-	memset(pass2, 0, sizeof pass2);
-
-	return err;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static const char *getpassf(const char *filename)
+static char *getpassf(char *filename)
 {
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
 	char buffer[512], *p;
-	int n;
+	int fd, n, ok = 1;
+	char *envpw = getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD");
 
 	if (!filename)
 		return NULL;
 
-	if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0) {
-		n = fgets(buffer, sizeof buffer, stdin) == NULL ? -1 : (int)strlen(buffer);
-	} else {
-		int fd;
-
-		if ((fd = open(filename,O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "could not open password file %s", filename);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
-		}
-
-		if (do_stat(filename, &st) == -1) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", filename);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
-		}
-		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: password file must not be other-accessible\n");
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
-		}
-		if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: password file must be owned by root when running as root\n");
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
-		}
-
-		n = read(fd, buffer, sizeof buffer - 1);
-		close(fd);
+	if ((fd = open(filename,O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "could not open password file \"%s\"",
+			safe_fname(filename));
+		if (envpw)
+			rprintf(FERROR, "falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
+		return NULL;
 	}
 
+	if (do_stat(filename, &st) == -1) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", safe_fname(filename));
+		ok = 0;
+	} else if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,"password file must not be other-accessible\n");
+		ok = 0;
+	} else if (am_root && st.st_uid != 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,"password file must be owned by root when running as root\n");
+		ok = 0;
+	}
+	if (!ok) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,"continuing without password file\n");
+		if (envpw)
+			rprintf(FERROR, "using RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
+		close(fd);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (envpw)
+		rprintf(FERROR, "RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable ignored\n");
+
+	n = read(fd, buffer, sizeof buffer - 1);
+	close(fd);
 	if (n > 0) {
 		buffer[n] = '\0';
 		if ((p = strtok(buffer, "\n\r")) != NULL)
 			return strdup(p);
 	}
 
-	rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: failed to read a password from %s\n", filename);
-	exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Generate an MD4 hash created from the combination of the password
+ * and the challenge string and return it base64-encoded. */
+static void generate_hash(char *in, char *challenge, char *out)
+{
+	char buf[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
+
+	sum_init(0);
+	sum_update(in, strlen(in));
+	sum_update(challenge, strlen(challenge));
+	sum_end(buf);
+
+	base64_encode(buf, MD4_SUM_LENGTH, out);
 }
 
 /* Possibly negotiate authentication with the client.  Use "leader" to
@@ -220,18 +218,15 @@ static const char *getpassf(const char *filename)
  * Return NULL if authentication failed.  Return "" if anonymous access.
  * Otherwise return username.
  */
-char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, const char *host,
-		  const char *addr, const char *leader)
+char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, char *host, char *addr,
+		  char *leader)
 {
 	char *users = lp_auth_users(module);
-	char challenge[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
-	char line[BIGPATHBUFLEN];
-	char **auth_uid_groups = NULL;
-	int auth_uid_groups_cnt = -1;
-	const char *err = NULL;
-	int group_match = -1;
+	char challenge[MD4_SUM_LENGTH*2];
+	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char secret[512];
+	char pass2[MD4_SUM_LENGTH*2];
 	char *tok, *pass;
-	char opt_ch = '\0';
 
 	/* if no auth list then allow anyone in! */
 	if (!users || !*users)
@@ -241,7 +236,7 @@ char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, const char *host,
 
 	io_printf(f_out, "%s%s\n", leader, challenge);
 
-	if (!read_line_old(f_in, line, sizeof line, 0)
+	if (!read_line(f_in, line, sizeof line - 1)
 	 || (pass = strchr(line, ' ')) == NULL) {
 		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
 			"invalid challenge response\n",
@@ -254,100 +249,45 @@ char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, const char *host,
 		out_of_memory("auth_server");
 
 	for (tok = strtok(users, " ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL, " ,\t")) {
-		char *opts;
-		/* See if the user appended :deny, :ro, or :rw. */
-		if ((opts = strchr(tok, ':')) != NULL) {
-			*opts++ = '\0';
-			opt_ch = isUpper(opts) ? toLower(opts) : *opts;
-			if (opt_ch == 'r') { /* handle ro and rw */
-				opt_ch = isUpper(opts+1) ? toLower(opts+1) : opts[1];
-				if (opt_ch == 'o')
-					opt_ch = 'r';
-				else if (opt_ch != 'w')
-					opt_ch = '\0';
-			} else if (opt_ch != 'd') /* if it's not deny, ignore it */
-				opt_ch = '\0';
-		} else
-			opt_ch = '\0';
-		if (*tok != '@') {
-			/* Match the username */
-			if (wildmatch(tok, line))
-				break;
-		} else {
-#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPLIST
-			int j;
-			/* See if authorizing user is a real user, and if so, see
-			 * if it is in a group that matches tok+1 wildmat. */
-			if (auth_uid_groups_cnt < 0) {
-				item_list gid_list = EMPTY_ITEM_LIST;
-				uid_t auth_uid;
-				if (!user_to_uid(line, &auth_uid, False)
-				 || getallgroups(auth_uid, &gid_list) != NULL)
-					auth_uid_groups_cnt = 0;
-				else {
-					gid_t *gid_array = gid_list.items;
-					auth_uid_groups_cnt = gid_list.count;
-					if ((auth_uid_groups = new_array(char *, auth_uid_groups_cnt)) == NULL)
-						out_of_memory("auth_server");
-					for (j = 0; j < auth_uid_groups_cnt; j++)
-						auth_uid_groups[j] = gid_to_group(gid_array[j]);
-				}
-			}
-			for (j = 0; j < auth_uid_groups_cnt; j++) {
-				if (auth_uid_groups[j] && wildmatch(tok+1, auth_uid_groups[j])) {
-					group_match = j;
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			if (group_match >= 0)
-				break;
-#else
-			rprintf(FLOG, "your computer doesn't support getgrouplist(), so no @group authorization is possible.\n");
-#endif
-		}
+		if (wildmatch(tok, line))
+			break;
 	}
-
 	free(users);
 
-	if (!tok)
-		err = "no matching rule";
-	else if (opt_ch == 'd')
-		err = "denied by rule";
-	else {
-		char *group = group_match >= 0 ? auth_uid_groups[group_match] : NULL;
-		err = check_secret(module, line, group, challenge, pass);
-	}
-
-	memset(challenge, 0, sizeof challenge);
-	memset(pass, 0, strlen(pass));
-
-	if (auth_uid_groups) {
-		int j;
-		for (j = 0; j < auth_uid_groups_cnt; j++) {
-			if (auth_uid_groups[j])
-				free(auth_uid_groups[j]);
-		}
-		free(auth_uid_groups);
-	}
-
-	if (err) {
-		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s) for %s: %s\n",
-			lp_name(module), host, addr, line, err);
+	if (!tok) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"unauthorized user\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr);
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	if (opt_ch == 'r')
-		read_only = 1;
-	else if (opt_ch == 'w')
-		read_only = 0;
+	memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
+	if (!get_secret(module, line, secret, sizeof secret - 1)) {
+		memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"missing secret for user \"%s\"\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr, line);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	generate_hash(secret, challenge, pass2);
+	memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
+
+	if (strcmp(pass, pass2) != 0) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"password mismatch\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr);
+		return NULL;
+	}
 
 	return strdup(line);
 }
 
-void auth_client(int fd, const char *user, const char *challenge)
+
+void auth_client(int fd, char *user, char *challenge)
 {
-	const char *pass;
-	char pass2[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
+	char *pass;
+	char pass2[MD4_SUM_LENGTH*2];
 
 	if (!user || !*user)
 		user = "nobody";

backup.c

@@ -1,354 +1,280 @@
 /*
- * Backup handling code.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+/* backup handling code */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "ifuncs.h"
 
-extern int am_root;
-extern int preserve_acls;
-extern int preserve_xattrs;
-extern int preserve_devices;
-extern int preserve_specials;
-extern int preserve_links;
-extern int safe_symlinks;
+extern int verbose;
+extern int backup_suffix_len;
 extern int backup_dir_len;
 extern unsigned int backup_dir_remainder;
 extern char backup_dir_buf[MAXPATHLEN];
 extern char *backup_suffix;
 extern char *backup_dir;
 
-/* Returns -1 on error, 0 on missing dir, and 1 on present dir. */
-static int validate_backup_dir(void)
-{
-	STRUCT_STAT st;
+extern int am_root;
+extern int preserve_devices;
+extern int preserve_links;
+extern int preserve_hard_links;
+extern int orig_umask;
+extern int safe_symlinks;
 
-	if (do_lstat(backup_dir_buf, &st) < 0) {
-		if (errno == ENOENT)
-			return 0;
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "backup lstat %s failed", backup_dir_buf);
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (!S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-		int flags = get_del_for_flag(st.st_mode) | DEL_FOR_BACKUP | DEL_RECURSE;
-		if (delete_item(backup_dir_buf, st.st_mode, flags) == 0)
-			return 0;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/* Create a backup path from the given fname, putting the result into
- * backup_dir_buf.  Any new directories (compared to the prior backup
- * path) are ensured to exist as directories, replacing anything else
- * that may be in the way (e.g. a symlink). */
-static BOOL copy_valid_path(const char *fname)
-{
-	const char *f;
-	int val;
-	BOOL ret = True;
-	stat_x sx;
-	char *b, *rel = backup_dir_buf + backup_dir_len, *name = rel;
-
-	for (f = fname, b = rel; *f && *f == *b; f++, b++) {
-		if (*b == '/')
-			name = b + 1;
-	}
-
-	if (stringjoin(rel, backup_dir_remainder, fname, backup_suffix, NULL) >= backup_dir_remainder) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "backup filename too long\n");
-		*name = '\0';
-		return False;
-	}
-
-	for ( ; ; name = b + 1) {
-		if ((b = strchr(name, '/')) == NULL)
-			return True;
-		*b = '\0';
-
-		val = validate_backup_dir();
-		if (val == 0)
-			break;
-		if (val < 0) {
-			*name = '\0';
-			return False;
-		}
-
-		*b = '/';
-	}
-
-	init_stat_x(&sx);
-
-	for ( ; b; name = b + 1, b = strchr(name, '/')) {
-		*b = '\0';
-
-		while (do_mkdir(backup_dir_buf, ACCESSPERMS) < 0) {
-			if (errno == EEXIST) {
-				val = validate_backup_dir();
-				if (val > 0)
-					break;
-				if (val == 0)
-					continue;
-			} else
-				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "backup mkdir %s failed", backup_dir_buf);
-			*name = '\0';
-			ret = False;
-			goto cleanup;
-		}
-
-		/* Try to transfer the directory settings of the actual dir
-		 * that the files are coming from. */
-		if (x_stat(rel, &sx.st, NULL) < 0)
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "backup stat %s failed", full_fname(rel));
-		else {
-			struct file_struct *file;
-			if (!(file = make_file(rel, NULL, NULL, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
-				continue;
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-			if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-				get_acl(rel, &sx);
-				cache_tmp_acl(file, &sx);
-				free_acl(&sx);
-			}
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-			if (preserve_xattrs) {
-				get_xattr(rel, &sx);
-				cache_tmp_xattr(file, &sx);
-				free_xattr(&sx);
-			}
-#endif
-			set_file_attrs(backup_dir_buf, file, NULL, NULL, 0);
-			unmake_file(file);
-		}
-
-		*b = '/';
-	}
-
-  cleanup:
-
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-	uncache_tmp_acls();
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-	uncache_tmp_xattrs();
-#endif
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-/* Make a complete pathname for backup file and verify any new path elements. */
-char *get_backup_name(const char *fname)
+/* make a complete pathname for backup file */
+char *get_backup_name(char *fname)
 {
 	if (backup_dir) {
-		static int initialized = 0;
-		if (!initialized) {
-			int ret;
-			if (backup_dir_len > 1)
-				backup_dir_buf[backup_dir_len-1] = '\0';
-			ret = make_path(backup_dir_buf, 0);
-			if (backup_dir_len > 1)
-				backup_dir_buf[backup_dir_len-1] = '/';
-			if (ret < 0)
-				return NULL;
-			initialized = 1;
-		}
-		/* copy fname into backup_dir_buf while validating the dirs. */
-		if (copy_valid_path(fname))
+		if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf + backup_dir_len, backup_dir_remainder,
+			       fname, backup_suffix, NULL) < backup_dir_remainder)
+			return backup_dir_buf;
+	} else {
+		if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf, MAXPATHLEN,
+			       fname, backup_suffix, NULL) < MAXPATHLEN)
 			return backup_dir_buf;
-		/* copy_valid_path() has printed an error message. */
-		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf, MAXPATHLEN, fname, backup_suffix, NULL) < MAXPATHLEN)
-		return backup_dir_buf;
-
 	rprintf(FERROR, "backup filename too long\n");
 	return NULL;
 }
 
-/* Has same return codes as make_backup(). */
-static inline int link_or_rename(const char *from, const char *to,
-				 BOOL prefer_rename, STRUCT_STAT *stp)
+/* simple backup creates a backup with a suffix in the same directory */
+static int make_simple_backup(char *fname)
 {
-#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-	if (!prefer_rename) {
-#ifndef CAN_HARDLINK_SYMLINK
-		if (S_ISLNK(stp->st_mode))
-			return 0; /* Use copy code. */
-#endif
-#ifndef CAN_HARDLINK_SPECIAL
-		if (IS_SPECIAL(stp->st_mode) || IS_DEVICE(stp->st_mode))
-			return 0; /* Use copy code. */
-#endif
-		if (do_link(from, to) == 0) {
-			if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
-				rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: HLINK %s successful.\n", from);
-			return 2;
+	int rename_errno;
+	char *fnamebak = get_backup_name(fname);
+
+	if (!fnamebak)
+		return 0;
+
+	while (1) {
+		if (do_rename(fname, fnamebak) == 0) {
+			if (verbose > 1) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",
+					safe_fname(fname),
+					safe_fname(fnamebak));
+			}
+			break;
 		}
-		/* We prefer to rename a regular file rather than copy it. */
-		if (!S_ISREG(stp->st_mode) || errno == EEXIST || errno == EISDIR)
-			return 0;
+		/* cygwin (at least version b19) reports EINVAL */
+		if (errno == ENOENT || errno == EINVAL)
+			break;
+
+		rename_errno = errno;
+		if (errno == EISDIR && do_rmdir(fnamebak) == 0)
+			continue;
+		if (errno == ENOTDIR && do_unlink(fnamebak) == 0)
+			continue;
+
+		rsyserr(FERROR, rename_errno, "rename %s to backup %s",
+			safe_fname(fname), safe_fname(fnamebak));
+		errno = rename_errno;
+		return 0;
 	}
-#endif
-	if (do_rename(from, to) == 0) {
-		if (stp->st_nlink > 1 && !S_ISDIR(stp->st_mode)) {
-			/* If someone has hard-linked the file into the backup
-			 * dir, rename() might return success but do nothing! */
-			robust_unlink(from); /* Just in case... */
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+Create a directory given an absolute path, perms based upon another directory
+path
+****************************************************************************/
+static int make_bak_dir(char *fullpath)
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	char *rel = fullpath + backup_dir_len;
+	char *end = rel + strlen(rel);
+	char *p = end;
+
+	while (strncmp(fullpath, "./", 2) == 0)
+		fullpath += 2;
+
+	/* Try to find an existing dir, starting from the deepest dir. */
+	while (1) {
+		if (--p == fullpath) {
+			p += strlen(p);
+			goto failure;
+		}
+		if (*p == '/') {
+			*p = '\0';
+			if (do_mkdir(fullpath, 0777 & ~orig_umask) == 0)
+				break;
+			if (errno != ENOENT) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
+					"make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed",
+					full_fname(fullpath));
+				goto failure;
+			}
 		}
-		if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
-			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: RENAME %s successful.\n", from);
-		return 1;
 	}
+
+	/* Make all the dirs that we didn't find on the way here. */
+	while (1) {
+		if (p >= rel) {
+			/* Try to transfer the directory settings of the
+			 * actual dir that the files are coming from. */
+			if (do_stat(rel, &st) < 0) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
+					"make_bak_dir stat %s failed",
+					full_fname(rel));
+			} else {
+				do_lchown(fullpath, st.st_uid, st.st_gid);
+				do_chmod(fullpath, st.st_mode);
+			}
+		}
+		*p = '/';
+		p += strlen(p);
+		if (p == end)
+			break;
+		if (do_mkdir(fullpath, 0777 & ~orig_umask) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed",
+				full_fname(fullpath));
+			goto failure;
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+
+failure:
+	while (p != end) {
+		*p = '/';
+		p += strlen(p);
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/* robustly move a file, creating new directory structures if necessary */
+static int robust_move(char *src, char *dst)
+{
+	if (robust_rename(src, dst, 0755) < 0 && (errno != ENOENT
+	    || make_bak_dir(dst) < 0 || robust_rename(src, dst, 0755) < 0))
+		return -1;
 	return 0;
 }
 
-/* Hard-link, rename, or copy an item to the backup name.  Returns 0 for
- * failure, 1 if item was moved, 2 if item was duplicated or hard linked
- * into backup area, or 3 if item doesn't exist or isn't a regular file. */
-int make_backup(const char *fname, BOOL prefer_rename)
-{
-	stat_x sx;
-	struct file_struct *file;
-	int save_preserve_xattrs;
-	char *buf;
-	int ret = 0;
 
-	init_stat_x(&sx);
-	/* Return success if no file to keep. */
-	if (x_lstat(fname, &sx.st, NULL) < 0)
-		return 3;
+/* If we have a --backup-dir, then we get here from make_backup().
+ * We will move the file to be deleted into a parallel directory tree. */
+static int keep_backup(char *fname)
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	struct file_struct *file;
+	char *buf;
+	int kept = 0;
+	int ret_code;
+
+	/* return if no file to keep */
+	if (do_lstat(fname, &st) < 0)
+		return 1;
+
+	if (!(file = make_file(fname, NULL, NO_FILTERS)))
+		return 1; /* the file could have disappeared */
 
 	if (!(buf = get_backup_name(fname)))
 		return 0;
 
-	/* Try a hard-link or a rename first.  Using rename is not atomic, but
-	 * is more efficient than forcing a copy for larger files when no hard-
-	 * linking is possible. */
-	if ((ret = link_or_rename(fname, buf, prefer_rename, &sx.st)) != 0)
-		goto success;
-	if (errno == EEXIST || errno == EISDIR) {
-		STRUCT_STAT bakst;
-		if (do_lstat(buf, &bakst) == 0) {
-			int flags = get_del_for_flag(bakst.st_mode) | DEL_FOR_BACKUP | DEL_RECURSE;
-			if (delete_item(buf, bakst.st_mode, flags) != 0)
-				return 0;
-		}
-		if ((ret = link_or_rename(fname, buf, prefer_rename, &sx.st)) != 0)
-			goto success;
-	}
-
-	/* Fall back to making a copy. */
-	if (!(file = make_file(fname, NULL, &sx.st, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
-		return 3; /* the file could have disappeared */
-
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-	if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-		get_acl(fname, &sx);
-		cache_tmp_acl(file, &sx);
-		free_acl(&sx);
-	}
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-	if (preserve_xattrs) {
-		get_xattr(fname, &sx);
-		cache_tmp_xattr(file, &sx);
-		free_xattr(&sx);
-	}
-#endif
-
 	/* Check to see if this is a device file, or link */
-	if ((am_root && preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(file->mode))
-	 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(file->mode))) {
-		if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, sx.st.st_rdev) < 0)
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "mknod %s failed", full_fname(buf));
-		else if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
-			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n", fname);
-		ret = 2;
+	if (IS_DEVICE(file->mode) && am_root && preserve_devices) {
+		do_unlink(buf);
+		if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, file->u.rdev) < 0
+		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
+		     || do_mknod(buf, file->mode, file->u.rdev) < 0)) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "mknod %s failed",
+				full_fname(buf));
+		} else if (verbose > 2) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n",
+				safe_fname(fname));
+		}
+		kept = 1;
+		do_unlink(fname);
+	}
+
+	if (!kept && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
+		/* make an empty directory */
+		if (do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0
+		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
+		     || do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0)) {
+			rsyserr(FINFO, errno, "mkdir %s failed",
+				full_fname(buf));
+		}
+
+		ret_code = do_rmdir(fname);
+		if (verbose > 2) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: RMDIR %s returns %i\n",
+				full_fname(fname), ret_code);
+		}
+		kept = 1;
 	}
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
-	if (!ret && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-		const char *sl = F_SYMLINK(file);
-		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(sl, fname)) {
-			if (INFO_GTE(SYMSAFE, 1)) {
-				rprintf(FINFO, "not backing up unsafe symlink \"%s\" -> \"%s\"\n",
-					fname, sl);
+	if (!kept && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(file->u.link, buf)) {
+			if (verbose) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
+					full_fname(buf), file->u.link);
 			}
-			ret = 2;
+			kept = 1;
 		} else {
-			if (do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0)
-				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"", full_fname(buf), sl);
-			else if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
-				rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: SYMLINK %s successful.\n", fname);
-			ret = 2;
+			do_unlink(buf);
+			if (do_symlink(file->u.link, buf) < 0
+			    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
+			     || do_symlink(file->u.link, buf) < 0)) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"",
+					full_fname(buf),
+					safe_fname(file->u.link));
+			}
+			do_unlink(fname);
+			kept = 1;
 		}
 	}
 #endif
 
-	if (!ret && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n", fname);
-		unmake_file(file);
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-		uncache_tmp_acls();
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-		uncache_tmp_xattrs();
-#endif
-		return 3;
+	if (!kept && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n",
+			safe_fname(fname));
+		return 1;
 	}
 
-	/* Copy to backup tree if a file. */
-	if (!ret) {
-		if (copy_file(fname, buf, -1, file->mode) < 0) {
+	/* move to keep tree if a file */
+	if (!kept) {
+		if (robust_move(fname, buf) != 0) {
 			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "keep_backup failed: %s -> \"%s\"",
-				full_fname(fname), buf);
-			unmake_file(file);
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-			uncache_tmp_acls();
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-			uncache_tmp_xattrs();
-#endif
-			return 0;
+				full_fname(fname), safe_fname(buf));
+		} else if (st.st_nlink > 1) {
+			/* If someone has hard-linked the file into the backup
+			 * dir, rename() might return success but do nothing! */
+			robust_unlink(fname); /* Just in case... */
 		}
-		if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
-			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: COPY %s successful.\n", fname);
-		ret = 2;
 	}
+	set_perms(buf, file, NULL, 0);
+	free(file);
 
-	save_preserve_xattrs = preserve_xattrs;
-	preserve_xattrs = 0;
-	set_file_attrs(buf, file, NULL, fname, 0);
-	preserve_xattrs = save_preserve_xattrs;
-
-	unmake_file(file);
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-	uncache_tmp_acls();
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-	uncache_tmp_xattrs();
-#endif
-
-  success:
-	if (INFO_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
-		rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n", fname, buf);
-	return ret;
+	if (verbose > 1) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",
+			safe_fname(fname), safe_fname(buf));
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* main backup switch routine */
+int make_backup(char *fname)
+{
+	if (backup_dir)
+		return keep_backup(fname);
+	return make_simple_backup(fname);
 }

batch.c

@@ -1,28 +1,14 @@
-/*
- * Support for the batch-file options.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Weiss
- * Copyright (C) 2004 Chris Shoemaker
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+
+   Weiss 1/1999
+   Batch utilities for rsync.
+
+*/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include <zlib.h>
 #include <time.h>
 
+extern int am_sender;
 extern int eol_nulls;
 extern int recurse;
 extern int xfer_dirs;
@@ -31,25 +17,12 @@ extern int preserve_hard_links;
 extern int preserve_devices;
 extern int preserve_uid;
 extern int preserve_gid;
-extern int preserve_acls;
-extern int preserve_xattrs;
 extern int always_checksum;
 extern int do_compression;
-extern int inplace;
-extern int append_mode;
 extern int protocol_version;
 extern char *batch_name;
-#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-extern char *iconv_opt;
-#endif
 
-extern filter_rule_list filter_list;
-
-int batch_stream_flags;
-
-static int tweaked_append;
-static int tweaked_append_verify;
-static int tweaked_iconv;
+extern struct filter_list_struct filter_list;
 
 static int *flag_ptr[] = {
 	&recurse,		/* 0 */
@@ -61,12 +34,6 @@ static int *flag_ptr[] = {
 	&always_checksum,	/* 6 */
 	&xfer_dirs,		/* 7 (protocol 29) */
 	&do_compression,	/* 8 (protocol 29) */
-	&tweaked_iconv,		/* 9  (protocol 30) */
-	&preserve_acls,		/* 10 (protocol 30) */
-	&preserve_xattrs,	/* 11 (protocol 30) */
-	&inplace,		/* 12 (protocol 30) */
-	&tweaked_append,	/* 13 (protocol 30) */
-	&tweaked_append_verify,	/* 14 (protocol 30) */
 	NULL
 };
 
@@ -80,12 +47,6 @@ static char *flag_name[] = {
 	"--checksum (-c)",
 	"--dirs (-d)",
 	"--compress (-z)",
-	"--iconv",
-	"--acls (-A)",
-	"--xattrs (-X)",
-	"--inplace",
-	"--append",
-	"--append-verify",
 	NULL
 };
 
@@ -93,14 +54,10 @@ void write_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
 	int i, flags;
 
-	tweaked_append = append_mode == 1;
-	tweaked_append_verify = append_mode == 2;
-#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-	tweaked_iconv = iconv_opt != NULL;
-#endif
-
 	/* Start the batch file with a bitmap of data-stream-affecting
 	 * flags. */
+	if (protocol_version < 29)
+		flag_ptr[7] = NULL;
 	for (i = 0, flags = 0; flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
 		if (*flag_ptr[i])
 			flags |= 1 << i;
@@ -110,32 +67,14 @@ void write_stream_flags(int fd)
 
 void read_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
-	batch_stream_flags = read_int(fd);
-}
-
-void check_batch_flags(void)
-{
-	int i;
+	int i, flags;
 
 	if (protocol_version < 29)
 		flag_ptr[7] = NULL;
-	else if (protocol_version < 30)
-		flag_ptr[9] = NULL;
-	tweaked_append = append_mode == 1;
-	tweaked_append_verify = append_mode == 2;
-#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-	tweaked_iconv = iconv_opt != NULL;
-#endif
-	for (i = 0; flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
-		int set = batch_stream_flags & (1 << i) ? 1 : 0;
+	for (i = 0, flags = read_int(fd); flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
+		int set = flags & (1 << i) ? 1 : 0;
 		if (*flag_ptr[i] != set) {
-			if (i == 9) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,
-					"%s specify the --iconv option to use this batch file.\n",
-					set ? "Please" : "Do not");
-				exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
-			}
-			if (INFO_GTE(MISC, 1)) {
+			if (verbose) {
 				rprintf(FINFO,
 					"%sing the %s option to match the batchfile.\n",
 					set ? "Sett" : "Clear", flag_name[i]);
@@ -149,57 +88,42 @@ void check_batch_flags(void)
 		else if (xfer_dirs < 2)
 			xfer_dirs = 0;
 	}
-
-	if (tweaked_append)
-		append_mode = 1;
-	else if (tweaked_append_verify)
-		append_mode = 2;
 }
 
-static int write_arg(int fd, char *arg)
+static void write_arg(int fd, char *arg)
 {
 	char *x, *s;
-	int len, ret = 0;
 
 	if (*arg == '-' && (x = strchr(arg, '=')) != NULL) {
-		if (write(fd, arg, x - arg + 1) != x - arg + 1)
-			ret = -1;
+		write(fd, arg, x - arg + 1);
 		arg += x - arg + 1;
 	}
 
 	if (strpbrk(arg, " \"'&;|[]()$#!*?^\\") != NULL) {
-		if (write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
-			ret = -1;
+		write(fd, "'", 1);
 		for (s = arg; (x = strchr(s, '\'')) != NULL; s = x + 1) {
-			if (write(fd, s, x - s + 1) != x - s + 1
-			 || write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
-				ret = -1;
+			write(fd, s, x - s + 1);
+			write(fd, "'", 1);
 		}
-		len = strlen(s);
-		if (write(fd, s, len) != len
-		 || write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
-			ret = -1;
-		return ret;
+		write(fd, s, strlen(s));
+		write(fd, "'", 1);
+		return;
 	}
 
-	len = strlen(arg);
-	if (write(fd, arg, len) != len)
-		ret = -1;
-
-	return ret;
+	write(fd, arg, strlen(arg));
 }
 
 static void write_filter_rules(int fd)
 {
-	filter_rule *ent;
+	struct filter_struct *ent;
 
 	write_sbuf(fd, " <<'#E#'\n");
 	for (ent = filter_list.head; ent; ent = ent->next) {
 		unsigned int plen;
-		char *p = get_rule_prefix(ent, "- ", 0, &plen);
+		char *p = get_rule_prefix(ent->match_flags, "- ", 0, &plen);
 		write_buf(fd, p, plen);
 		write_sbuf(fd, ent->pattern);
-		if (ent->rflags & FILTRULE_DIRECTORY)
+		if (ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY)
 			write_byte(fd, '/');
 		write_byte(fd, eol_nulls ? 0 : '\n');
 	}
@@ -215,22 +139,21 @@ static void write_filter_rules(int fd)
  * (hopefully) work. */
 void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 {
-	int fd, i, len, err = 0;
+	int fd, i, len;
 	char *p, filename[MAXPATHLEN];
 
 	stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
 		   batch_name, ".sh", NULL);
 	fd = do_open(filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-		     S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+		     S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IEXEC);
 	if (fd < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s open error",
-			filename);
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILESELECT);
+			safe_fname(filename));
+		exit_cleanup(1);
 	}
 
 	/* Write argvs info to BATCH.sh file */
-	if (write_arg(fd, argv[0]) < 0)
-		err = 1;
+	write_arg(fd, argv[0]);
 	if (filter_list.head) {
 		if (protocol_version >= 29)
 			write_sbuf(fd, " --filter=._-");
@@ -251,33 +174,62 @@ void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 			i++;
 			continue;
 		}
-		if (write(fd, " ", 1) != 1)
-			err = 1;
+		write(fd, " ", 1);
 		if (strncmp(p, "--write-batch", len = 13) == 0
 		 || strncmp(p, "--only-write-batch", len = 18) == 0) {
-			if (write(fd, "--read-batch", 12) != 12)
-				err = 1;
+			write(fd, "--read-batch", 12);
 			if (p[len] == '=') {
-				if (write(fd, "=", 1) != 1
-				 || write_arg(fd, p + len + 1) < 0)
-					err = 1;
+				write(fd, "=", 1);
+				write_arg(fd, p + len + 1);
 			}
-		} else {
-			if (write_arg(fd, p) < 0)
-				err = 1;
-		}
+		} else
+			write_arg(fd, p);
 	}
 	if (!(p = check_for_hostspec(argv[argc - 1], &p, &i)))
 		p = argv[argc - 1];
-	if (write(fd, " ${1:-", 6) != 6
-	 || write_arg(fd, p) < 0)
-		err = 1;
+	write(fd, " ${1:-", 6);
+	write_arg(fd, p);
 	write_byte(fd, '}');
 	if (filter_list.head)
 		write_filter_rules(fd);
-	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 || close(fd) < 0 || err) {
+	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 || close(fd) < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s write error",
-			filename);
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
+			safe_fname(filename));
+		exit_cleanup(1);
 	}
 }
+
+void show_flist(int index, struct file_struct **fptr)
+{
+	/*  for debugging    show_flist(flist->count, flist->files * */
+
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; i < index; i++) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->flags=%#x\n", fptr[i]->flags);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->modtime=%#lx\n",
+			(long unsigned) fptr[i]->modtime);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->length=%.0f\n",
+			(double) fptr[i]->length);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->mode=%#o\n", (int) fptr[i]->mode);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->basename=%s\n",
+			safe_fname(fptr[i]->basename));
+		if (fptr[i]->dirname) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->dirname=%s\n",
+				safe_fname(fptr[i]->dirname));
+		}
+		if (am_sender && fptr[i]->dir.root) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->dir.root=%s\n",
+				safe_fname(fptr[i]->dir.root));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* for debugging */
+void show_argvs(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int i;
+
+	rprintf(FINFO, "BATCH.C:show_argvs,argc=%d\n", argc);
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+		rprintf(FINFO, "i=%d,argv[i]=%s\n", i, safe_fname(argv[i]));
+}

byteorder.h

@@ -1,29 +1,27 @@
-/*
- * Simple byteorder handling.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1992-1995 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+/* 
+   simple byteorder handling
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1992-1995
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
 #undef CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
-#undef AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE
 
-/* We know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the same
- * byte order (LSB-first) as the 32-bit numbers we transmit. */
-#if defined __i386__ || defined __i486__ || defined __i586__ || defined __i686__ || __amd64
+/* we know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the "right" 
+   byteorder */
+#ifdef __i386__
 #define CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT 0
 #endif
 
@@ -32,93 +30,25 @@
 #endif
 
 #define CVAL(buf,pos) (((unsigned char *)(buf))[pos])
-#define UVAL(buf,pos) ((uint32)CVAL(buf,pos))
+#define PVAL(buf,pos) ((unsigned)CVAL(buf,pos))
+#define SCVAL(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos) = (val))
+
 
 #if CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
-
-#define PVAL(buf,pos) (UVAL(buf,pos)|UVAL(buf,(pos)+1)<<8)
-#define IVAL(buf,pos) (PVAL(buf,pos)|PVAL(buf,(pos)+2)<<16)
-#define IVAL64(buf,pos) (IVAL(buf,pos)|(int64)IVAL(buf,(pos)+4)<<32)
+#define SVAL(buf,pos) (PVAL(buf,pos)|PVAL(buf,(pos)+1)<<8)
+#define IVAL(buf,pos) (SVAL(buf,pos)|SVAL(buf,(pos)+2)<<16)
 #define SSVALX(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos)=(val)&0xFF,CVAL(buf,pos+1)=(val)>>8)
 #define SIVALX(buf,pos,val) (SSVALX(buf,pos,val&0xFFFF),SSVALX(buf,pos+2,val>>16))
-#define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) SIVALX(buf,pos,(uint32)(val))
-#define SIVAL64(buf,pos,val) (SIVAL(buf,pos,val),SIVAL(buf,(pos)+4,(val)>>32))
-
-#define IVALu(buf,pos) IVAL(buf,pos)
-#define SIVALu(buf,pos,val) SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
-
-#else /* !CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT */
-
-/* This handles things for architectures like the 386 that can handle alignment errors.
- * WARNING: This section is dependent on the length of an int32 (and thus a uint32)
- * being correct (4 bytes)!  Set CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT if it is not. */
-
-# ifdef AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE
-
+#define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) SIVALX((buf),(pos),((uint32)(val)))
+#else
+/* this handles things for architectures like the 386 that can handle
+   alignment errors */
+/*
+   WARNING: This section is dependent on the length of int32
+   being correct. set CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT if it is not.
+*/
 #define IVAL(buf,pos) (*(uint32 *)((char *)(buf) + (pos)))
 #define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) IVAL(buf,pos)=((uint32)(val))
+#endif
 
-#define IVALu(buf,pos) IVAL(buf,pos)
-#define SIVALu(buf,pos,val) SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
 
-# else /* !AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE */
-
-static inline uint32
-IVALu(const uchar *buf, int pos)
-{
-	union {
-		const uchar *b;
-		const uint32 *num;
-	} u;
-	u.b = buf + pos;
-	return *u.num;
-}
-
-static inline void
-SIVALu(uchar *buf, int pos, uint32 val)
-{
-	union {
-		uchar *b;
-		uint32 *num;
-	} u;
-	u.b = buf + pos;
-	*u.num = val;
-}
-
-static inline uint32
-IVAL(const char *buf, int pos)
-{
-	return IVALu((uchar*)buf, pos);
-}
-
-static inline void
-SIVAL(char *buf, int pos, uint32 val)
-{
-	SIVALu((uchar*)buf, pos, val);
-}
-
-static inline int64
-IVAL64(const char *buf, int pos)
-{
-	union {
-		const char *b;
-		const int64 *num;
-	} u;
-	u.b = buf + pos;
-	return *u.num;
-}
-
-static inline void
-SIVAL64(char *buf, int pos, int64 val)
-{
-	union {
-		char *b;
-		int64 *num;
-	} u;
-	u.b = buf + pos;
-	*u.num = val;
-}
-
-# endif /* !AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE */
-
-#endif /* !CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT */

case_N.h

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Allow an arbitrary sequence of case labels.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2006-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-/* This is included multiple times, once for every segement in a switch statement.
- * This produces the next "case N:" statement in sequence. */
-
-#if !defined CASE_N_STATE_0
-#define CASE_N_STATE_0
-	case 0:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_1
-#define CASE_N_STATE_1
-	case 1:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_2
-#define CASE_N_STATE_2
-	case 2:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_3
-#define CASE_N_STATE_3
-	case 3:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_4
-#define CASE_N_STATE_4
-	case 4:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_5
-#define CASE_N_STATE_5
-	case 5:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_6
-#define CASE_N_STATE_6
-	case 6:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_7
-#define CASE_N_STATE_7
-	case 7:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_8
-#define CASE_N_STATE_8
-	case 8:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_9
-#define CASE_N_STATE_9
-	case 9:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_10
-#define CASE_N_STATE_10
-	case 10:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_11
-#define CASE_N_STATE_11
-	case 11:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_12
-#define CASE_N_STATE_12
-	case 12:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_13
-#define CASE_N_STATE_13
-	case 13:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_14
-#define CASE_N_STATE_14
-	case 14:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_15
-#define CASE_N_STATE_15
-	case 15:
-#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_16
-#define CASE_N_STATE_16
-	case 16:
-#else
-#error Need to add more case statements!
-#endif

checksum.c

@@ -1,29 +1,30 @@
 /*
- * Routines to support checksumming of bytes.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
+int csum_length=2; /* initial value */
+
+#define CSUM_CHUNK 64
+
 extern int checksum_seed;
 extern int protocol_version;
-extern int proper_seed_order;
 
 /*
   a simple 32 bit checksum that can be upadted from either end
@@ -50,130 +51,93 @@ uint32 get_checksum1(char *buf1, int32 len)
 
 void get_checksum2(char *buf, int32 len, char *sum)
 {
-	md_context m;
+	int32 i;
+	static char *buf1;
+	static int32 len1;
+	struct mdfour m;
 
-	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
-		uchar seedbuf[4];
-		md5_begin(&m);
-		if (proper_seed_order) {
-			if (checksum_seed) {
-				SIVALu(seedbuf, 0, checksum_seed);
-				md5_update(&m, seedbuf, 4);
-			}
-			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)buf, len);
-		} else {
-			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)buf, len);
-			if (checksum_seed) {
-				SIVALu(seedbuf, 0, checksum_seed);
-				md5_update(&m, seedbuf, 4);
-			}
-		}
-		md5_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
-	} else {
-		int32 i;
-		static char *buf1;
-		static int32 len1;
-
-		mdfour_begin(&m);
-
-		if (len > len1) {
-			if (buf1)
-				free(buf1);
-			buf1 = new_array(char, len+4);
-			len1 = len;
-			if (!buf1)
-				out_of_memory("get_checksum2");
-		}
-
-		memcpy(buf1, buf, len);
-		if (checksum_seed) {
-			SIVAL(buf1,len,checksum_seed);
-			len += 4;
-		}
-
-		for (i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK)
-			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), CSUM_CHUNK);
-
-		/*
-		 * Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
-		 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
-		 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
-		 * even when there are no more bytes.
-		 */
-		if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27)
-			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), len-i);
-
-		mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
+	if (len > len1) {
+		if (buf1)
+			free(buf1);
+		buf1 = new_array(char, len+4);
+		len1 = len;
+		if (!buf1)
+			out_of_memory("get_checksum2");
 	}
+
+	mdfour_begin(&m);
+
+	memcpy(buf1,buf,len);
+	if (checksum_seed) {
+		SIVAL(buf1,len,checksum_seed);
+		len += 4;
+	}
+
+	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
+		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), CSUM_CHUNK);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+	 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+	 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+	 * even when there are no more bytes.
+	 */
+	if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27) {
+		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), (len-i));
+	}
+
+	mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
 }
 
-void file_checksum(const char *fname, const STRUCT_STAT *st_p, char *sum)
-{
-	struct map_struct *buf;
-	OFF_T i, len = st_p->st_size;
-	md_context m;
-	int32 remainder;
-	int fd;
 
-	memset(sum, 0, MAX_DIGEST_LEN);
+void file_checksum(char *fname,char *sum,OFF_T size)
+{
+	OFF_T i;
+	struct map_struct *buf;
+	int fd;
+	OFF_T len = size;
+	struct mdfour m;
+
+	memset(sum,0,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
 
 	fd = do_open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
 	if (fd == -1)
 		return;
 
-	buf = map_file(fd, len, MAX_MAP_SIZE, CSUM_CHUNK);
+	buf = map_file(fd, size, MAX_MAP_SIZE, CSUM_CHUNK);
 
-	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
-		md5_begin(&m);
+	mdfour_begin(&m);
 
-		for (i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
-			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, CSUM_CHUNK),
-				   CSUM_CHUNK);
-		}
-
-		remainder = (int32)(len - i);
-		if (remainder > 0)
-			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, remainder), remainder);
-
-		md5_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
-	} else {
-		mdfour_begin(&m);
-
-		for (i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
-			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, CSUM_CHUNK),
-				      CSUM_CHUNK);
-		}
-
-		/* Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
-		 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
-		 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
-		 * even when there are no more bytes. */
-		remainder = (int32)(len - i);
-		if (remainder > 0 || protocol_version >= 27)
-			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, remainder), remainder);
-
-		mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
+	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
+		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, CSUM_CHUNK),
+			      CSUM_CHUNK);
 	}
 
+	/* Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+	 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+	 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+	 * even when there are no more bytes. */
+	if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27)
+		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, len-i), len-i);
+
+	mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
+
 	close(fd);
 	unmap_file(buf);
 }
 
+
 static int32 sumresidue;
-static md_context md;
+static char sumrbuf[CSUM_CHUNK];
+static struct mdfour md;
 
 void sum_init(int seed)
 {
 	char s[4];
-
-	if (protocol_version >= 30)
-		md5_begin(&md);
-	else {
-		mdfour_begin(&md);
-		sumresidue = 0;
-		SIVAL(s, 0, seed);
-		sum_update(s, 4);
-	}
+	mdfour_begin(&md);
+	sumresidue = 0;
+	SIVAL(s, 0, seed);
+	sum_update(s, 4);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -184,23 +148,18 @@ void sum_init(int seed)
  * @todo Perhaps get rid of md and just pass in the address each time.
  * Very slightly clearer and slower.
  **/
-void sum_update(const char *p, int32 len)
+void sum_update(char *p, int32 len)
 {
-	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
-		md5_update(&md, (uchar *)p, len);
-		return;
-	}
-
 	if (len + sumresidue < CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		memcpy(md.buffer + sumresidue, p, len);
+		memcpy(sumrbuf + sumresidue, p, len);
 		sumresidue += len;
 		return;
 	}
 
 	if (sumresidue) {
 		int32 i = CSUM_CHUNK - sumresidue;
-		memcpy(md.buffer + sumresidue, p, i);
-		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)md.buffer, CSUM_CHUNK);
+		memcpy(sumrbuf + sumresidue, p, i);
+		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, CSUM_CHUNK);
 		len -= i;
 		p += i;
 	}
@@ -213,20 +172,13 @@ void sum_update(const char *p, int32 len)
 
 	sumresidue = len;
 	if (sumresidue)
-		memcpy(md.buffer, p, sumresidue);
+		memcpy(sumrbuf, p, sumresidue);
 }
 
-int sum_end(char *sum)
+void sum_end(char *sum)
 {
-	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
-		md5_result(&md, (uchar *)sum);
-		return MD5_DIGEST_LEN;
-	}
-
 	if (sumresidue || protocol_version >= 27)
-		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)md.buffer, sumresidue);
+		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, sumresidue);
 
 	mdfour_result(&md, (uchar *)sum);
-
-	return MD4_DIGEST_LEN;
 }

chmod.c

@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Implement the core of the --chmod option.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Howard
- * Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-#include "rsync.h"
-#include "itypes.h"
-
-extern mode_t orig_umask;
-
-#define FLAG_X_KEEP (1<<0)
-#define FLAG_DIRS_ONLY (1<<1)
-#define FLAG_FILES_ONLY (1<<2)
-
-struct chmod_mode_struct {
-	struct chmod_mode_struct *next;
-	int ModeAND, ModeOR;
-	char flags;
-};
-
-#define CHMOD_ADD 1
-#define CHMOD_SUB 2
-#define CHMOD_EQ  3
-#define CHMOD_SET 4
-
-#define STATE_ERROR 0
-#define STATE_1ST_HALF 1
-#define STATE_2ND_HALF 2
-#define STATE_OCTAL_NUM 3
-
-/* Parse a chmod-style argument, and break it down into one or more AND/OR
- * pairs in a linked list.  We return a pointer to new items on succcess
- * (appending the items to the specified list), or NULL on error. */
-struct chmod_mode_struct *parse_chmod(const char *modestr,
-				      struct chmod_mode_struct **root_mode_ptr)
-{
-	int state = STATE_1ST_HALF;
-	int where = 0, what = 0, op = 0, topbits = 0, topoct = 0, flags = 0;
-	struct chmod_mode_struct *first_mode = NULL, *curr_mode = NULL,
-				 *prev_mode = NULL;
-
-	while (state != STATE_ERROR) {
-		if (!*modestr || *modestr == ',') {
-			int bits;
-
-			if (!op) {
-				state = STATE_ERROR;
-				break;
-			}
-			prev_mode = curr_mode;
-			curr_mode = new_array(struct chmod_mode_struct, 1);
-			if (prev_mode)
-				prev_mode->next = curr_mode;
-			else
-				first_mode = curr_mode;
-			curr_mode->next = NULL;
-
-			if (where)
-				bits = where * what;
-			else {
-				where = 0111;
-				bits = (where * what) & ~orig_umask;
-			}
-
-			switch (op) {
-			case CHMOD_ADD:
-				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS;
-				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits + topoct;
-				break;
-			case CHMOD_SUB:
-				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS - bits - topoct;
-				curr_mode->ModeOR  = 0;
-				break;
-			case CHMOD_EQ:
-				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS - (where * 7) - (topoct ? topbits : 0);
-				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits + topoct;
-				break;
-			case CHMOD_SET:
-				curr_mode->ModeAND = 0;
-				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			curr_mode->flags = flags;
-
-			if (!*modestr)
-				break;
-			modestr++;
-
-			state = STATE_1ST_HALF;
-			where = what = op = topoct = topbits = flags = 0;
-		}
-
-		switch (state) {
-		case STATE_1ST_HALF:
-			switch (*modestr) {
-			case 'D':
-				if (flags & FLAG_FILES_ONLY)
-					state = STATE_ERROR;
-				flags |= FLAG_DIRS_ONLY;
-				break;
-			case 'F':
-				if (flags & FLAG_DIRS_ONLY)
-					state = STATE_ERROR;
-				flags |= FLAG_FILES_ONLY;
-				break;
-			case 'u':
-				where |= 0100;
-				topbits |= 04000;
-				break;
-			case 'g':
-				where |= 0010;
-				topbits |= 02000;
-				break;
-			case 'o':
-				where |= 0001;
-				break;
-			case 'a':
-				where |= 0111;
-				break;
-			case '+':
-				op = CHMOD_ADD;
-				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
-				break;
-			case '-':
-				op = CHMOD_SUB;
-				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
-				break;
-			case '=':
-				op = CHMOD_EQ;
-				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
-				break;
-			default:
-				if (isDigit(modestr) && *modestr < '8' && !where) {
-					op = CHMOD_SET;
-					state =  STATE_OCTAL_NUM;
-					where = 1;
-					what = *modestr - '0';
-				} else
-					state = STATE_ERROR;
-				break;
-			}
-			break;
-		case STATE_2ND_HALF:
-			switch (*modestr) {
-			case 'r':
-				what |= 4;
-				break;
-			case 'w':
-				what |= 2;
-				break;
-			case 'X':
-				flags |= FLAG_X_KEEP;
-				/* FALL THROUGH */
-			case 'x':
-				what |= 1;
-				break;
-			case 's':
-				if (topbits)
-					topoct |= topbits;
-				else
-					topoct = 04000;
-				break;
-			case 't':
-				topoct |= 01000;
-				break;
-			default:
-				state = STATE_ERROR;
-				break;
-			}
-			break;
-		case STATE_OCTAL_NUM:
-			if (isDigit(modestr) && *modestr < '8') {
-				what = what*8 + *modestr - '0';
-				if (what > CHMOD_BITS)
-					state = STATE_ERROR;
-			} else
-				state = STATE_ERROR;
-			break;
-		}
-		modestr++;
-	}
-
-	if (state == STATE_ERROR) {
-		free_chmod_mode(first_mode);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (!(curr_mode = *root_mode_ptr))
-		*root_mode_ptr = first_mode;
-	else {
-		while (curr_mode->next)
-			curr_mode = curr_mode->next;
-		curr_mode->next = first_mode;
-	}
-
-	return first_mode;
-}
-
-
-/* Takes an existing file permission and a list of AND/OR changes, and
- * create a new permissions. */
-int tweak_mode(int mode, struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes)
-{
-	int IsX = mode & 0111;
-	int NonPerm = mode & ~CHMOD_BITS;
-
-	for ( ; chmod_modes; chmod_modes = chmod_modes->next) {
-		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_DIRS_ONLY) && !S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
-			continue;
-		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_FILES_ONLY) && S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
-			continue;
-		mode &= chmod_modes->ModeAND;
-		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_X_KEEP) && !IsX && !S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
-			mode |= chmod_modes->ModeOR & ~0111;
-		else
-			mode |= chmod_modes->ModeOR;
-	}
-
-	return mode | NonPerm;
-}
-
-/* Free the linked list created by parse_chmod. */
-int free_chmod_mode(struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes)
-{
-	struct chmod_mode_struct *next;
-
-	while (chmod_modes) {
-		next = chmod_modes->next;
-		free(chmod_modes);
-		chmod_modes = next;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}

cleanup.c

@@ -1,45 +1,30 @@
-/*
- * End-of-run cleanup routines.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
+   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-extern int dry_run;
-extern int am_server;
-extern int am_daemon;
-extern int am_receiver;
 extern int io_error;
 extern int keep_partial;
-extern int got_xfer_error;
-extern int protocol_version;
-extern int output_needs_newline;
+extern int log_got_error;
 extern char *partial_dir;
-extern char *logfile_name;
-
-BOOL shutting_down = False;
-BOOL flush_ok_after_signal = False;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SIGACTION
-static struct sigaction sigact;
-#endif
 
 /**
  * Close all open sockets and files, allowing a (somewhat) graceful
@@ -85,10 +70,10 @@ void close_all(void)
  **/
 int cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 
-static const char *cleanup_fname;
-static const char *cleanup_new_fname;
+static char *cleanup_fname;
+static char *cleanup_new_fname;
 static struct file_struct *cleanup_file;
-static int cleanup_fd_r = -1, cleanup_fd_w = -1;
+static int cleanup_fd_r, cleanup_fd_w;
 static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;
 
 pid_t cleanup_child_pid = -1;
@@ -98,191 +83,91 @@ pid_t cleanup_child_pid = -1;
  *
  * @param code one of the RERR_* codes from errcode.h.
  **/
-NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
+void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 {
-	static int switch_step = 0;
-	static int exit_code = 0, exit_line = 0;
-	static const char *exit_file = NULL;
-	static int first_code = 0;
+	int ocode = code;
+	static int inside_cleanup = 0;
 
-	SIGACTION(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
-	SIGACTION(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
+	if (inside_cleanup > 10) {
+		/* prevent the occasional infinite recursion */
+		return;
+	}
+	inside_cleanup++;
 
-	if (!exit_code) { /* Preserve first error exit info when recursing. */
-		exit_code = code;
-		exit_file = file;
-		exit_line = line < 0 ? -line : line;
+	signal(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
+	signal(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
+
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
+			code, safe_fname(file), line);
 	}
 
-	/* If this is the exit at the end of the run, the server side
-	 * should not attempt to output a message (see log_exit()). */
-	if (am_server && code == 0)
-		am_server = 2;
-
-	/* Some of our actions might cause a recursive call back here, so we
-	 * keep track of where we are in the cleanup and never repeat a step. */
-	switch (switch_step) {
-#include "case_N.h" /* case 0: */
-		switch_step++;
-
-		first_code = code;
-
-		if (output_needs_newline) {
-			fputc('\n', stdout);
-			output_needs_newline = 0;
+	if (cleanup_child_pid != -1) {
+		int status;
+		if (waitpid(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG) == cleanup_child_pid) {
+			status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
+			if (status > code)
+				code = status;
 		}
-
-		if (DEBUG_GTE(EXIT, 2)) {
-			rprintf(FINFO,
-				"[%s] _exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
-				who_am_i(), code, file, line);
-		}
-
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-#include "case_N.h"
-		switch_step++;
-
-		if (cleanup_child_pid != -1) {
-			int status;
-			int pid = wait_process(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG);
-			if (pid == cleanup_child_pid) {
-				status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
-				if (status > exit_code)
-					exit_code = status;
-			}
-		}
-
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-#include "case_N.h"
-		switch_step++;
-
-		if (cleanup_got_literal && (cleanup_fname || cleanup_fd_w != -1)) {
-			if (cleanup_fd_r != -1) {
-				close(cleanup_fd_r);
-				cleanup_fd_r = -1;
-			}
-			if (cleanup_fd_w != -1) {
-				flush_write_file(cleanup_fd_w);
-				close(cleanup_fd_w);
-				cleanup_fd_w = -1;
-			}
-			if (cleanup_fname && cleanup_new_fname && keep_partial
-			 && handle_partial_dir(cleanup_new_fname, PDIR_CREATE)) {
-				int tweak_modtime = 0;
-				const char *fname = cleanup_fname;
-				cleanup_fname = NULL;
-				if (!partial_dir) {
-				    /* We don't want to leave a partial file with a modern time or it
-				     * could be skipped via --update.  Setting the time to something
-				     * really old also helps it to stand out as unfinished in an ls. */
-				    tweak_modtime = 1;
-				    cleanup_file->modtime = 0;
-				}
-				finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, NULL, NULL,
-						cleanup_file, tweak_modtime, !partial_dir);
-			}
-		}
-
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-#include "case_N.h"
-		switch_step++;
-
-		if (flush_ok_after_signal) {
-			flush_ok_after_signal = False;
-			if (code == RERR_SIGNAL)
-				io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
-		}
-		if (!exit_code && !code)
-			io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
-
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-#include "case_N.h"
-		switch_step++;
-
-		if (cleanup_fname)
-			do_unlink(cleanup_fname);
-		if (exit_code)
-			kill_all(SIGUSR1);
-		if (cleanup_pid && cleanup_pid == getpid()) {
-			char *pidf = lp_pid_file();
-			if (pidf && *pidf)
-				unlink(lp_pid_file());
-		}
-
-		if (exit_code == 0) {
-			if (code)
-				exit_code = code;
-			if (io_error & IOERR_DEL_LIMIT)
-				exit_code = RERR_DEL_LIMIT;
-			if (io_error & IOERR_VANISHED)
-				exit_code = RERR_VANISHED;
-			if (io_error & IOERR_GENERAL || got_xfer_error)
-				exit_code = RERR_PARTIAL;
-		}
-
-		/* If line < 0, this exit is after a MSG_ERROR_EXIT event, so
-		 * we don't want to output a duplicate error. */
-		if ((exit_code && line > 0)
-		 || am_daemon || (logfile_name && (am_server || !INFO_GTE(STATS, 1))))
-			log_exit(exit_code, exit_file, exit_line);
-
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-#include "case_N.h"
-		switch_step++;
-
-		if (DEBUG_GTE(EXIT, 1)) {
-			rprintf(FINFO,
-				"[%s] _exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): "
-				"about to call exit(%d)%s\n",
-				who_am_i(), first_code, exit_file, exit_line, exit_code,
-				dry_run ? " (DRY RUN)" : "");
-		}
-
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-#include "case_N.h"
-		switch_step++;
-
-		if (exit_code && exit_code != RERR_SOCKETIO && exit_code != RERR_STREAMIO && exit_code != RERR_SIGNAL1
-		 && exit_code != RERR_TIMEOUT && !shutting_down && (protocol_version >= 31 || am_receiver)) {
-			if (line > 0) {
-				if (DEBUG_GTE(EXIT, 3)) {
-					rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] sending MSG_ERROR_EXIT with exit_code %d\n",
-						who_am_i(), exit_code);
-				}
-				send_msg_int(MSG_ERROR_EXIT, exit_code);
-			}
-			noop_io_until_death();
-		}
-
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-#include "case_N.h"
-		switch_step++;
-
-		if (am_server && exit_code)
-			msleep(100);
-		close_all();
-
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-	default:
-		break;
 	}
 
-	exit(exit_code);
+	if (cleanup_got_literal && cleanup_fname && keep_partial
+	    && handle_partial_dir(cleanup_new_fname, PDIR_CREATE)) {
+		char *fname = cleanup_fname;
+		cleanup_fname = NULL;
+		if (cleanup_fd_r != -1)
+			close(cleanup_fd_r);
+		if (cleanup_fd_w != -1) {
+			flush_write_file(cleanup_fd_w);
+			close(cleanup_fd_w);
+		}
+		finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, cleanup_file, 0,
+				!partial_dir);
+	}
+	io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
+	if (cleanup_fname)
+		do_unlink(cleanup_fname);
+	if (code)
+		kill_all(SIGUSR1);
+	if (cleanup_pid && cleanup_pid == getpid()) {
+		char *pidf = lp_pid_file();
+		if (pidf && *pidf)
+			unlink(lp_pid_file());
+	}
+
+	if (code == 0) {
+		if (io_error & IOERR_DEL_LIMIT)
+			code = RERR_DEL_LIMIT;
+		if (io_error & IOERR_VANISHED)
+			code = RERR_VANISHED;
+		if (io_error & IOERR_GENERAL || log_got_error)
+			code = RERR_PARTIAL;
+	}
+
+	if (code)
+		log_exit(code, file, line);
+
+	if (verbose > 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): about to call exit(%d)\n",
+			ocode, safe_fname(file), line, code);
+	}
+
+	close_all();
+	exit(code);
 }
 
 void cleanup_disable(void)
 {
-	cleanup_fname = cleanup_new_fname = NULL;
-	cleanup_fd_r = cleanup_fd_w = -1;
+	cleanup_fname = NULL;
 	cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 }
 
 
-void cleanup_set(const char *fnametmp, const char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
+void cleanup_set(char *fnametmp, char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
 		 int fd_r, int fd_w)
 {
 	cleanup_fname = fnametmp;
-	cleanup_new_fname = fname; /* can be NULL on a partial-dir failure */
+	cleanup_new_fname = fname;
 	cleanup_file = file;
 	cleanup_fd_r = fd_r;
 	cleanup_fd_w = fd_w;

clientname.c

@@ -1,34 +1,40 @@
-/*
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+
+   rsync -- fast file replication program
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992-2001 by Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * @file clientname.c
+ *
  * Functions for looking up the remote name or addr of a socket.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 1992-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-/*
  * This file is now converted to use the new-style getaddrinfo()
  * interface, which supports IPv6 but is also supported on recent
  * IPv4-only machines.  On systems that don't have that interface, we
  * emulate it using the KAME implementation.
- */
+ **/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 static const char default_name[] = "UNKNOWN";
+extern int am_daemon;
 extern int am_server;
 
 
@@ -41,6 +47,7 @@ char *client_addr(int fd)
 	static int initialised;
 	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
 	socklen_t length = sizeof ss;
+	char *ssh_info, *p;
 
 	if (initialised)
 		return addr_buf;
@@ -48,14 +55,11 @@ char *client_addr(int fd)
 	initialised = 1;
 
 	if (am_server) {	/* daemon over --rsh mode */
-		char *env_str;
-		strlcpy(addr_buf, "0.0.0.0", sizeof addr_buf);
-		if ((env_str = getenv("REMOTE_HOST")) != NULL
-		 || (env_str = getenv("SSH_CONNECTION")) != NULL
-		 || (env_str = getenv("SSH_CLIENT")) != NULL
-		 || (env_str = getenv("SSH2_CLIENT")) != NULL) {
-			char *p;
-			strlcpy(addr_buf, env_str, sizeof addr_buf);
+		strcpy(addr_buf, "0.0.0.0");
+		if ((ssh_info = getenv("SSH_CONNECTION")) != NULL
+		    || (ssh_info = getenv("SSH_CLIENT")) != NULL
+		    || (ssh_info = getenv("SSH2_CLIENT")) != NULL) {
+			strlcpy(addr_buf, ssh_info, sizeof addr_buf);
 			/* Truncate the value to just the IP address. */
 			if ((p = strchr(addr_buf, ' ')) != NULL)
 				*p = '\0';
@@ -100,7 +104,7 @@ char *client_name(int fd)
 	if (initialised)
 		return name_buf;
 
-	strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, sizeof name_buf);
+	strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
 	initialised = 1;
 
 	memset(&ss, 0, sizeof ss);
@@ -110,9 +114,6 @@ char *client_name(int fd)
 		struct addrinfo hint, *answer;
 		int err;
 
-		if (strcmp(addr, "0.0.0.0") == 0)
-			return name_buf;
-
 		memset(&hint, 0, sizeof hint);
 
 #ifdef AI_NUMERICHOST
@@ -137,8 +138,6 @@ char *client_name(int fd)
 			memcpy(&ss, answer->ai_addr, ss_len);
 			break;
 #endif
-		default:
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_SOCKETIO);
 		}
 		freeaddrinfo(answer);
 	} else {
@@ -148,7 +147,7 @@ char *client_name(int fd)
 
 	if (lookup_name(fd, &ss, ss_len, name_buf, sizeof name_buf,
 			port_buf, sizeof port_buf) == 0)
-		check_name(fd, &ss, name_buf, sizeof name_buf);
+		check_name(fd, &ss, name_buf);
 
 	return name_buf;
 }
@@ -212,18 +211,18 @@ void client_sockaddr(int fd,
  **/
 int lookup_name(int fd, const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
 		socklen_t ss_len,
-		char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_size,
-		char *port_buf, size_t port_buf_size)
+		char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_len,
+		char *port_buf, size_t port_buf_len)
 {
 	int name_err;
 
 	/* reverse lookup */
 	name_err = getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *) ss, ss_len,
-			       name_buf, name_buf_size,
-			       port_buf, port_buf_size,
+			       name_buf, name_buf_len,
+			       port_buf, port_buf_len,
 			       NI_NAMEREQD | NI_NUMERICSERV);
 	if (name_err != 0) {
-		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
 		rprintf(FLOG, "name lookup failed for %s: %s\n",
 			client_addr(fd), gai_strerror(name_err));
 		return name_err;
@@ -271,7 +270,7 @@ int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
 
 		if (ai->ai_addrlen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6)) {
 			rprintf(FLOG, "%s: too short sockaddr_in6; length=%d\n",
-				fn, (int)ai->ai_addrlen);
+				fn, ai->ai_addrlen);
 			return 1;
 		}
 
@@ -304,7 +303,7 @@ int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
  **/
 int check_name(int fd,
 	       const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
-	       char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_size)
+	       char *name_buf)
 {
 	struct addrinfo hints, *res, *res0;
 	int error;
@@ -318,10 +317,11 @@ int check_name(int fd,
 	if (error) {
 		rprintf(FLOG, "forward name lookup for %s failed: %s\n",
 			name_buf, gai_strerror(error));
-		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
 		return error;
 	}
 
+
 	/* Given all these results, we expect that one of them will be
 	 * the same as ss.  The comparison is a bit complicated. */
 	for (res = res0; res; res = res->ai_next) {
@@ -334,13 +334,13 @@ int check_name(int fd,
 		 * address that was the same as ss. */
 		rprintf(FLOG, "no known address for \"%s\": "
 			"spoofed address?\n", name_buf);
-		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
 	} else if (res == NULL) {
 		/* We hit the end of the list without finding an
 		 * address that was the same as ss. */
 		rprintf(FLOG, "%s is not a known address for \"%s\": "
 			"spoofed address?\n", client_addr(fd), name_buf);
-		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
 	}
 
 	freeaddrinfo(res0);

compat.c

@@ -1,160 +1,46 @@
-/*
+/* 
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * @file compat.c
+ *
  * Compatibility routines for older rsync protocol versions.
- *
- * Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
- * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+ **/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 int remote_protocol = 0;
-int file_extra_cnt = 0; /* count of file-list extras that everyone gets */
-int inc_recurse = 0;
-int compat_flags = 0;
-int use_safe_inc_flist = 0;
-int want_xattr_optim = 0;
-int proper_seed_order = 0;
 
+extern int verbose;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_sender;
-extern int local_server;
 extern int inplace;
-extern int recurse;
-extern int use_qsort;
-extern int allow_inc_recurse;
-extern int preallocate_files;
-extern int append_mode;
 extern int fuzzy_basis;
 extern int read_batch;
-extern int delay_updates;
 extern int checksum_seed;
 extern int basis_dir_cnt;
-extern int prune_empty_dirs;
 extern int protocol_version;
-extern int protect_args;
-extern int preserve_uid;
-extern int preserve_gid;
-extern int preserve_acls;
-extern int preserve_xattrs;
-extern int need_messages_from_generator;
-extern int delete_mode, delete_before, delete_during, delete_after;
-extern char *shell_cmd;
-extern char *partial_dir;
 extern char *dest_option;
-extern char *files_from;
-extern char *filesfrom_host;
-extern filter_rule_list filter_list;
-extern int need_unsorted_flist;
-#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-extern iconv_t ic_send, ic_recv;
-extern char *iconv_opt;
-#endif
-
-/* These index values are for the file-list's extra-attribute array. */
-int uid_ndx, gid_ndx, acls_ndx, xattrs_ndx, unsort_ndx;
-
-int receiver_symlink_times = 0; /* receiver can set the time on a symlink */
-int sender_symlink_iconv = 0;	/* sender should convert symlink content */
-
-#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-int filesfrom_convert = 0;
-#endif
-
-#define CF_INC_RECURSE	 (1<<0)
-#define CF_SYMLINK_TIMES (1<<1)
-#define CF_SYMLINK_ICONV (1<<2)
-#define CF_SAFE_FLIST	 (1<<3)
-#define CF_AVOID_XATTR_OPTIM (1<<4)
-#define CF_CHKSUM_SEED_FIX (1<<5)
-
-static const char *client_info;
-
-/* The server makes sure that if either side only supports a pre-release
- * version of a protocol, that both sides must speak a compatible version
- * of that protocol for it to be advertised as available. */
-static void check_sub_protocol(void)
-{
-	char *dot;
-	int their_protocol, their_sub;
-#if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
-	int our_sub = protocol_version < PROTOCOL_VERSION ? 0 : SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION;
-#else
-	int our_sub = 0;
-#endif
-
-	/* client_info starts with VER.SUB string if client is a pre-release. */
-	if (!(their_protocol = atoi(client_info))
-	 || !(dot = strchr(client_info, '.'))
-	 || !(their_sub = atoi(dot+1))) {
-#if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
-		if (our_sub)
-			protocol_version--;
-#endif
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (their_protocol < protocol_version) {
-		if (their_sub)
-			protocol_version = their_protocol - 1;
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (their_protocol > protocol_version)
-		their_sub = 0; /* 0 == final version of older protocol */
-	if (their_sub != our_sub)
-		protocol_version--;
-}
-
-void set_allow_inc_recurse(void)
-{
-	client_info = shell_cmd ? shell_cmd : "";
-
-	if (!recurse || use_qsort)
-		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
-	else if (!am_sender
-	 && (delete_before || delete_after
-	  || delay_updates || prune_empty_dirs))
-		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
-	else if (am_server && !local_server
-	 && (strchr(client_info, 'i') == NULL))
-		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
-}
 
 void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 {
-	if (am_sender)
-		file_extra_cnt += PTR_EXTRA_CNT;
-	else
-		file_extra_cnt++;
-	if (preserve_uid)
-		uid_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
-	if (preserve_gid)
-		gid_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
-	if (preserve_acls && !am_sender)
-		acls_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
-	if (preserve_xattrs)
-		xattrs_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
-
-	if (am_server)
-		set_allow_inc_recurse();
-
 	if (remote_protocol == 0) {
-		if (am_server && !local_server)
-			check_sub_protocol();
 		if (!read_batch)
 			write_int(f_out, protocol_version);
 		remote_protocol = read_int(f_in);
@@ -162,12 +48,12 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 			protocol_version = remote_protocol;
 	}
 	if (read_batch && remote_protocol > protocol_version) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "The protocol version in the batch file is too new (%d > %d).\n",
+	        rprintf(FERROR, "The protocol version in the batch file is too new (%d > %d).\n",
 			remote_protocol, protocol_version);
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
 
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(PROTO, 1)) {
+	if (verbose > 3) {
 		rprintf(FINFO, "(%s) Protocol versions: remote=%d, negotiated=%d\n",
 			am_server? "Server" : "Client", remote_protocol, protocol_version);
 	}
@@ -191,149 +77,31 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 			PROTOCOL_VERSION, am_server? "Server" : "Client");
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
-	if (read_batch)
-		check_batch_flags();
 
-#ifndef SUPPORT_PREALLOCATION
-	if (preallocate_files && !am_sender) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "preallocation is not supported on this %s\n",
-			am_server ? "Server" : "Client");
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
-	}
-#endif
-
-	if (protocol_version < 30) {
-		if (append_mode == 1)
-			append_mode = 2;
-		if (preserve_acls && !local_server) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,
-			    "--acls requires protocol 30 or higher"
-			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
-			    protocol_version);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-		}
-		if (preserve_xattrs && !local_server) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,
-			    "--xattrs requires protocol 30 or higher"
-			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
-			    protocol_version);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-		}
+	if (fuzzy_basis && protocol_version < 29) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			"--fuzzy requires protocol 29 or higher (negotiated %d).\n",
+			protocol_version);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
 
-	if (delete_mode && !(delete_before+delete_during+delete_after)) {
-		if (protocol_version < 30)
-			delete_before = 1;
-		else
-			delete_during = 1;
+	if (basis_dir_cnt && inplace && protocol_version < 29) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			"%s with --inplace requires protocol 29 or higher (negotiated %d).\n",
+			dest_option, protocol_version);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
 
-	if (protocol_version < 29) {
-		if (fuzzy_basis) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,
-			    "--fuzzy requires protocol 29 or higher"
-			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
-			    protocol_version);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-		}
-
-		if (basis_dir_cnt && inplace) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,
-			    "%s with --inplace requires protocol 29 or higher"
-			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
-			    dest_option, protocol_version);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-		}
-
-		if (basis_dir_cnt > 1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,
-			    "Using more than one %s option requires protocol"
-			    " 29 or higher (negotiated %d).\n",
-			    dest_option, protocol_version);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-		}
-
-		if (prune_empty_dirs) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,
-			    "--prune-empty-dirs requires protocol 29 or higher"
-			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
-			    protocol_version);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-		}
-	} else if (protocol_version >= 30) {
-		if (am_server) {
-			compat_flags = allow_inc_recurse ? CF_INC_RECURSE : 0;
-#ifdef CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES
-			compat_flags |= CF_SYMLINK_TIMES;
-#endif
-#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-			compat_flags |= CF_SYMLINK_ICONV;
-#endif
-			if (local_server || strchr(client_info, 'f') != NULL)
-				compat_flags |= CF_SAFE_FLIST;
-			if (local_server || strchr(client_info, 'x') != NULL)
-				compat_flags |= CF_AVOID_XATTR_OPTIM;
-			if (local_server || strchr(client_info, 'C') != NULL)
-				compat_flags |= CF_CHKSUM_SEED_FIX;
-			write_byte(f_out, compat_flags);
-		} else
-			compat_flags = read_byte(f_in);
-		/* The inc_recurse var MUST be set to 0 or 1. */
-		inc_recurse = compat_flags & CF_INC_RECURSE ? 1 : 0;
-		want_xattr_optim = protocol_version >= 31 && !(compat_flags & CF_AVOID_XATTR_OPTIM);
-		proper_seed_order = compat_flags & CF_CHKSUM_SEED_FIX ? 1 : 0;
-		if (am_sender) {
-			receiver_symlink_times = am_server
-			    ? strchr(client_info, 'L') != NULL
-			    : !!(compat_flags & CF_SYMLINK_TIMES);
-		}
-#ifdef CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES
-		else
-			receiver_symlink_times = 1;
-#endif
-#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-		sender_symlink_iconv = iconv_opt && (am_server
-		    ? local_server || strchr(client_info, 's') != NULL
-		    : !!(compat_flags & CF_SYMLINK_ICONV));
-#endif
-		if (inc_recurse && !allow_inc_recurse) {
-			/* This should only be able to happen in a batch. */
-			fprintf(stderr,
-			    "Incompatible options specified for inc-recursive %s.\n",
-			    read_batch ? "batch file" : "connection");
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
-		}
-		use_safe_inc_flist = (compat_flags & CF_SAFE_FLIST) || protocol_version >= 31;
-		need_messages_from_generator = 1;
-#ifdef CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES
-	} else if (!am_sender) {
-		receiver_symlink_times = 1;
-#endif
+	if (basis_dir_cnt > 1 && protocol_version < 29) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			"Multiple %s options requires protocol 29 or higher (negotiated %d).\n",
+			dest_option, protocol_version);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
 
-	if (need_unsorted_flist && (!am_sender || inc_recurse))
-		unsort_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
-
-	if (partial_dir && *partial_dir != '/' && (!am_server || local_server)) {
-		int rflags = FILTRULE_NO_PREFIXES | FILTRULE_DIRECTORY;
-		if (!am_sender || protocol_version >= 30)
-			rflags |= FILTRULE_PERISHABLE;
-		parse_filter_str(&filter_list, partial_dir, rule_template(rflags), 0);
-	}
-
-
-#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-	if (protect_args && files_from) {
-		if (am_sender)
-			filesfrom_convert = filesfrom_host && ic_send != (iconv_t)-1;
-		else
-			filesfrom_convert = !filesfrom_host && ic_recv != (iconv_t)-1;
-	}
-#endif
-
 	if (am_server) {
 		if (!checksum_seed)
-			checksum_seed = time(NULL) ^ (getpid() << 6);
+			checksum_seed = time(NULL);
 		write_int(f_out, checksum_seed);
 	} else {
 		checksum_seed = read_int(f_in);

config.sub

@@ -1,40 +1,42 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Configuration validation subroutine script.
-#   Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-timestamp='2013-04-24'
+timestamp='2003-08-18'
 
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 # (at your option) any later version.
 #
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
 # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
-# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
-# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
 
-
-# Please send patches with a ChangeLog entry to config-patches@gnu.org.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.  Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
 #
 # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
 # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
 # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
 # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
 
-# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
-
 # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
 # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
 # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
@@ -68,7 +70,8 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
 version="\
 GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
 
-Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -80,11 +83,11 @@ Try \`$me --help' for more information."
 while test $# -gt 0 ; do
   case $1 in
     --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
     --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+       echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
     --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+       echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
     -- )     # Stop option processing
        shift; break ;;
     - )	# Use stdin as input.
@@ -96,7 +99,7 @@ while test $# -gt 0 ; do
     *local*)
        # First pass through any local machine types.
        echo $1
-       exit ;;
+       exit 0;;
 
     * )
        break ;;
@@ -115,18 +118,10 @@ esac
 # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
 maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
 case $maybe_os in
-  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
-  linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
-  knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
-  kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
-  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | kfreebsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
     os=-$maybe_os
     basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
     ;;
-  android-linux)
-    os=-linux-android
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown
-    ;;
   *)
     basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
     if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
@@ -149,13 +144,10 @@ case $os in
 	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
 	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
 	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze*)
+	-apple | -axis)
 		os=
 		basic_machine=$1
 		;;
-	-bluegene*)
-		os=-cnk
-		;;
 	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
 		os=
 		basic_machine=$1
@@ -170,17 +162,13 @@ case $os in
 		os=-chorusos
 		basic_machine=$1
 		;;
-	-chorusrdb)
-		os=-chorusrdb
+ 	-chorusrdb)
+ 		os=-chorusrdb
 		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
+ 		;;
 	-hiux*)
 		os=-hiuxwe2
 		;;
-	-sco6)
-		os=-sco5v6
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
 	-sco5)
 		os=-sco3.2v5
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
@@ -197,10 +185,6 @@ case $os in
 		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
 		;;
-	-sco5v6*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
 	-sco*)
 		os=-sco3.2v2
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
@@ -218,12 +202,6 @@ case $os in
 	-isc*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
 		;;
-	-lynx*178)
-		os=-lynxos178
-		;;
-	-lynx*5)
-		os=-lynxos5
-		;;
 	-lynx*)
 		os=-lynxos
 		;;
@@ -248,106 +226,57 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
 	1750a | 580 \
 	| a29k \
-	| aarch64 | aarch64_be \
 	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
 	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
 	| am33_2.0 \
-	| arc | arceb \
-	| arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2-8] | armv[3-8][lb] | armv7[arm] \
-	| avr | avr32 \
-	| be32 | be64 \
-	| bfin \
+	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \
 	| c4x | clipper \
 	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
-	| epiphany \
-	| fido | fr30 | frv \
+	| fr30 | frv \
 	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
-	| hexagon \
 	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
 	| ip2k | iq2000 \
-	| le32 | le64 \
-	| lm32 \
-	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
-	| maxq | mb | microblaze | microblazeel | mcore | mep | metag \
+	| m32r | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \
 	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
 	| mips16 \
 	| mips64 | mips64el \
-	| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
-	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
-	| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
 	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
 	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
 	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
 	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
-	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
 	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
 	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
 	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
 	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
 	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
 	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
-	| mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \
 	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
 	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
-	| moxie \
-	| mt \
 	| msp430 \
-	| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
-	| nios | nios2 | nios2eb | nios2el \
 	| ns16k | ns32k \
-	| open8 \
-	| or1k | or32 \
+	| openrisc | or32 \
 	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
-	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \
+	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
 	| pyramid \
-	| rl78 | rx \
-	| score \
-	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
 	| sh64 | sh64le \
-	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
-	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
-	| spu \
-	| tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \
-	| ubicom32 \
-	| v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \
+	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \
+	| strongarm \
+	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
+	| v850 | v850e \
 	| we32k \
-	| x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \
-	| z8k | z80)
+	| x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+	| z8k)
 		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		;;
-	c54x)
-		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
-		;;
-	c55x)
-		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
-		;;
-	c6x)
-		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
-		;;
-	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | picochip)
+	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+		# Motorola 68HC11/12.
 		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		os=-none
 		;;
 	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
 		;;
-	ms1)
-		basic_machine=mt-unknown
-		;;
-
-	strongarm | thumb | xscale)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		;;
-	xgate)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	xscaleeb)
-		basic_machine=armeb-unknown
-		;;
-
-	xscaleel)
-		basic_machine=armel-unknown
-		;;
 
 	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
 	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
@@ -363,82 +292,59 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
 	580-* \
 	| a29k-* \
-	| aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \
 	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
 	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
-	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* | arceb-* \
+	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
 	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
-	| avr-* | avr32-* \
-	| be32-* | be64-* \
-	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
-	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
-	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
+	| avr-* \
+	| bs2000-* \
+	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+	| clipper-* | cydra-* \
 	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
 	| elxsi-* \
-	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
 	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
 	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
-	| hexagon-* \
 	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
 	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
-	| le32-* | le64-* \
-	| lm32-* \
-	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
+	| m32r-* \
 	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
-	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
-	| microblaze-* | microblazeel-* \
+	| m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \
 	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
 	| mips16-* \
 	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
-	| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
-	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
-	| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
 	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
 	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
 	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
 	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
-	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
 	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
 	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
 	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
 	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
 	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
 	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
-	| mipsr5900-* | mipsr5900el-* \
 	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
-	| mmix-* \
-	| mt-* \
 	| msp430-* \
-	| nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
-	| nios-* | nios2-* | nios2eb-* | nios2el-* \
-	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
-	| open8-* \
+	| none-* | np1-* | nv1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
 	| orion-* \
 	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
-	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \
+	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
 	| pyramid-* \
-	| rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
-	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
+	| romp-* | rs6000-* \
+	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \
 	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
-	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
-	| sparclite-* \
-	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
-	| tahoe-* \
+	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \
+	| sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
 	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
-	| tile*-* \
 	| tron-* \
-	| ubicom32-* \
-	| v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \
-	| vax-* \
+	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
 	| we32k-* \
-	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \
-	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
+	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \
+	| xtensa-* \
 	| ymp-* \
-	| z8k-* | z80-*)
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
-	xtensa*)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+	| z8k-*)
 		;;
 	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
 	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
@@ -456,9 +362,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=a29k-amd
 		os=-udi
 		;;
-	abacus)
-		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
-		;;
 	adobe68k)
 		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
 		os=-scout
@@ -476,9 +379,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	amd64)
 		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
 		;;
-	amd64-*)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
 	amdahl)
 		basic_machine=580-amdahl
 		os=-sysv
@@ -502,10 +402,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
 		os=-bsd
 		;;
-	aros)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-aros
-		;;
 	aux)
 		basic_machine=m68k-apple
 		os=-aux
@@ -514,35 +410,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
 		os=-dynix
 		;;
-	blackfin)
-		basic_machine=bfin-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	blackfin-*)
-		basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	bluegene*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
-		os=-cnk
-		;;
-	c54x-*)
-		basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	c55x-*)
-		basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	c6x-*)
-		basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
 	c90)
 		basic_machine=c90-cray
 		os=-unicos
 		;;
-	cegcc)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		os=-cegcc
-		;;
 	convex-c1)
 		basic_machine=c1-convex
 		os=-bsd
@@ -567,27 +438,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=j90-cray
 		os=-unicos
 		;;
-	craynv)
-		basic_machine=craynv-cray
-		os=-unicosmp
-		;;
-	cr16 | cr16-*)
-		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
 	crds | unos)
 		basic_machine=m68k-crds
 		;;
-	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
-		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
-		;;
 	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
 		basic_machine=cris-axis
 		;;
-	crx)
-		basic_machine=crx-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
 	da30 | da30-*)
 		basic_machine=m68k-da30
 		;;
@@ -610,14 +466,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
-	dicos)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-	djgpp)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
-		os=-msdosdjgpp
-		;;
 	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
 		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
 		os=-bosx
@@ -729,6 +577,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
 		basic_machine=i370-ibm
 		;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
 	i*86v32)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-sysv32
@@ -767,14 +616,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m68k-isi
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
-	m68knommu)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	m68knommu-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
 	m88k-omron*)
 		basic_machine=m88k-omron
 		;;
@@ -786,21 +627,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
-	microblaze*)
-		basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
-		;;
-	mingw64)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
-		os=-mingw64
-		;;
 	mingw32)
 		basic_machine=i386-pc
 		os=-mingw32
 		;;
-	mingw32ce)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		os=-mingw32ce
-		;;
 	miniframe)
 		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
 		;;
@@ -814,6 +644,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	mips3*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
 		;;
+	mmix*)
+		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+		os=-mmixware
+		;;
 	monitor)
 		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
 		os=-coff
@@ -826,21 +660,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i386-pc
 		os=-msdos
 		;;
-	ms1-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
-		;;
-	msys)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-msys
-		;;
 	mvs)
 		basic_machine=i370-ibm
 		os=-mvs
 		;;
-	nacl)
-		basic_machine=le32-unknown
-		os=-nacl
-		;;
 	ncr3000)
 		basic_machine=i486-ncr
 		os=-sysv4
@@ -905,11 +728,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	np1)
 		basic_machine=np1-gould
 		;;
-	neo-tandem)
-		basic_machine=neo-tandem
-		;;
-	nse-tandem)
-		basic_machine=nse-tandem
+	nv1)
+		basic_machine=nv1-cray
+		os=-unicosmp
 		;;
 	nsr-tandem)
 		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
@@ -918,12 +739,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
-	openrisc | openrisc-*)
+	or32 | or32-*)
 		basic_machine=or32-unknown
-		;;
-	os400)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
-		os=-os400
+		os=-coff
 		;;
 	OSE68000 | ose68000)
 		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
@@ -941,14 +759,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i860-intel
 		os=-osf
 		;;
-	parisc)
-		basic_machine=hppa-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	parisc-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
 	pbd)
 		basic_machine=sparc-tti
 		;;
@@ -958,12 +768,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	pc532 | pc532-*)
 		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
 		;;
-	pc98)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		;;
-	pc98-*)
-		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
 	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
 		basic_machine=i586-pc
 		;;
@@ -993,10 +797,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		;;
 	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
 		;;
-	ppc | ppcbe)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
 		;;
-	ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
 	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
 		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
@@ -1021,14 +824,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i586-unknown
 		os=-pw32
 		;;
-	rdos | rdos64)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
-		os=-rdos
-		;;
-	rdos32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-rdos
-		;;
 	rom68k)
 		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
 		os=-coff
@@ -1055,10 +850,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	sb1el)
 		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
 		;;
-	sde)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
-		os=-elf
-		;;
 	sei)
 		basic_machine=mips-sei
 		os=-seiux
@@ -1070,9 +861,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
 		os=-hms
 		;;
-	sh5el)
-		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
-		;;
 	sh64)
 		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
 		;;
@@ -1094,9 +882,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i860-stratus
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
-	strongarm-* | thumb-*)
-		basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
 	sun2)
 		basic_machine=m68000-sun
 		;;
@@ -1153,9 +938,17 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=t90-cray
 		os=-unicos
 		;;
-	tile*)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-linux-gnu
+	tic54x | c54x*)
+		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic55x | c55x*)
+		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic6x | c6x*)
+		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+		os=-coff
 		;;
 	tx39)
 		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
@@ -1170,10 +963,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	tower | tower-32)
 		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
 		;;
-	tpf)
-		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
 	udi29k)
 		basic_machine=a29k-amd
 		os=-udi
@@ -1217,16 +1006,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
-	xbox)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-mingw32
-		;;
 	xps | xps100)
 		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
 		;;
-	xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'`
-		;;
 	ymp)
 		basic_machine=ymp-cray
 		os=-unicos
@@ -1235,10 +1017,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
 		os=-sim
 		;;
-	z80-*-coff)
-		basic_machine=z80-unknown
-		os=-sim
-		;;
 	none)
 		basic_machine=none-none
 		os=-none
@@ -1258,9 +1036,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	romp)
 		basic_machine=romp-ibm
 		;;
-	mmix)
-		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
-		;;
 	rs6000)
 		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
 		;;
@@ -1277,10 +1052,13 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	we32k)
 		basic_machine=we32k-att
 		;;
-	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+	sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
 		basic_machine=sh-unknown
 		;;
-	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
+	sh64)
+		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+		;;
+	sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b)
 		basic_machine=sparc-sun
 		;;
 	cydra)
@@ -1324,12 +1102,9 @@ esac
 if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
 then
 case $os in
-	# First match some system type aliases
-	# that might get confused with valid system types.
+        # First match some system type aliases
+        # that might get confused with valid system types.
 	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-	-auroraux)
-		os=-auroraux
-		;;
 	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
 		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
 		;;
@@ -1350,31 +1125,25 @@ case $os in
 	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
 	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
 	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
-	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
-	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
-	      | -sym* | -kopensolaris* | -plan9* \
+	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
 	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
-	      | -aos* | -aros* \
+	      | -aos* \
 	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
 	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
-	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
-	      | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
-	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
-	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
+	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
 	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
 	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
-	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
-	      | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
-	      | -linux-newlib* | -linux-musl* | -linux-uclibc* \
-	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
+	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
 	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
 	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
 	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
 	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
 	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
-	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
-	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*)
+	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei*)
 	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
 		;;
 	-qnx*)
@@ -1392,7 +1161,7 @@ case $os in
 		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
 		;;
 	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
-	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
 	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
 		;;
 	-mac*)
@@ -1413,9 +1182,6 @@ case $os in
 	-opened*)
 		os=-openedition
 		;;
-	-os400*)
-		os=-os400
-		;;
 	-wince*)
 		os=-wince
 		;;
@@ -1437,9 +1203,6 @@ case $os in
 	-atheos*)
 		os=-atheos
 		;;
-	-syllable*)
-		os=-syllable
-		;;
 	-386bsd)
 		os=-bsd
 		;;
@@ -1462,9 +1225,6 @@ case $os in
 	-sinix*)
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
-	-tpf*)
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
 	-triton*)
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
@@ -1498,13 +1258,8 @@ case $os in
 	-aros*)
 		os=-aros
 		;;
-	-zvmoe)
-		os=-zvmoe
-		;;
-	-dicos*)
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-	-nacl*)
+	-kaos*)
+		os=-kaos
 		;;
 	-none)
 		;;
@@ -1528,12 +1283,6 @@ else
 # system, and we'll never get to this point.
 
 case $basic_machine in
-	score-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	spu-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
 	*-acorn)
 		os=-riscix1.2
 		;;
@@ -1543,21 +1292,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	arm*-semi)
 		os=-aout
 		;;
-	c4x-* | tic4x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	hexagon-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	tic54x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic55x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic6x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
+    c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+        os=-coff
+        ;;
 	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
 	pdp10-*)
 		os=-tops20
@@ -1576,22 +1313,19 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		;;
 	m68000-sun)
 		os=-sunos3
+		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+		# default.
+		# os=-sunos4
 		;;
 	m68*-cisco)
 		os=-aout
 		;;
-	mep-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
 	mips*-cisco)
 		os=-elf
 		;;
 	mips*-*)
 		os=-elf
 		;;
-	or1k-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
 	or32-*)
 		os=-coff
 		;;
@@ -1604,15 +1338,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	*-be)
 		os=-beos
 		;;
-	*-haiku)
-		os=-haiku
-		;;
 	*-ibm)
 		os=-aix
 		;;
-	*-knuth)
-		os=-mmixware
-		;;
 	*-wec)
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
@@ -1715,7 +1443,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 			-sunos*)
 				vendor=sun
 				;;
-			-cnk*|-aix*)
+			-aix*)
 				vendor=ibm
 				;;
 			-beos*)
@@ -1745,15 +1473,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 			-mvs* | -opened*)
 				vendor=ibm
 				;;
-			-os400*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
 			-ptx*)
 				vendor=sequent
 				;;
-			-tpf*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
 			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
 				vendor=wrs
 				;;
@@ -1778,7 +1500,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 esac
 
 echo $basic_machine$os
-exit
+exit 0
 
 # Local variables:
 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)

configure

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh -e
-# This configure script ensures that the configure.sh script exists, and
-# if not, it tries to fetch rsync's generated files or build them.  We
-# then transfer control to the configure.sh script to do the real work.
-
-dir=`dirname $0`
-realconfigure="$dir/configure.sh"
-
-if test ! -f "$realconfigure"; then
-    if test -f "$HOME/build_farm/build_test.fns"; then
-	# Test the included popt
-	set -- --with-included-popt "${@}"
-	# Allow the build farm to grab latest files via rsync.
-	actions='build fetch'
-    else
-	actions='build'
-    fi
-    if "$dir/prepare-source" $actions; then
-	:
-    else
-	echo 'Failed to build configure.sh and/or config.h.in -- giving up.' >&2
-	rm -f "$realconfigure"
-	exit 1
-    fi
-fi
-
-exec "$realconfigure" "${@}"

configure.in

@@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+
+AC_INIT()
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([byteorder.h])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
+AC_PREREQ(2.59)
+
+RSYNC_VERSION=2.6.6
+AC_SUBST(RSYNC_VERSION)
+AC_MSG_NOTICE([Configuring rsync $RSYNC_VERSION])
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_VERSION, ["$RSYNC_VERSION"], [rsync release version])
+
+LDFLAGS=${LDFLAGS-""}
+
+AC_CANONICAL_TARGET([])
+
+dnl Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_EGREP
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_CC_STDC
+AC_SUBST(SHELL)
+
+AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], 1,
+          [Define _GNU_SOURCE so that we get all necessary prototypes])
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = xno
+then
+	AC_MSG_WARN([rsync requires an ANSI C compiler and you don't seem to have one])
+fi
+
+# We must decide this before testing the compiler.
+
+# Please allow this to default to yes, so that your users have more
+# chance of getting a useful stack trace if problems occur.
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to include debugging symbols])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],
+		[including debugging symbols and features (default yes)]),
+		[], [])
+
+if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"
+then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+    CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-O"}
+else
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+    # leave CFLAGS alone; AC_PROG_CC will try to include -g if it can
+    dnl AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Define to turn on debugging code that may slow normal operation])
+    dnl CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-g"}
+fi
+
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(profile,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],
+		[turn on CPU profiling (default no)],
+		[], []))
+if test x"$enable_profile" = xyes
+then
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pg"
+fi
+
+
+# Specifically, this turns on panic_action handling.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-maintainer-mode],
+		[turn on extra debug features],
+		[], []))
+if test x"$enable_maintainer_mode" = xyes
+then
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DMAINTAINER_MODE"
+fi
+
+
+# This is needed for our included version of popt.  Kind of silly, but
+# I don't want our version too far out of sync.
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_CONFIG_H"
+
+# If GCC, turn on warnings.
+if test x"$GCC" = x"yes"
+then
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall -W"
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(included-popt,
+        [  --with-included-popt    use bundled popt library, not from system])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(rsync-path,
+	[  --with-rsync-path=PATH  set default --rsync-path to PATH (default: rsync)],
+	[ RSYNC_PATH="$with_rsync_path" ],
+	[ RSYNC_PATH="rsync" ])
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_PATH, "$RSYNC_PATH", [location of rsync on remote machine])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(rsyncd-conf,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsyncd-conf=PATH], [set configuration file for rsync server to PATH (default: /etc/rsyncd.conf)]),
+	[ if test ! -z "$with_rsyncd_conf" ; then
+		case $with_rsyncd_conf in
+			yes|no)
+				RSYNCD_SYSCONF="/etc/rsyncd.conf"
+				;;
+			/*)
+				RSYNCD_SYSCONF="$with_rsyncd_conf"
+				;;
+			*)
+                                AC_MSG_ERROR(You must specify an absolute path to --with-rsyncd-conf=PATH)
+				;;
+		esac
+	else
+		RSYNCD_SYSCONF="/etc/rsyncd.conf"
+	fi ],
+	[ RSYNCD_SYSCONF="/etc/rsyncd.conf" ])
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNCD_SYSCONF, "$RSYNCD_SYSCONF", [location of configuration file for rsync server])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(rsh,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsh=CMD], [set remote shell command to CMD (default: ssh)]))
+
+AC_CHECK_PROG(HAVE_REMSH, remsh, 1, 0)
+if test x$HAVE_REMSH = x1; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REMSH, 1, [Define to 1 if remote shell is remsh, not rsh])
+fi
+
+if test x"$with_rsh" != x
+then
+	RSYNC_RSH="$with_rsh"
+else
+	RSYNC_RSH="ssh"
+fi
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_RSH, "$RSYNC_RSH", [default -e command])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([the group for user "nobody"])
+if grep '^nobody:' /etc/group >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    NOBODY_GROUP=nobody
+elif grep '^nogroup:' /etc/group >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    NOBODY_GROUP=nogroup
+else
+    NOBODY_GROUP=nobody # test for others?
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($NOBODY_GROUP)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NOBODY_USER, "nobody", [unprivileged user--e.g. nobody])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NOBODY_GROUP, "$NOBODY_GROUP", [unprivileged group for unprivileged user])
+
+# arrgh. libc in the current debian stable screws up the largefile
+# stuff, getting byte range locking wrong
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken largefile support],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+int main(void)
+{
+	struct flock lock;
+	int status;
+	char tpl[32] = "/tmp/locktest.XXXXXX";
+	int fd = mkstemp(tpl);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		strcpy(tpl, "conftest.dat");
+		fd = open(tpl, O_CREAT|O_RDWR, 0600);
+	}
+
+	lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start = 0;
+	lock.l_len = 1;
+	lock.l_pid = 0;
+	fcntl(fd,F_SETLK,&lock);
+	if (fork() == 0) {
+		lock.l_start = 1;
+		_exit(fcntl(fd,F_SETLK,&lock) == 0);
+	}
+	wait(&status);
+	unlink(tpl);
+	exit(WEXITSTATUS(status));
+}
+],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE" != x"yes"; then
+   AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+fi
+
+ipv6type=unknown
+ipv6lib=none
+ipv6trylibc=yes
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6], [don't even try to use IPv6]))
+
+dnl Do you want to disable use of locale functions
+AH_TEMPLATE([CONFIG_LOCALE],
+[Undefine if you don't want locale features.  By default this is defined.])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([locale],
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-locale], [turn off locale features]),
+[if test x$enableval = xyes; then
+  AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_LOCALE)
+fi],
+AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_LOCALE)
+)
+
+if test "x$enable_ipv6" != xno
+then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([ipv6 stack type])
+	for i in inria kame linux-glibc linux-inet6 toshiba v6d zeta; do
+		case $i in
+		inria)
+			# http://www.kame.net/
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#ifdef IPV6_INRIA_VERSION
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])
+				])
+			;;
+		kame)
+			# http://www.kame.net/
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#ifdef __KAME__
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		linux-glibc)
+			# http://www.v6.linux.or.jp/
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <features.h>
+#if defined(__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		linux-inet6)
+			# http://www.v6.linux.or.jp/
+			if test -d /usr/inet6 -o -f /usr/inet6/lib/libinet6.a; then
+				ipv6type=$i
+				ipv6lib=inet6
+				ipv6libdir=/usr/inet6/lib
+				ipv6trylibc=yes;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])
+				CFLAGS="-I/usr/inet6/include $CFLAGS"
+			fi
+			;;
+		toshiba)
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#ifdef _TOSHIBA_INET6
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				ipv6lib=inet6;
+				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		v6d)
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include </usr/local/v6/include/sys/v6config.h>
+#ifdef __V6D__
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				ipv6lib=v6;
+				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		zeta)
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#ifdef _ZETA_MINAMI_INET6
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				ipv6lib=inet6;
+				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		esac
+		if test "$ipv6type" != "unknown"; then
+			break
+		fi
+	done
+	AC_MSG_RESULT($ipv6type)
+
+	AC_SEARCH_LIBS(getaddrinfo, inet6)
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to call shutdown on all sockets])
+case $host_os in
+	*cygwin* ) AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+                   AC_DEFINE(SHUTDOWN_ALL_SOCKETS, 1,
+			    [Define to 1 if sockets need to be shutdown])
+		   ;;
+	       * ) AC_MSG_RESULT(no);;
+esac
+
+AC_C_BIGENDIAN
+AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/fcntl.h sys/select.h fcntl.h sys/time.h sys/unistd.h \
+    unistd.h utime.h grp.h compat.h sys/param.h ctype.h sys/wait.h \
+    sys/ioctl.h sys/filio.h string.h stdlib.h sys/socket.h sys/mode.h \
+    sys/un.h glob.h mcheck.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h locale.h \
+    netdb.h malloc.h float.h)
+AC_HEADER_MAJOR
+
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off64_t)
+
+AC_C_INLINE
+AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_TYPE_UID_T
+AC_TYPE_MODE_T
+AC_TYPE_OFF_T
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
+
+TYPE_SOCKLEN_T
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for errno in errno.h],rsync_cv_errno, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <errno.h>],[int i = errno],
+	rsync_cv_errno=yes,rsync_cv_have_errno_decl=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_errno" = x"yes"; then
+   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ERRNO_DECL, 1, [Define to 1 if errno is declared in errno.h])
+fi
+
+# The following test taken from the cvs sources
+# If we can't find connect, try looking in -lsocket, -lnsl, and -linet.
+# These need checks to be before checks for any other functions that
+#    might be in the same libraries.
+# The Irix 5 libc.so has connect and gethostbyname, but Irix 5 also has
+# libsocket.so which has a bad implementation of gethostbyname (it
+# only looks in /etc/hosts), so we only look for -lsocket if we need
+# it.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(connect)
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_connect" = x"no"; then
+    case "$LIBS" in
+    *-lnsl*) ;;
+    *) AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl_s, printf) ;;
+    esac
+    case "$LIBS" in
+    *-lnsl*) ;;
+    *) AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, printf) ;;
+    esac
+    case "$LIBS" in
+    *-lsocket*) ;;
+    *) AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, connect) ;;
+    esac
+    case "$LIBS" in
+    *-linet*) ;;
+    *) AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, connect) ;;
+    esac
+    dnl We can't just call AC_CHECK_FUNCS(connect) here, because the value
+    dnl has been cached.
+    if test x"$ac_cv_lib_socket_connect" = x"yes" ||
+       test x"$ac_cv_lib_inet_connect" = x"yes"; then
+        # ac_cv_func_connect=yes
+        # don't!  it would cause AC_CHECK_FUNC to succeed next time configure is run
+        AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CONNECT, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "connect" function])
+    fi
+fi
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, inet_ntop)
+
+dnl AC_MSG_NOTICE([Looking in libraries: $LIBS])
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_ntop, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_ntop)])
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_pton, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_pton)])
+
+# Irix 6.5 has getaddrinfo but not the corresponding defines, so use
+#   builtin getaddrinfo if one of the defines don't exist
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether defines needed by getaddrinfo exist],
+               rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES,[
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+			#include <sys/types.h>
+			#include <sys/socket.h>
+			#include <netdb.h>
+			#ifdef AI_PASSIVE
+			yes
+			#endif],
+			rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES=yes,
+			rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES" = x"yes"; then
+	# Tru64 UNIX has getaddrinfo() but has it renamed in libc as
+	# something else so we must include <netdb.h> to get the
+	# redefinition.
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, ,
+		[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getaddrinfo by including <netdb.h>])
+		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+		#include <sys/socket.h>
+		#include <netdb.h>],[getaddrinfo(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);],
+			[AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+			AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETADDRINFO, 1,
+				[Define to 1 if you have the "getaddrinfo" function.])],
+			[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+			AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)])])
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getnameinfo, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo)])
+else
+	AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)
+	AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo)
+fi
+
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr.sa_len],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_LEN, 1, [Do we have sockaddr.sa_len?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+])
+
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_in.sin_len],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN_LEN, 1, [Do we have sockaddr_in.sin_len?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+])
+
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_un.sun_len],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_UN_LEN, 1, [Do we have sockaddr_un.sun_len?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct sockaddr_storage)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>],
+[struct sockaddr_storage x;],
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_STORAGE, 1,
+		[Define to 1 if you have struct sockaddr_storage.] ),
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID, 1, [Do we have sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct stat64)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+],[struct stat64 st;],
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64,1,[Define to 1 if you have struct stat64.]),
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+
+# if we can't find strcasecmp, look in -lresolv (for Unixware at least)
+#
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcasecmp)
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_strcasecmp" = x"no"; then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, strcasecmp)
+fi
+
+dnl At the moment we don't test for a broken memcmp(), because all we
+dnl need to do is test for equality, not comparison, and it seems that
+dnl every platform has a memcmp that can do at least that.
+dnl AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
+
+AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup strerror chown chmod mknod mkfifo \
+    fchmod fstat strchr readlink link utime utimes strftime mtrace ftruncate \
+    memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf vasprintf asprintf setsid glob strpbrk \
+    strlcat strlcpy strtol mallinfo getgroups setgroups geteuid getegid \
+    setlocale setmode open64 lseek64 mkstemp64 va_copy __va_copy)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpgrp tcgetpgrp)
+if test $ac_cv_func_getpgrp = yes; then
+    AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
+fi
+
+# Determine whether chown follows symlinks (it should).
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether chown() dereferences symlinks],rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink,[
+  AC_TRY_RUN([
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+    main() {
+	char const *dangling_symlink = "conftest.dangle";
+	unlink(dangling_symlink);
+	if (symlink("conftest.no-such", dangling_symlink) < 0) abort();
+	if (chown(dangling_symlink, getuid(), getgid()) < 0 && errno == ENOENT) exit(0);
+	exit(1);
+    }],
+  rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink=yes,rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink=no,rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink=yes)])
+if test $rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink = no; then
+  AC_DEFINE(CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK, 1, [Define to 1 if chown modifies symlinks.])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working socketpair],rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+main() {
+       int fd[2];
+       exit((socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, fd) != -1) ? 0 : 1);
+}],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKETPAIR, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "socketpair" function])
+fi
+
+if test x"$with_included_popt" != x"yes"
+then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(popt, poptGetContext, , [with_included_popt=yes])
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use included libpopt])
+if test x"$with_included_popt" = x"yes"
+then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($srcdir/popt)
+    BUILD_POPT='$(popt_OBJS)'
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$srcdir/popt"
+    if test x"$ALLOCA" != x
+    then
+	# this can be removed when/if we add an included alloca.c;
+	#  see autoconf documentation on AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+	AC_MSG_WARN([included libpopt will use malloc, not alloca (which wastes a small amount of memory)])
+    fi
+else
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned char],rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK,[
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([],[signed char *s = ""],
+rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK=yes,rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(SIGNED_CHAR_OK, 1, [Define to 1 if "signed char" is a valid type])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken readdir],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+main() { struct dirent *di; DIR *d = opendir("."); di = readdir(d);
+if (di && di->d_name[-2] == '.' && di->d_name[-1] == 0 &&
+di->d_name[0] == 0) exit(0); exit(1);} ],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR, 1, [Define to 1 if readdir() is broken])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for utimbuf],rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF,[
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <utime.h>],
+[struct utimbuf tbuf;  tbuf.actime = 0; tbuf.modtime = 1; exit(utime("foo.c",&tbuf));],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UTIMBUF, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "struct utimbuf" type])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if gettimeofday takes tz argument],rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ,[
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>],
+[struct timeval tv; exit(gettimeofday(&tv, NULL));],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ" != x"no"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ, 1, [Define to 1 if gettimeofday() takes a time-zone arg])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for C99 vsnprintf],rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+void foo(const char *format, ...) {
+       va_list ap;
+       int len;
+       char buf[5];
+
+       va_start(ap, format);
+       len = vsnprintf(0, 0, format, ap);
+       va_end(ap);
+       if (len != 5) exit(1);
+
+       if (snprintf(buf, 3, "hello") != 5 || strcmp(buf, "he") != 0) exit(1);
+
+       exit(0);
+}
+main() { foo("hello"); }
+],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF, 1, [Define to 1 if vsprintf has a C99-compatible return value])
+fi
+
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for secure mkstemp],rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+main() {
+  struct stat st;
+  char tpl[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
+  int fd = mkstemp(tpl);
+  if (fd == -1) exit(1);
+  unlink(tpl);
+  if (fstat(fd, &st) != 0) exit(1);
+  if ((st.st_mode & 0777) != 0600) exit(1);
+  exit(0);
+}],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=yes,
+rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=no,
+rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP" = x"yes"; then
+    case $target_os in
+    hpux*)
+	dnl HP-UX has a broken mkstemp() implementation they refuse to fix,
+	dnl so we noisily skip using it.  See HP change request JAGaf34426
+	dnl for details. (sbonds)
+	AC_MSG_WARN(Skipping broken HP-UX mkstemp() -- using mktemp() instead)
+	;;
+    *)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP, 1, [Define to 1 if mkstemp() is available and works right])
+	;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_ntoa],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+main() { struct in_addr ip; ip.s_addr = 0x12345678;
+if (strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"18.52.86.120") &&
+    strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"120.86.52.18")) { exit(1); }
+exit(0);}],
+           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_NTOA, 1, [Define to 1 if inet_ntoa() needs to be replaced])
+fi
+
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_aton],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+main() { struct in_addr ip;
+if (inet_aton("example", &ip) == 0) exit(0); exit(1);}],
+           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_ATON, 1, [Define to 1 if inet_aton() needs to be replaced])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if mknod creates FIFOs],rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+main() { int rc, ec; char *fn = "fifo-test";
+unlink(fn); rc = mknod(fn,S_IFIFO,0600); ec = errno; unlink(fn);
+if (rc) {printf("%d %d\n",rc,ec); return ec;}
+return 0;}],
+           rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS=yes,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS=no,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS, 1, [Define to 1 if mknod() can create FIFOs.])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if mknod creates sockets],rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+main() { int rc, ec; char *fn = "sock-test";
+unlink(fn); rc = mknod(fn,S_IFSOCK,0600); ec = errno; unlink(fn);
+if (rc) {printf("%d %d\n",rc,ec); return ec;}
+return 0;}],
+           rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS=yes,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS=no,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS, 1, [Define to 1 if mknod() can create sockets.])
+fi
+
+#
+# The following test was mostly taken from the tcl/tk plus patches
+#
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether -c -o works],rsync_cv_DASHC_WORKS_WITH_DASHO,[
+rm -rf conftest*
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+int main() { return 0; }
+EOF
+${CC-cc} -c -o conftest..o conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -f conftest..o; then
+    rsync_cv_DASHC_WORKS_WITH_DASHO=yes
+else
+    rsync_cv_DASHC_WORKS_WITH_DASHO=no
+fi
+rm -rf conftest*
+])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_DASHC_WORKS_WITH_DASHO" = x"yes"; then
+    OBJ_SAVE="#"
+    OBJ_RESTORE="#"
+    CC_SHOBJ_FLAG='-o $@'
+else
+    OBJ_SAVE='	@b=`basename $@ .o`;rm -f $$b.o.sav;if test -f $$b.o; then mv $$b.o $$b.o.sav;fi;'
+    OBJ_RESTORE='	@b=`basename $@ .o`;if test "$$b.o" != "$@"; then mv $$b.o $@; if test -f $$b.o.sav; then mv $$b.o.sav $$b.o; fi; fi'
+    CC_SHOBJ_FLAG=""
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(OBJ_SAVE)
+AC_SUBST(OBJ_RESTORE)
+AC_SUBST(CC_SHOBJ_FLAG)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_POPT)
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile lib/dummy zlib/dummy popt/dummy shconfig])
+AC_OUTPUT
+
+AC_MSG_RESULT()
+AC_MSG_RESULT([    rsync ${RSYNC_VERSION} configuration successful])
+AC_MSG_RESULT()

connection.c

@@ -1,46 +1,49 @@
-/*
- * Support the max connections option.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+/* 
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
+/* support the max connections option */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-/* A simple routine to do connection counting.  This returns 1 on success
- * and 0 on failure, with errno also being set if the open() failed (errno
- * will be 0 if the lock request failed). */
-int claim_connection(char *fname, int max_connections)
+
+/****************************************************************************
+simple routine to do connection counting
+****************************************************************************/
+int claim_connection(char *fname,int max_connections)
 {
 	int fd, i;
 
-	if (max_connections == 0)
+	if (max_connections <= 0)
 		return 1;
 
-	if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0600)) < 0)
-		return 0;
+	fd = open(fname,O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0600);
 
-	/* Find a free spot. */
-	for (i = 0; i < max_connections; i++) {
-		if (lock_range(fd, i*4, 4))
-			return 1;
+	if (fd == -1) {
+		return 0;
 	}
 
-	close(fd);
+	/* find a free spot */
+	for (i=0;i<max_connections;i++) {
+		if (lock_range(fd, i*4, 4)) return 1;
+	}		
 
-	/* A lock failure needs to return an errno of 0. */
+	/* only interested in open failures */
 	errno = 0;
+
+	close(fd);
 	return 0;
 }

csprotocol.txt

@@ -3,22 +3,21 @@ basically a summary of clientserver.c and authenticate.c.
 
  -- Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
 
+$Id$
+
+
+
 
 This is the protocol used for rsync --daemon; i.e. connections to port
 873 rather than invocations over a remote shell.
 
 When the server accepts a connection, it prints a greeting
 
-  @RSYNCD: <version>.<subprotocol>
+  @RSYNCD: <version>
 
-where <version> is the numeric version (see PROTOCOL_VERSION in rsync.h)
-'.' is a literal period, and <subprotocol> is the numeric subprotocol
-version (see SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION -- it will be 0 for final releases).
-Protocols prior to 30 only output <version> alone.  The daemon expects
-to see a similar greeting back from the client.  For protocols prior to
-30, an absent ".<subprotocol>" value is assumed to be 0.  For protocol
-30, an absent value is a fatal error.  The daemon then follows this line
-with a free-format text message-of-the-day (if any is defined).
+where <version> is the numeric version; currently 24.  It follows this
+with a free text message-of-the-day.  It expects to see a similar
+greeting back from the client.
 
 The server is now in the connected state.  The client can either send
 the command
@@ -76,13 +75,8 @@ stay tuned (or write it yourself!).
 ------------
 Protocol version changes
 
-30	(2007-10-04, 3.0.0pre1)
+25	 (2001-08-20, 2.4.7pre2) 
 
-	The use of a ".<subprotocol>" number was added to
-	@RSYNCD: <version>.<subprotocol>
-
-25	(2001-08-20, 2.4.7pre2) 
-
-	Send an explicit "@RSYNC EXIT" command at the end of the
-	module listing.  We never intentionally end the transmission
-	by just closing the socket anymore.
+	 Send an explicit "@RSYNC EXIT" command at the end of the
+	 module listing.  We never intentionally end the transmission
+	 by just closing the socket anymore.

delete.c

@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Deletion routines used in rsync.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-#include "rsync.h"
-
-extern int am_root;
-extern int make_backups;
-extern int max_delete;
-extern char *backup_dir;
-extern char *backup_suffix;
-extern int backup_suffix_len;
-extern struct stats stats;
-
-int ignore_perishable = 0;
-int non_perishable_cnt = 0;
-int skipped_deletes = 0;
-
-static inline int is_backup_file(char *fn)
-{
-	int k = strlen(fn) - backup_suffix_len;
-	return k > 0 && strcmp(fn+k, backup_suffix) == 0;
-}
-
-/* The directory is about to be deleted: if DEL_RECURSE is given, delete all
- * its contents, otherwise just checks for content.  Returns DR_SUCCESS or
- * DR_NOT_EMPTY.  Note that fname must point to a MAXPATHLEN buffer!  (The
- * buffer is used for recursion, but returned unchanged.)
- */
-static enum delret delete_dir_contents(char *fname, uint16 flags)
-{
-	struct file_list *dirlist;
-	enum delret ret;
-	unsigned remainder;
-	void *save_filters;
-	int j, dlen;
-	char *p;
-
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(DEL, 3)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "delete_dir_contents(%s) flags=%d\n",
-			fname, flags);
-	}
-
-	dlen = strlen(fname);
-	save_filters = push_local_filters(fname, dlen);
-
-	non_perishable_cnt = 0;
-	dirlist = get_dirlist(fname, dlen, 0);
-	ret = non_perishable_cnt ? DR_NOT_EMPTY : DR_SUCCESS;
-
-	if (!dirlist->used)
-		goto done;
-
-	if (!(flags & DEL_RECURSE)) {
-		ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
-		goto done;
-	}
-
-	p = fname + dlen;
-	if (dlen != 1 || *fname != '/')
-		*p++ = '/';
-	remainder = MAXPATHLEN - (p - fname);
-
-	/* We do our own recursion, so make delete_item() non-recursive. */
-	flags = (flags & ~(DEL_RECURSE|DEL_MAKE_ROOM|DEL_NO_UID_WRITE))
-	      | DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY;
-
-	for (j = dirlist->used; j--; ) {
-		struct file_struct *fp = dirlist->files[j];
-
-		if (fp->flags & FLAG_MOUNT_DIR && S_ISDIR(fp->mode)) {
-			if (DEBUG_GTE(DEL, 1)) {
-				rprintf(FINFO,
-				    "mount point, %s, pins parent directory\n",
-				    f_name(fp, NULL));
-			}
-			ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		strlcpy(p, fp->basename, remainder);
-		if (!(fp->mode & S_IWUSR) && !am_root && fp->flags & FLAG_OWNED_BY_US)
-			do_chmod(fname, fp->mode | S_IWUSR);
-		/* Save stack by recursing to ourself directly. */
-		if (S_ISDIR(fp->mode)) {
-			if (delete_dir_contents(fname, flags | DEL_RECURSE) != DR_SUCCESS)
-				ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
-		}
-		if (delete_item(fname, fp->mode, flags) != DR_SUCCESS)
-			ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
-	}
-
-	fname[dlen] = '\0';
-
-  done:
-	flist_free(dirlist);
-	pop_local_filters(save_filters);
-
-	if (ret == DR_NOT_EMPTY) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "cannot delete non-empty directory: %s\n",
-			fname);
-	}
-	return ret;
-}
-
-/* Delete a file or directory.  If DEL_RECURSE is set in the flags, this will
- * delete recursively.
- *
- * Note that fbuf must point to a MAXPATHLEN buffer if the mode indicates it's
- * a directory! (The buffer is used for recursion, but returned unchanged.)
- */
-enum delret delete_item(char *fbuf, uint16 mode, uint16 flags)
-{
-	enum delret ret;
-	char *what;
-	int ok;
-
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(DEL, 2)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "delete_item(%s) mode=%o flags=%d\n",
-			fbuf, (int)mode, (int)flags);
-	}
-
-	if (flags & DEL_NO_UID_WRITE)
-		do_chmod(fbuf, mode | S_IWUSR);
-
-	if (S_ISDIR(mode) && !(flags & DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY)) {
-		/* This only happens on the first call to delete_item() since
-		 * delete_dir_contents() always calls us w/DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY. */
-		ignore_perishable = 1;
-		/* If DEL_RECURSE is not set, this just reports emptiness. */
-		ret = delete_dir_contents(fbuf, flags);
-		ignore_perishable = 0;
-		if (ret == DR_NOT_EMPTY || ret == DR_AT_LIMIT)
-			goto check_ret;
-		/* OK: try to delete the directory. */
-	}
-
-	if (!(flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM) && max_delete >= 0 && stats.deleted_files >= max_delete) {
-		skipped_deletes++;
-		return DR_AT_LIMIT;
-	}
-
-	if (S_ISDIR(mode)) {
-		what = "rmdir";
-		ok = do_rmdir(fbuf) == 0;
-	} else {
-		if (make_backups > 0 && !(flags & DEL_FOR_BACKUP) && (backup_dir || !is_backup_file(fbuf))) {
-			what = "make_backup";
-			ok = make_backup(fbuf, True);
-			if (ok == 2) {
-				what = "unlink";
-				ok = robust_unlink(fbuf) == 0;
-			}
-		} else {
-			what = "unlink";
-			ok = robust_unlink(fbuf) == 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (ok) {
-		if (!(flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM)) {
-			log_delete(fbuf, mode);
-			stats.deleted_files++;
-			if (S_ISREG(mode)) {
-				/* Nothing more to count */
-			} else if (S_ISDIR(mode))
-				stats.deleted_dirs++;
-#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
-			else if (S_ISLNK(mode))
-				stats.deleted_symlinks++;
-#endif
-			else if (IS_DEVICE(mode))
-				stats.deleted_symlinks++;
-			else
-				stats.deleted_specials++;
-		}
-		ret = DR_SUCCESS;
-	} else {
-		if (S_ISDIR(mode) && errno == ENOTEMPTY) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "cannot delete non-empty directory: %s\n",
-				fbuf);
-			ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
-		} else if (errno != ENOENT) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "delete_file: %s(%s) failed",
-				what, fbuf);
-			ret = DR_FAILURE;
-		} else
-			ret = DR_SUCCESS;
-	}
-
-  check_ret:
-	if (ret != DR_SUCCESS && flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM) {
-		const char *desc;
-		switch (flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM) {
-		case DEL_FOR_FILE: desc = "regular file"; break;
-		case DEL_FOR_DIR: desc = "directory"; break;
-		case DEL_FOR_SYMLINK: desc = "symlink"; break;
-		case DEL_FOR_DEVICE: desc = "device file"; break;
-		case DEL_FOR_SPECIAL: desc = "special file"; break;
-		default: exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED); /* IMPOSSIBLE */
-		}
-		rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "could not make way for %s %s: %s\n",
-			flags & DEL_FOR_BACKUP ? "backup" : "new",
-			desc, fbuf);
-	}
-	return ret;
-}
-
-uint16 get_del_for_flag(uint16 mode)
-{
-	if (S_ISREG(mode))
-		return DEL_FOR_FILE;
-	if (S_ISDIR(mode))
-		return DEL_FOR_DIR;
-	if (S_ISLNK(mode))
-		return DEL_FOR_SYMLINK;
-	if (IS_DEVICE(mode))
-		return DEL_FOR_DEVICE;
-	if (IS_SPECIAL(mode))
-		return DEL_FOR_SPECIAL;
-	exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED); /* IMPOSSIBLE */
-}

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+rsync.pdf
+rsync.ps

errcode.h

@@ -1,25 +1,26 @@
-/*
- * Error codes returned by rsync.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
+   
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
-/* If you change these, please also update the string mappings in log.c and
- * the EXIT VALUES in rsync.yo. */
+/*
+ * error codes returned by rsync.  If you change these, please also update the
+ * string mappings in log.c and the EXIT VALUES in rsync.yo
+ */
 
 #define RERR_OK         0
 #define RERR_SYNTAX     1       /* syntax or usage error */
@@ -33,11 +34,8 @@
 #define RERR_STREAMIO   12      /* error in rsync protocol data stream */
 #define RERR_MESSAGEIO  13      /* errors with program diagnostics */
 #define RERR_IPC        14      /* error in IPC code */
-#define RERR_CRASHED    15      /* sibling crashed */
-#define RERR_TERMINATED 16      /* sibling terminated abnormally */
 
-#define RERR_SIGNAL1    19      /* status returned when sent SIGUSR1 */
-#define RERR_SIGNAL     20      /* status returned when sent SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGHUP */
+#define RERR_SIGNAL     20      /* status returned when sent SIGUSR1, SIGINT */
 #define RERR_WAITCHILD  21      /* some error returned by waitpid() */
 #define RERR_MALLOC     22      /* error allocating core memory buffers */
 #define RERR_PARTIAL    23      /* partial transfer */
@@ -45,7 +43,6 @@
 #define RERR_DEL_LIMIT  25      /* skipped some deletes due to --max-delete */
 
 #define RERR_TIMEOUT    30      /* timeout in data send/receive */
-#define RERR_CONTIMEOUT 35      /* timeout waiting for daemon connection */
 
 /* Although it doesn't seem to be specified anywhere,
  * ssh and the shell seem to return these values:

fileio.c

@@ -1,97 +1,71 @@
 /*
- * File IO utilities used in rsync.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
 
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+/*
+  File IO utilities used in rsync
+  */
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "inums.h"
-
-#ifndef ENODATA
-#define ENODATA EAGAIN
-#endif
-
-/* We want all reads to be aligned on 1K boundries. */
-#define ALIGN_BOUNDRY 1024
-/* How far past the boundary is an offset? */
-#define ALIGNED_OVERSHOOT(oft) ((oft) & (ALIGN_BOUNDRY-1))
-/* Round up a length to the next boundary */
-#define ALIGNED_LENGTH(len) ((((len) - 1) | (ALIGN_BOUNDRY-1)) + 1)
 
 extern int sparse_files;
 
-static OFF_T sparse_seek = 0;
+static char last_byte;
+static int last_sparse;
 
-int sparse_end(int f, OFF_T size)
+int sparse_end(int f)
 {
-	int ret;
-
-	if (!sparse_seek)
-		return 0;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_FTRUNCATE
-	ret = do_ftruncate(f, size);
-#else
-	if (do_lseek(f, sparse_seek-1, SEEK_CUR) != size-1)
-		ret = -1;
-	else {
-		do {
-			ret = write(f, "", 1);
-		} while (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR);
-
-		ret = ret <= 0 ? -1 : 0;
+	if (last_sparse) {
+		do_lseek(f,-1,SEEK_CUR);
+		return (write(f,&last_byte,1) == 1 ? 0 : -1);
 	}
-#endif
-
-	sparse_seek = 0;
-
-	return ret;
+	last_sparse = 0;
+	return 0;
 }
 
 
-static int write_sparse(int f, char *buf, int len)
+static int write_sparse(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 {
-	int l1 = 0, l2 = 0;
+	size_t l1=0, l2=0;
 	int ret;
 
 	for (l1 = 0; l1 < len && buf[l1] == 0; l1++) {}
 	for (l2 = 0; l2 < len-l1 && buf[len-(l2+1)] == 0; l2++) {}
 
-	sparse_seek += l1;
+	last_byte = buf[len-1];
+
+	if (l1 == len || l2 > 0)
+		last_sparse=1;
+
+	if (l1 > 0) {
+		do_lseek(f,l1,SEEK_CUR);
+	}
 
 	if (l1 == len)
 		return len;
 
-	if (sparse_seek)
-		do_lseek(f, sparse_seek, SEEK_CUR);
-	sparse_seek = l2;
-
-	while ((ret = write(f, buf + l1, len - (l1+l2))) <= 0) {
-		if (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR)
-			continue;
-		sparse_seek = 0;
+	ret = write(f, buf + l1, len - (l1+l2));
+	if (ret == -1 || ret == 0)
 		return ret;
-	}
+	else if (ret != (int) (len - (l1+l2)))
+		return (l1+ret);
 
-	if (ret != (int)(len - (l1+l2))) {
-		sparse_seek = 0;
-		return l1+ret;
-	}
+	if (l2 > 0)
+		do_lseek(f,l2,SEEK_CUR);
 
 	return len;
 }
@@ -123,13 +97,13 @@ int flush_write_file(int f)
  * write_file does not allow incomplete writes.  It loops internally
  * until len bytes are written or errno is set.
  */
-int write_file(int f, char *buf, int len)
+int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 {
 	int ret = 0;
 
 	while (len > 0) {
 		int r1;
-		if (sparse_files > 0) {
+		if (sparse_files) {
 			int len1 = MIN(len, SPARSE_WRITE_SIZE);
 			r1 = write_sparse(f, buf, len1);
 		} else {
@@ -140,7 +114,7 @@ int write_file(int f, char *buf, int len)
 				if (!wf_writeBuf)
 					out_of_memory("write_file");
 			}
-			r1 = (int)MIN((size_t)len, wf_writeBufSize - wf_writeBufCnt);
+			r1 = MIN(len, wf_writeBufSize - wf_writeBufCnt);
 			if (r1) {
 				memcpy(wf_writeBuf + wf_writeBufCnt, buf, r1);
 				wf_writeBufCnt += r1;
@@ -169,19 +143,21 @@ int write_file(int f, char *buf, int len)
  * It gives sliding window access to a file.  mmap() is not used because of
  * the possibility of another program (such as a mailer) truncating the
  * file thus giving us a SIGBUS. */
-struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size, int32 blk_size)
+struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size,
+			    int32 blk_size)
 {
 	struct map_struct *map;
 
-	if (!(map = new0(struct map_struct)))
+	if (!(map = new(struct map_struct)))
 		out_of_memory("map_file");
 
 	if (blk_size && (read_size % blk_size))
 		read_size += blk_size - (read_size % blk_size);
 
+	memset(map, 0, sizeof map[0]);
 	map->fd = fd;
 	map->file_size = len;
-	map->def_window_size = ALIGNED_LENGTH(read_size);
+	map->def_window_size = read_size;
 
 	return map;
 }
@@ -190,8 +166,9 @@ struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size, int32 blk_size)
 /* slide the read window in the file */
 char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 {
+	int32 nread;
 	OFF_T window_start, read_start;
-	int32 window_size, read_size, read_offset, align_fudge;
+	int32 window_size, read_size, read_offset;
 
 	if (len == 0)
 		return NULL;
@@ -206,13 +183,12 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 		return map->p + (offset - map->p_offset);
 
 	/* nope, we are going to have to do a read. Work out our desired window */
-	align_fudge = (int32)ALIGNED_OVERSHOOT(offset);
-	window_start = offset - align_fudge;
+	window_start = offset;
 	window_size = map->def_window_size;
 	if (window_start + window_size > map->file_size)
-		window_size = (int32)(map->file_size - window_start);
-	if (window_size < len + align_fudge)
-		window_size = ALIGNED_LENGTH(len + align_fudge);
+		window_size = map->file_size - window_start;
+	if (len > window_size)
+		window_size = len;
 
 	/* make sure we have allocated enough memory for the window */
 	if (window_size > map->p_size) {
@@ -222,11 +198,13 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 		map->p_size = window_size;
 	}
 
-	/* Now try to avoid re-reading any bytes by reusing any bytes from the previous buffer. */
-	if (window_start >= map->p_offset && window_start < map->p_offset + map->p_len
-	 && window_start + window_size >= map->p_offset + map->p_len) {
+	/* Now try to avoid re-reading any bytes by reusing any bytes
+	 * from the previous buffer. */
+	if (window_start >= map->p_offset &&
+	    window_start < map->p_offset + map->p_len &&
+	    window_start + window_size >= map->p_offset + map->p_len) {
 		read_start = map->p_offset + map->p_len;
-		read_offset = (int32)(read_start - window_start);
+		read_offset = read_start - window_start;
 		read_size = window_size - read_offset;
 		memmove(map->p, map->p + (map->p_len - read_offset), read_offset);
 	} else {
@@ -239,36 +217,35 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 		rprintf(FERROR, "invalid read_size of %ld in map_ptr\n",
 			(long)read_size);
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
+	} else {
+		if (map->p_fd_offset != read_start) {
+			OFF_T ret = do_lseek(map->fd, read_start, SEEK_SET);
+			if (ret != read_start) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
+					"lseek returned %.0f, not %.0f",
+					(double)ret, (double)read_start);
+				exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
+			}
+			map->p_fd_offset = read_start;
+		}
+
+		if ((nread=read(map->fd,map->p + read_offset,read_size)) != read_size) {
+			if (nread < 0) {
+				nread = 0;
+				if (!map->status)
+					map->status = errno;
+			}
+			/* the best we can do is zero the buffer - the file
+			   has changed mid transfer! */
+			memset(map->p+read_offset+nread, 0, read_size - nread);
+		}
+		map->p_fd_offset += nread;
 	}
 
-	if (map->p_fd_offset != read_start) {
-		OFF_T ret = do_lseek(map->fd, read_start, SEEK_SET);
-		if (ret != read_start) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "lseek returned %s, not %s",
-				big_num(ret), big_num(read_start));
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
-		}
-		map->p_fd_offset = read_start;
-	}
 	map->p_offset = window_start;
 	map->p_len = window_size;
 
-	while (read_size > 0) {
-		int32 nread = read(map->fd, map->p + read_offset, read_size);
-		if (nread <= 0) {
-			if (!map->status)
-				map->status = nread ? errno : ENODATA;
-			/* The best we can do is zero the buffer -- the file
-			 * has changed mid transfer! */
-			memset(map->p + read_offset, 0, read_size);
-			break;
-		}
-		map->p_fd_offset += nread;
-		read_offset += nread;
-		read_size -= nread;
-	}
-
-	return map->p + align_fudge;
+	return map->p;
 }
 
 

getgroups.c

@@ -1,23 +1,29 @@
 /*
- * Print out the gids of all groups for the current user.  This is like
- * `id -G` on Linux, but it's too hard to find a portable equivalent.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
+ * 
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 3 as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ * 
  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ * 
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  */
 
+/**
+ * @file getgroups.c
+ *
+ * Print out the gids of all groups for the current user.  This is
+ * like `id -G` on Linux, but it's too hard to find a portable
+ * equivalent.
+ **/
+
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 int
@@ -57,6 +63,6 @@ main(UNUSED(int argc), UNUSED(char *argv[]))
 	if (!gid_in_list)
 		printf("%lu", (unsigned long)gid);
 	printf("\n");
-
+		
 	return 0;
 }

hashtable.c

@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Routines to provide a memory-efficient hashtable.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-#include "rsync.h"
-
-#define HASH_LOAD_LIMIT(size) ((size)*3/4)
-
-struct hashtable *hashtable_create(int size, int key64)
-{
-	int req = size;
-	struct hashtable *tbl;
-	int node_size = key64 ? sizeof (struct ht_int64_node)
-			      : sizeof (struct ht_int32_node);
-
-	/* Pick a power of 2 that can hold the requested size. */
-	if (size & (size-1) || size < 16) {
-		size = 16;
-		while (size < req)
-			size *= 2;
-	}
-
-	if (!(tbl = new(struct hashtable))
-	 || !(tbl->nodes = new_array0(char, size * node_size)))
-		out_of_memory("hashtable_create");
-	tbl->size = size;
-	tbl->entries = 0;
-	tbl->node_size = node_size;
-	tbl->key64 = key64 ? 1 : 0;
-
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(HASH, 1)) {
-		char buf[32];
-		if (req != size)
-			snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "req: %d, ", req);
-		else
-			*buf = '\0';
-		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] created hashtable %lx (%ssize: %d, keys: %d-bit)\n",
-			who_am_i(), (long)tbl, buf, size, key64 ? 64 : 32);
-	}
-
-	return tbl;
-}
-
-void hashtable_destroy(struct hashtable *tbl)
-{
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(HASH, 1)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] destroyed hashtable %lx (size: %d, keys: %d-bit)\n",
-			who_am_i(), (long)tbl, tbl->size, tbl->key64 ? 64 : 32);
-	}
-	free(tbl->nodes);
-	free(tbl);
-}
-
-/* This returns the node for the indicated key, either newly created or
- * already existing.  Returns NULL if not allocating and not found. */
-void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
-{
-	int key64 = tbl->key64;
-	struct ht_int32_node *node;
-	uint32 ndx;
-
-	if (key64 ? key == 0 : (int32)key == 0) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Internal hashtable error: illegal key supplied!\n");
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
-	}
-
-	if (allocate_if_missing && tbl->entries > HASH_LOAD_LIMIT(tbl->size)) {
-		void *old_nodes = tbl->nodes;
-		int size = tbl->size * 2;
-		int i;
-
-		if (!(tbl->nodes = new_array0(char, size * tbl->node_size)))
-			out_of_memory("hashtable_node");
-		tbl->size = size;
-		tbl->entries = 0;
-
-		if (DEBUG_GTE(HASH, 1)) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] growing hashtable %lx (size: %d, keys: %d-bit)\n",
-				who_am_i(), (long)tbl, size, key64 ? 64 : 32);
-		}
-
-		for (i = size / 2; i-- > 0; ) {
-			struct ht_int32_node *move_node = HT_NODE(tbl, old_nodes, i);
-			int64 move_key = HT_KEY(move_node, key64);
-			if (move_key == 0)
-				continue;
-			node = hashtable_find(tbl, move_key, 1);
-			node->data = move_node->data;
-		}
-
-		free(old_nodes);
-	}
-
-	if (!key64) {
-		/* Based on Jenkins One-at-a-time hash. */
-		uchar buf[4], *keyp = buf;
-		int i;
-
-		SIVALu(buf, 0, key);
-		for (ndx = 0, i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
-			ndx += keyp[i];
-			ndx += (ndx << 10);
-			ndx ^= (ndx >> 6);
-		}
-		ndx += (ndx << 3);
-		ndx ^= (ndx >> 11);
-		ndx += (ndx << 15);
-	} else {
-		/* Based on Jenkins hashword() from lookup3.c. */
-		uint32 a, b, c;
-
-		/* Set up the internal state */
-		a = b = c = 0xdeadbeef + (8 << 2);
-
-#define rot(x,k) (((x)<<(k)) ^ ((x)>>(32-(k))))
-#if SIZEOF_INT64 >= 8
-		b += (uint32)(key >> 32);
-#endif
-		a += (uint32)key;
-		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 14);
-		a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 11);
-		b ^= a; b -= rot(a, 25);
-		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 16);
-		a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 4);
-		b ^= a; b -= rot(a, 14);
-		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 24);
-#undef rot
-		ndx = c;
-	}
-
-	/* If it already exists, return the node.  If we're not
-	 * allocating, return NULL if the key is not found. */
-	while (1) {
-		int64 nkey;
-
-		ndx &= tbl->size - 1;
-		node = HT_NODE(tbl, tbl->nodes, ndx);
-		nkey = HT_KEY(node, key64);
-
-		if (nkey == key)
-			return node;
-		if (nkey == 0) {
-			if (!allocate_if_missing)
-				return NULL;
-			break;
-		}
-		ndx++;
-	}
-
-	/* Take over this empty spot and then return the node. */
-	if (key64)
-		((struct ht_int64_node*)node)->key = key;
-	else
-		node->key = (int32)key;
-	tbl->entries++;
-	return node;
-}

hlink.c

@@ -1,571 +1,268 @@
 /*
- * Routines to support hard-linking.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "inums.h"
-#include "ifuncs.h"
 
 extern int dry_run;
-extern int list_only;
-extern int am_sender;
-extern int inc_recurse;
-extern int do_xfers;
-extern int link_dest;
-extern int preserve_acls;
-extern int preserve_xattrs;
-extern int protocol_version;
-extern int remove_source_files;
-extern int stdout_format_has_i;
-extern int maybe_ATTRS_REPORT;
-extern int unsort_ndx;
-extern char *basis_dir[MAX_BASIS_DIRS+1];
-extern struct file_list *cur_flist;
+extern int verbose;
+extern int make_backups;
+extern int log_format_has_i;
+extern struct file_list *the_file_list;
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
 
-/* Starting with protocol 30, we use a simple hashtable on the sending side
- * for hashing the st_dev and st_ino info.  The receiving side gets told
- * (via flags and a "group index") which items are hard-linked together, so
- * we can avoid the pool of dev+inode data.  For incremental recursion mode,
- * the receiver will use a ndx hash to remember old pathnames. */
+#define SKIPPED_LINK (-1)
+#define FINISHED_LINK (-2)
 
-static struct hashtable *dev_tbl;
+#define FPTR(i) (the_file_list->files[i])
+#define LINKED(p1,p2) (FPTR(p1)->F_DEV == FPTR(p2)->F_DEV \
+		    && FPTR(p1)->F_INODE == FPTR(p2)->F_INODE)
 
-static struct hashtable *prior_hlinks;
+static int hlink_compare(int *int1, int *int2)
+{
+	struct file_struct *f1 = FPTR(*int1);
+	struct file_struct *f2 = FPTR(*int2);
 
-static struct file_list *hlink_flist;
+	if (f1->F_DEV != f2->F_DEV)
+		return (int) (f1->F_DEV > f2->F_DEV ? 1 : -1);
+
+	if (f1->F_INODE != f2->F_INODE)
+		return (int) (f1->F_INODE > f2->F_INODE ? 1 : -1);
+
+	return f_name_cmp(f1, f2);
+}
+
+static int *hlink_list;
+static int hlink_count;
+
+/* Analyze the data in the hlink_list[], remove items that aren't multiply
+ * linked, and replace the dev+inode data with the hlindex+next linked list. */
+static void link_idev_data(void)
+{
+	int cur, from, to, start;
+
+	alloc_pool_t hlink_pool;
+	alloc_pool_t idev_pool = the_file_list->hlink_pool;
+
+	hlink_pool = pool_create(128 * 1024, sizeof (struct hlink),
+	    out_of_memory, POOL_INTERN);
+
+	for (from = to = 0; from < hlink_count; from++) {
+		start = from;
+		while (1) {
+			cur = hlink_list[from];
+			if (from == hlink_count-1
+			    || !LINKED(cur, hlink_list[from+1]))
+				break;
+			pool_free(idev_pool, 0, FPTR(cur)->link_u.idev);
+			FPTR(cur)->link_u.links = pool_talloc(hlink_pool,
+			    struct hlink, 1, "hlink_list");
+
+			FPTR(cur)->F_HLINDEX = to;
+			FPTR(cur)->F_NEXT = hlink_list[++from];
+		}
+		pool_free(idev_pool, 0, FPTR(cur)->link_u.idev);
+		if (from > start) {
+			int head = hlink_list[start];
+			FPTR(cur)->link_u.links = pool_talloc(hlink_pool,
+			    struct hlink, 1, "hlink_list");
+
+			FPTR(head)->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_TOL;
+			FPTR(cur)->F_HLINDEX = to;
+			FPTR(cur)->F_NEXT = head;
+			FPTR(cur)->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_EOL;
+			hlink_list[to++] = head;
+		} else
+			FPTR(cur)->link_u.links = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (!to) {
+		free(hlink_list);
+		hlink_list = NULL;
+		pool_destroy(hlink_pool);
+		hlink_pool = NULL;
+	} else {
+		hlink_count = to;
+		hlink_list = realloc_array(hlink_list, int, hlink_count);
+		if (!hlink_list)
+			out_of_memory("init_hard_links");
+	}
+	the_file_list->hlink_pool = hlink_pool;
+	pool_destroy(idev_pool);
+}
+#endif
 
 void init_hard_links(void)
 {
-	if (am_sender || protocol_version < 30)
-		dev_tbl = hashtable_create(16, 1);
-	else if (inc_recurse)
-		prior_hlinks = hashtable_create(1024, 0);
-}
-
-struct ht_int64_node *idev_find(int64 dev, int64 ino)
-{
-	static struct ht_int64_node *dev_node = NULL;
-	struct hashtable *tbl;
-
-	/* Note that some OSes have a dev == 0, so increment to avoid storing a 0. */
-	if (!dev_node || dev_node->key != dev+1) {
-		/* We keep a separate hash table of inodes for every device. */
-		dev_node = hashtable_find(dev_tbl, dev+1, 1);
-		if (!(tbl = dev_node->data)) {
-			tbl = dev_node->data = hashtable_create(512, 1);
-			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 3)) {
-				rprintf(FINFO,
-				    "[%s] created hashtable for dev %s\n",
-				    who_am_i(), big_num(dev));
-			}
-		}
-	} else
-		tbl = dev_node->data;
-
-	return hashtable_find(tbl, ino, 1);
-}
-
-void idev_destroy(void)
-{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
 	int i;
 
-	for (i = 0; i < dev_tbl->size; i++) {
-		struct ht_int32_node *node = HT_NODE(dev_tbl, dev_tbl->nodes, i);
-		if (node->data)
-			hashtable_destroy(node->data);
+	if (hlink_list)
+		free(hlink_list);
+
+	if (!(hlink_list = new_array(int, the_file_list->count)))
+		out_of_memory("init_hard_links");
+
+	hlink_count = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < the_file_list->count; i++) {
+		if (FPTR(i)->link_u.idev)
+			hlink_list[hlink_count++] = i;
 	}
 
-	hashtable_destroy(dev_tbl);
-}
-
-static int hlink_compare_gnum(int *int1, int *int2)
-{
-	struct file_struct *f1 = hlink_flist->sorted[*int1];
-	struct file_struct *f2 = hlink_flist->sorted[*int2];
-	int32 gnum1 = F_HL_GNUM(f1);
-	int32 gnum2 = F_HL_GNUM(f2);
-
-	if (gnum1 != gnum2)
-		return gnum1 > gnum2 ? 1 : -1;
-
-	return *int1 > *int2 ? 1 : -1;
-}
-
-static void match_gnums(int32 *ndx_list, int ndx_count)
-{
-	int32 from, prev;
-	struct file_struct *file, *file_next;
-	struct ht_int32_node *node = NULL;
-	int32 gnum, gnum_next;
-
-	qsort(ndx_list, ndx_count, sizeof ndx_list[0],
-	     (int (*)()) hlink_compare_gnum);
-
-	for (from = 0; from < ndx_count; from++) {
-		file = hlink_flist->sorted[ndx_list[from]];
-		gnum = F_HL_GNUM(file);
-		if (inc_recurse) {
-			node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 1);
-			if (!node->data) {
-				if (!(node->data = new_array0(char, 5)))
-					out_of_memory("match_gnums");
-				assert(gnum >= hlink_flist->ndx_start);
-				file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
-				prev = -1;
-			} else if (CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0) {
-				struct file_list *flist;
-				prev = IVAL(node->data, 1);
-				flist = flist_for_ndx(prev, NULL);
-				if (flist)
-					flist->files[prev - flist->ndx_start]->flags &= ~FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
-				else {
-					/* We skipped all prior files in this
-					 * group, so mark this as a "first". */
-					file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
-					prev = -1;
-				}
-			} else
-				prev = -1;
-		} else {
-			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
-			prev = -1;
-		}
-		for ( ; from < ndx_count-1; file = file_next, gnum = gnum_next, from++) { /*SHARED ITERATOR*/
-			file_next = hlink_flist->sorted[ndx_list[from+1]];
-			gnum_next = F_HL_GNUM(file_next);
-			if (gnum != gnum_next)
-				break;
-			F_HL_PREV(file) = prev;
-			/* The linked list uses over-the-wire ndx values. */
-			if (unsort_ndx)
-				prev = F_NDX(file);
-			else
-				prev = ndx_list[from] + hlink_flist->ndx_start;
-		}
-		if (prev < 0 && !inc_recurse) {
-			/* Disable hard-link bit and set DONE so that
-			 * HLINK_BUMP()-dependent values are unaffected. */
-			file->flags &= ~(FLAG_HLINKED | FLAG_HLINK_FIRST);
-			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
-		F_HL_PREV(file) = prev;
-		if (inc_recurse && CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0) {
-			if (unsort_ndx)
-				prev = F_NDX(file);
-			else
-				prev = ndx_list[from] + hlink_flist->ndx_start;
-			SIVAL(node->data, 1, prev);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/* Analyze the hard-links in the file-list by creating a list of all the
- * items that have hlink data, sorting them, and matching up identical
- * values into clusters.  These will be a single linked list from last
- * to first when we're done. */
-void match_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
-{
-	if (!list_only && flist->used) {
-		int i, ndx_count = 0;
-		int32 *ndx_list;
-
-		if (!(ndx_list = new_array(int32, flist->used)))
-			out_of_memory("match_hard_links");
-
-		for (i = 0; i < flist->used; i++) {
-			if (F_IS_HLINKED(flist->sorted[i]))
-				ndx_list[ndx_count++] = i;
-		}
-
-		hlink_flist = flist;
-
-		if (ndx_count)
-			match_gnums(ndx_list, ndx_count);
-
-		free(ndx_list);
-	}
-	if (protocol_version < 30)
-		idev_destroy();
+	qsort(hlink_list, hlink_count,
+	    sizeof hlink_list[0], (int (*)()) hlink_compare);
+
+	if (!hlink_count) {
+		free(hlink_list);
+		hlink_list = NULL;
+	} else
+		link_idev_data();
+#endif
 }
 
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
 static int maybe_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
-			   char *fname, int statret, stat_x *sxp,
-			   const char *oldname, STRUCT_STAT *old_stp,
-			   const char *realname, int itemizing, enum logcode code)
+			   char *fname, int statret, STRUCT_STAT *st,
+			   char *toname, STRUCT_STAT *to_st,
+			   int itemizing, enum logcode code)
 {
 	if (statret == 0) {
-		if (sxp->st.st_dev == old_stp->st_dev
-		 && sxp->st.st_ino == old_stp->st_ino) {
+		if (st->st_dev == to_st->st_dev
+		 && st->st_ino == to_st->st_ino) {
 			if (itemizing) {
-				itemize(fname, file, ndx, statret, sxp,
+				itemize(file, ndx, statret, st,
 					ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS,
 					0, "");
 			}
-			if (INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
-				rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
-			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
 			return 0;
 		}
-	}
-
-	if (atomic_create(file, fname, NULL, oldname, MAKEDEV(0, 0), sxp, statret == 0 ? DEL_FOR_FILE : 0)) {
-		if (itemizing) {
-			itemize(fname, file, ndx, statret, sxp,
-				ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS, 0,
-				realname);
-		}
-		if (code != FNONE && INFO_GTE(NAME, 1))
-			rprintf(code, "%s => %s\n", fname, realname);
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/* Figure out if a prior entry is still there or if we just have a
- * cached name for it. */
-static char *check_prior(struct file_struct *file, int gnum,
-			 int *prev_ndx_p, struct file_list **flist_p)
-{
-	struct file_struct *fp;
-	struct ht_int32_node *node;
-	int prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
-
-	while (1) {
-		struct file_list *flist;
-		if (prev_ndx < 0
-		 || (flist = flist_for_ndx(prev_ndx, NULL)) == NULL)
-			break;
-		fp = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
-		if (!(fp->flags & FLAG_SKIP_HLINK)) {
-			*prev_ndx_p = prev_ndx;
-			*flist_p = flist;
-			return NULL;
-		}
-		F_HL_PREV(file) = prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(fp);
-	}
-
-	if (inc_recurse
-	 && (node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0)) != NULL) {
-		assert(node->data != NULL);
-		if (CVAL(node->data, 0) != 0) {
-			*prev_ndx_p = -1;
-			*flist_p = NULL;
-			return node->data;
-		}
-		/* The prior file must have been skipped. */
-		F_HL_PREV(file) = -1;
-	}
-
-	*prev_ndx_p = -1;
-	*flist_p = NULL;
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Only called if FLAG_HLINKED is set and FLAG_HLINK_FIRST is not.  Returns:
- * 0 = process the file, 1 = skip the file, -1 = error occurred. */
-int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, char *fname,
-		    int statret, stat_x *sxp, int itemizing,
-		    enum logcode code)
-{
-	STRUCT_STAT prev_st;
-	char namebuf[MAXPATHLEN], altbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
-	char *realname, *prev_name;
-	struct file_list *flist;
-	int gnum = inc_recurse ? F_HL_GNUM(file) : -1;
-	int prev_ndx;
-
-	prev_name = realname = check_prior(file, gnum, &prev_ndx, &flist);
-
-	if (!prev_name) {
-		struct file_struct *prev_file;
-
-		if (!flist) {
-			/* The previous file was skipped, so this one is
-			 * treated as if it were the first in its group. */
-			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
-				rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): virtual first\n",
-					ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum);
-			}
-			return 0;
-		}
-
-		prev_file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
-
-		/* Is the previous link not complete yet? */
-		if (!(prev_file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_DONE)) {
-			/* Is the previous link being transferred? */
-			if (prev_file->flags & FLAG_FILE_SENT) {
-				/* Add ourselves to the list of files that will
-				 * be updated when the transfer completes, and
-				 * mark ourself as waiting for the transfer. */
-				F_HL_PREV(file) = F_HL_PREV(prev_file);
-				F_HL_PREV(prev_file) = ndx;
-				file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
-				cur_flist->in_progress++;
-				if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
-					rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): waiting for %d\n",
-						ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum, F_HL_PREV(file));
-				}
-				return 1;
-			}
-			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
-				rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): looking for a leader\n",
-					ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum);
-			}
-			return 0;
-		}
-
-		/* There is a finished file to link with! */
-		if (!(prev_file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_FIRST)) {
-			/* The previous previous is FIRST when prev is not. */
-			prev_name = realname = check_prior(prev_file, gnum, &prev_ndx, &flist);
-			/* Update our previous pointer to point to the FIRST. */
-			F_HL_PREV(file) = prev_ndx;
-		}
-
-		if (!prev_name) {
-			int alt_dest;
-
-			assert(flist != NULL);
-			prev_file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
-			/* F_HL_PREV() is alt_dest value when DONE && FIRST. */
-			alt_dest = F_HL_PREV(prev_file);
-			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
-				rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): found flist match (alt %d)\n",
-					ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum, alt_dest);
-			}
-
-			if (alt_dest >= 0 && dry_run) {
-				pathjoin(namebuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[alt_dest],
-					 f_name(prev_file, NULL));
-				prev_name = namebuf;
-				realname = f_name(prev_file, altbuf);
-			} else {
-				prev_name = f_name(prev_file, namebuf);
-				realname = prev_name;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): leader is %d (%s)\n",
-			ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum, prev_ndx, prev_name);
-	}
-
-	if (link_stat(prev_name, &prev_st, 0) < 0) {
-		if (!dry_run || errno != ENOENT) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed", full_fname(prev_name));
+		if (make_backups) {
+			if (!make_backup(fname))
+				return -1;
+		} else if (robust_unlink(fname)) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "unlink %s failed",
+				full_fname(fname));
 			return -1;
 		}
-		/* A new hard-link will get a new dev & inode, so approximate
-		 * those values in dry-run mode by zeroing them. */
-		memset(&prev_st, 0, sizeof prev_st);
 	}
+	return hard_link_one(file, ndx, fname, statret, st, toname,
+			     0, itemizing, code);
+}
+#endif
 
-	if (statret < 0 && basis_dir[0] != NULL) {
-		/* If we match an alt-dest item, we don't output this as a change. */
-		char cmpbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
-		stat_x alt_sx;
-		int j = 0;
-		init_stat_x(&alt_sx);
-		do {
-			pathjoin(cmpbuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[j], fname);
-			if (link_stat(cmpbuf, &alt_sx.st, 0) < 0)
-				continue;
-			if (link_dest) {
-				if (prev_st.st_dev != alt_sx.st.st_dev
-				 || prev_st.st_ino != alt_sx.st.st_ino)
-					continue;
-				statret = 1;
-				if (stdout_format_has_i == 0
-				 || (!INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && stdout_format_has_i < 2)) {
-					itemizing = 0;
-					code = FNONE;
-					if (INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
-						rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
-				}
-				break;
+int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, char *fname,
+		    int statret, STRUCT_STAT *st, int itemizing,
+		    enum logcode code, int skip)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+	int head;
+	if (!file->link_u.links)
+		return 0;
+	if (skip && !(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_EOL))
+		head = hlink_list[file->F_HLINDEX] = file->F_NEXT;
+	else
+		head = hlink_list[file->F_HLINDEX];
+	if (ndx != head) {
+		struct file_struct *head_file = FPTR(head);
+		if (!log_format_has_i && verbose > 1) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "\"%s\" is a hard link\n",
+				safe_fname(f_name(file)));
+		}
+		if (head_file->F_HLINDEX == FINISHED_LINK) {
+			STRUCT_STAT st2;
+			char *toname = f_name(head_file);
+			if (link_stat(toname, &st2, 0) < 0) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat %s failed",
+					full_fname(toname));
+				return -1;
 			}
-			if (!unchanged_file(cmpbuf, file, &alt_sx.st))
-				continue;
-			statret = 1;
-			if (unchanged_attrs(cmpbuf, file, &alt_sx))
-				break;
-		} while (basis_dir[++j] != NULL);
-		if (statret == 1) {
-			sxp->st = alt_sx.st;
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-			if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-				free_acl(sxp);
-				if (!ACL_READY(alt_sx))
-					get_acl(cmpbuf, sxp);
-				else {
-					sxp->acc_acl = alt_sx.acc_acl;
-					sxp->def_acl = alt_sx.def_acl;
-					alt_sx.acc_acl = alt_sx.def_acl = NULL;
-				}
-			}
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-			if (preserve_xattrs) {
-				free_xattr(sxp);
-				if (!XATTR_READY(alt_sx))
-					get_xattr(cmpbuf, sxp);
-				else {
-					sxp->xattr = alt_sx.xattr;
-					alt_sx.xattr = NULL;
-				}
-			}
-#endif
+			maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, fname, statret, st,
+					toname, &st2, itemizing, code);
+			file->F_HLINDEX = FINISHED_LINK;
 		} else
-			free_stat_x(&alt_sx);
+			file->F_HLINDEX = SKIPPED_LINK;
+		return 1;
 	}
-
-	if (maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, fname, statret, sxp, prev_name, &prev_st,
-			    realname, itemizing, code) < 0)
-		return -1;
-
-	if (remove_source_files == 1 && do_xfers)
-		send_msg_int(MSG_SUCCESS, ndx);
-
-	return 1;
+#endif
+	return 0;
 }
 
-int hard_link_one(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname,
-		  const char *oldname, int terse)
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+int hard_link_one(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, char *fname,
+		  int statret, STRUCT_STAT *st, char *toname, int terse,
+		  int itemizing, enum logcode code)
 {
-	if (do_link(oldname, fname) < 0) {
-		enum logcode code;
+	if (do_link(toname, fname)) {
 		if (terse) {
-			if (!INFO_GTE(NAME, 1))
-				return 0;
+			if (!verbose)
+				return -1;
 			code = FINFO;
 		} else
-			code = FERROR_XFER;
+			code = FERROR;
 		rsyserr(code, errno, "link %s => %s failed",
-			full_fname(fname), oldname);
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
-
-	return 1;
-}
-
-void finish_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname, int fin_ndx,
-		      STRUCT_STAT *stp, int itemizing, enum logcode code,
-		      int alt_dest)
-{
-	stat_x prev_sx;
-	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	char prev_name[MAXPATHLEN], alt_name[MAXPATHLEN];
-	const char *our_name;
-	struct file_list *flist;
-	int prev_statret, ndx, prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
-
-	if (stp == NULL && prev_ndx >= 0) {
-		if (link_stat(fname, &st, 0) < 0 && !dry_run) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed",
-				full_fname(fname));
-			return;
-		}
-		stp = &st;
-	}
-
-	/* FIRST combined with DONE means we were the first to get done. */
-	file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST | FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
-	F_HL_PREV(file) = alt_dest;
-	if (alt_dest >= 0 && dry_run) {
-		pathjoin(alt_name, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[alt_dest],
-			 f_name(file, NULL));
-		our_name = alt_name;
-	} else
-		our_name = fname;
-
-	init_stat_x(&prev_sx);
-
-	while ((ndx = prev_ndx) >= 0) {
-		int val;
-		flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "finish_hard_link");
-		file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
-		file->flags = (file->flags & ~FLAG_HLINK_FIRST) | FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
-		prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
-		F_HL_PREV(file) = fin_ndx;
-		prev_statret = link_stat(f_name(file, prev_name), &prev_sx.st, 0);
-		val = maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, prev_name, prev_statret, &prev_sx,
-				      our_name, stp, fname, itemizing, code);
-		flist->in_progress--;
-		free_stat_x(&prev_sx);
-		if (val < 0)
-			continue;
-		if (remove_source_files == 1 && do_xfers)
-			send_msg_int(MSG_SUCCESS, ndx);
-	}
-
-	if (inc_recurse) {
-		int gnum = F_HL_GNUM(file);
-		struct ht_int32_node *node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0);
-		if (node == NULL) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Unable to find a hlink node for %d (%s)\n", gnum, f_name(file, prev_name));
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
-		}
-		if (node->data == NULL) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Hlink node data for %d is NULL (%s)\n", gnum, f_name(file, prev_name));
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
-		}
-		if (CVAL(node->data, 0) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Hlink node data for %d already has path=%s (%s)\n",
-				gnum, (char*)node->data, f_name(file, prev_name));
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
-		}
-		free(node->data);
-		if (!(node->data = strdup(our_name)))
-			out_of_memory("finish_hard_link");
-	}
-}
-
-int skip_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, struct file_list **flist_p)
-{
-	struct file_list *flist;
-	int prev_ndx;
-
-	file->flags |= FLAG_SKIP_HLINK;
-	if (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_LAST))
+			full_fname(fname), safe_fname(toname));
 		return -1;
-
-	check_prior(file, F_HL_GNUM(file), &prev_ndx, &flist);
-	if (prev_ndx >= 0) {
-		file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
-		if (file->flags & (FLAG_HLINK_DONE|FLAG_FILE_SENT))
-			return -1;
-		file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
-		*flist_p = flist;
 	}
 
-	return prev_ndx;
+	if (itemizing) {
+		itemize(file, ndx, statret, st,
+			ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS, 0,
+			terse ? "" : toname);
+	}
+	if (code && verbose && !terse) {
+		rprintf(code, "%s => %s\n",
+			safe_fname(fname), safe_fname(toname));
+	}
+	return 0;
 }
 #endif
+
+
+void hard_link_cluster(struct file_struct *file, int master, int itemizing,
+		       enum logcode code)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+	char hlink1[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *hlink2;
+	STRUCT_STAT st1, st2;
+	int statret, ndx = master;
+
+	file->F_HLINDEX = FINISHED_LINK;
+	if (link_stat(f_name_to(file, hlink1), &st1, 0) < 0)
+		return;
+	if (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_TOL)) {
+		while (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_EOL)) {
+			ndx = file->F_NEXT;
+			file = FPTR(ndx);
+		}
+	}
+	do {
+		ndx = file->F_NEXT;
+		file = FPTR(ndx);
+		if (file->F_HLINDEX != SKIPPED_LINK)
+			continue;
+		hlink2 = f_name(file);
+		statret = link_stat(hlink2, &st2, 0);
+		maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, hlink2, statret, &st2,
+				hlink1, &st1, itemizing, code);
+		file->F_HLINDEX = FINISHED_LINK;
+	} while (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_EOL));
+#endif
+}

ifuncs.h

@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-/* Inline functions for rsync.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-static inline void
-alloc_xbuf(xbuf *xb, size_t sz)
-{
-	if (!(xb->buf = new_array(char, sz)))
-		out_of_memory("alloc_xbuf");
-	xb->size = sz;
-	xb->len = xb->pos = 0;
-}
-
-static inline void
-realloc_xbuf(xbuf *xb, size_t sz)
-{
-	char *bf = realloc_array(xb->buf, char, sz);
-	if (!bf)
-		out_of_memory("realloc_xbuf");
-	xb->buf = bf;
-	xb->size = sz;
-}
-
-static inline void
-free_xbuf(xbuf *xb)
-{
-	if (xb->buf)
-		free(xb->buf);
-	memset(xb, 0, sizeof (xbuf));
-}
-
-static inline int
-to_wire_mode(mode_t mode)
-{
-#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
-#if _S_IFLNK != 0120000
-	if (S_ISLNK(mode))
-		return (mode & ~(_S_IFMT)) | 0120000;
-#endif
-#endif
-	return mode;
-}
-
-static inline mode_t
-from_wire_mode(int mode)
-{
-#if _S_IFLNK != 0120000
-	if ((mode & (_S_IFMT)) == 0120000)
-		return (mode & ~(_S_IFMT)) | _S_IFLNK;
-#endif
-	return mode;
-}
-
-static inline char *
-d_name(struct dirent *di)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR
-	return (di->d_name - 2);
-#else
-	return di->d_name;
-#endif
-}
-
-static inline void
-init_stat_x(stat_x *sx_p)
-{
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-	sx_p->acc_acl = sx_p->def_acl = NULL;
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-	sx_p->xattr = NULL;
-#endif
-}
-
-static inline void
-free_stat_x(stat_x *sx_p)
-{
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-    {
-	extern int preserve_acls;
-	if (preserve_acls)
-		free_acl(sx_p);
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-    {
-	extern int preserve_xattrs;
-	if (preserve_xattrs)
-		free_xattr(sx_p);
-    }
-#endif
-}

inums.h

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/* Inline functions for rsync.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-static inline char *
-big_num(int64 num)
-{
-	return do_big_num(num, 0, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline char *
-comma_num(int64 num)
-{
-	extern int human_readable;
-	return do_big_num(num, human_readable != 0, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline char *
-human_num(int64 num)
-{
-	extern int human_readable;
-	return do_big_num(num, human_readable, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline char *
-big_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
-{
-	return do_big_dnum(dnum, 0, decimal_digits);
-}
-
-static inline char *
-comma_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
-{
-	extern int human_readable;
-	return do_big_dnum(dnum, human_readable != 0, decimal_digits);
-}
-
-static inline char *
-human_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
-{
-	extern int human_readable;
-	return do_big_dnum(dnum, human_readable, decimal_digits);
-}

io.h

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-extern int protocol_version;
-
-static inline int32
-read_varint30(int f)
-{
-	if (protocol_version < 30)
-		return read_int(f);
-	return read_varint(f);
-}
-
-static inline int64
-read_varlong30(int f, uchar min_bytes)
-{
-	if (protocol_version < 30)
-		return read_longint(f);
-	return read_varlong(f, min_bytes);
-}
-
-static inline void
-write_varint30(int f, int32 x)
-{
-	if (protocol_version < 30)
-		write_int(f, x);
-	else
-		write_varint(f, x);
-}
-
-static inline void
-write_varlong30(int f, int64 x, uchar min_bytes)
-{
-	if (protocol_version < 30)
-		write_longint(f, x);
-	else
-		write_varlong(f, x, min_bytes);
-}

itypes.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* Inline functions for rsync.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-static inline int
-isDigit(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return isdigit(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-isPrint(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return isprint(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-isSpace(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return isspace(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-isLower(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return islower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-isUpper(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return isupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-toLower(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return tolower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-toUpper(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return toupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+dummy

lib/addrinfo.h

@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
-/*
-PostgreSQL Database Management System
-(formerly known as Postgres, then as Postgres95)
-
-Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2005, The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
-
-Portions Copyright (c) 1994, The Regents of the University of California
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
-is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph
-and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
-
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
-DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
-LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION,
-EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
-INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
-AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
-ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS
-TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
-
-*/
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * getaddrinfo.h
- *	  Support getaddrinfo() on platforms that don't have it.
- *
- * Note: we use our own routines on platforms that don't HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO,
- * whether or not the library routine getaddrinfo() can be found.  This
- * policy is needed because on some platforms a manually installed libbind.a
- * may provide getaddrinfo(), yet the system headers may not provide the
- * struct definitions needed to call it.  To avoid conflict with the libbind
- * definition in such cases, we rename our routines to pg_xxx() via macros.
- *
- * This code will also work on platforms where struct addrinfo is defined
- * in the system headers but no getaddrinfo() can be located.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2003-2007, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-#ifndef ADDRINFO_H
-#define ADDRINFO_H
-
-
-/* Various macros that ought to be in <netdb.h>, but might not be */
-
-#ifndef EAI_FAIL
-#define EAI_BADFLAGS	(-1)
-#define EAI_NONAME		(-2)
-#define EAI_AGAIN		(-3)
-#define EAI_FAIL		(-4)
-#define EAI_FAMILY		(-6)
-#define EAI_SOCKTYPE	(-7)
-#define EAI_SERVICE		(-8)
-#define EAI_MEMORY		(-10)
-#define EAI_SYSTEM		(-11)
-#endif   /* !EAI_FAIL */
-
-#ifndef AI_PASSIVE
-#define AI_PASSIVE		0x0001
-#endif
-
-#ifndef AI_NUMERICHOST
-/*
- * some platforms don't support AI_NUMERICHOST; define as zero if using
- * the system version of getaddrinfo...
- */
-#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO) && defined(HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
-#define AI_NUMERICHOST	0
-#else
-#define AI_NUMERICHOST	0x0004
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef AI_CANONNAME
-#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO) && defined(HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
-#define AI_CANONNAME 0
-#else
-#define AI_CANONNAME 0x0008
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef AI_NUMERICSERV
-#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO) && defined(HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
-#define AI_NUMERICSERV 0
-#else
-#define AI_NUMERICSERV 0x0010
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST
-#define NI_NUMERICHOST	1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV
-#define NI_NUMERICSERV	2
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NI_NOFQDN
-#define NI_NOFQDN	4
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NI_NAMEREQD
-#define NI_NAMEREQD 	8
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NI_DGRAM
-#define NI_DGRAM	16
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef NI_MAXHOST
-#define NI_MAXHOST	1025
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NI_MAXSERV
-#define NI_MAXSERV	32
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
-struct addrinfo
-{
-	int			ai_flags;
-	int			ai_family;
-	int			ai_socktype;
-	int			ai_protocol;
-	size_t		ai_addrlen;
-	struct sockaddr *ai_addr;
-	char	   *ai_canonname;
-	struct addrinfo *ai_next;
-};
-#endif   /* !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
-struct sockaddr_storage {
-	unsigned short ss_family;
-	unsigned long ss_align;
-	char ss_padding[128 - sizeof (unsigned long)];
-};
-#endif	/* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
-
-/* Rename private copies per comments above */
-#ifdef getaddrinfo
-#undef getaddrinfo
-#endif
-#define getaddrinfo pg_getaddrinfo
-
-#ifdef freeaddrinfo
-#undef freeaddrinfo
-#endif
-#define freeaddrinfo pg_freeaddrinfo
-
-#ifdef gai_strerror
-#undef gai_strerror
-#endif
-#define gai_strerror pg_gai_strerror
-
-#ifdef getnameinfo
-#undef getnameinfo
-#endif
-#define getnameinfo pg_getnameinfo
-
-extern int getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service,
-			const struct addrinfo * hints, struct addrinfo ** res);
-extern void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo * res);
-extern const char *gai_strerror(int errcode);
-extern int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr * sa, socklen_t salen,
-			char *node, size_t nodelen,
-			char *service, size_t servicelen, int flags);
-#endif   /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
-
-#endif   /* ADDRINFO_H */

lib/compat.c

@@ -1,37 +1,42 @@
-/*
- * Reimplementations of standard functions for platforms that don't have them.
+/* 
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * @file compat.c
  *
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+ * Reimplementations of standard functions for platforms that don't
+ * have them.
+ **/
+
+
 
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "itypes.h"
 
-static char number_separator;
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRDUP
  char *strdup(char *s)
 {
-	int len = strlen(s) + 1;
-	char *ret = (char *)malloc(len);
-	if (ret)
-		memcpy(ret, s, len);
-	return ret;
+  int l = strlen(s) + 1;
+  char *ret = (char *)malloc(l);
+  if (ret)
+    strcpy(ret,s);
+  return ret;
 }
 #endif
 
@@ -81,7 +86,7 @@ static char number_separator;
 /**
  * Find the first ocurrence in @p s of any character in @p accept.
  *
- * Derived from glibc
+ * Derived from glibc 
  **/
  char *strpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept)
 {
@@ -100,7 +105,7 @@ static char number_separator;
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
 /**
- * Like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null
+ * Like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
  * terminates.
  *
  * @param bufsize is the size of the destination buffer.
@@ -123,7 +128,7 @@ static char number_separator;
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT
 /**
- * Like strncat() but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null
+ * Like strncat() but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
  * terminates.
  *
  * @param bufsize length of the buffer, which should be one more than
@@ -145,6 +150,49 @@ static char number_separator;
 }
 #endif
 
+#ifdef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
+ char *rep_inet_ntoa(struct in_addr ip)
+{
+	unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)&ip.s_addr;
+	static char buf[18];
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
+		 (int)p[0], (int)p[1], (int)p[2], (int)p[3]);
+#else
+	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
+		 (int)p[3], (int)p[2], (int)p[1], (int)p[0]);
+#endif
+	return buf;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_INET_ATON
+ int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *inp)
+{
+	unsigned int a1, a2, a3, a4;
+	unsigned long ret;
+
+	if (strcmp(cp, "255.255.255.255") == 0) {
+		inp->s_addr = (unsigned) -1;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (sscanf(cp, "%u.%u.%u.%u", &a1, &a2, &a3, &a4) != 4 ||
+	    a1 > 255 || a2 > 255 || a3 > 255 || a4 > 255) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	ret = (a1 << 24) | (a2 << 16) | (a3 << 8) | a4;
+
+	inp->s_addr = htonl(ret);
+	
+	if (inp->s_addr == (unsigned) -1) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
 /* some systems don't take the 2nd argument */
 int sys_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv)
 {
@@ -154,122 +202,3 @@ int sys_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv)
 	return gettimeofday(tv);
 #endif
 }
-
-#define HUMANIFY(mult) \
-	do { \
-		if (num >= mult || num <= -mult) { \
-			double dnum = (double)num / mult; \
-			char units; \
-			if (num < 0) \
-				dnum = -dnum; \
-			if (dnum < mult) \
-				units = 'K'; \
-			else if ((dnum /= mult) < mult) \
-				units = 'M'; \
-			else if ((dnum /= mult) < mult) \
-				units = 'G'; \
-			else { \
-				dnum /= mult; \
-				units = 'T'; \
-			} \
-			if (num < 0) \
-				dnum = -dnum; \
-			snprintf(bufs[n], sizeof bufs[0], "%.2f%c", dnum, units); \
-			return bufs[n]; \
-		} \
-	} while (0)
-
-/* Return the int64 number as a string.  If the human_flag arg is non-zero,
- * we may output the number in K, M, G, or T units.  If we don't add a unit
- * suffix, we will append the fract string, if it is non-NULL.  We can
- * return up to 4 buffers at a time. */
-char *do_big_num(int64 num, int human_flag, const char *fract)
-{
-	static char bufs[4][128]; /* more than enough room */
-	static unsigned int n;
-	char *s;
-	int len, negated;
-
-	if (human_flag && !number_separator) {
-		char buf[32];
-		snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "%f", 3.14);
-		if (strchr(buf, '.') != NULL)
-			number_separator = ',';
-		else
-			number_separator = '.';
-	}
-
-	n = (n + 1) % (sizeof bufs / sizeof bufs[0]);
-
-	if (human_flag > 1) {
-		if (human_flag == 2)
-			HUMANIFY(1000);
-		else
-			HUMANIFY(1024);
-	}
-
-	s = bufs[n] + sizeof bufs[0] - 1;
-	if (fract) {
-		len = strlen(fract);
-		s -= len;
-		strlcpy(s, fract, len + 1);
-	} else
-		*s = '\0';
-
-	len = 0;
-
-	if (!num)
-		*--s = '0';
-	if (num < 0) {
-		/* A maximum-size negated number can't fit as a positive,
-		 * so do one digit in negated form to start us off. */
-		*--s = (char)(-(num % 10)) + '0';
-		num = -(num / 10);
-		len++;
-		negated = 1;
-	} else
-		negated = 0;
-
-	while (num) {
-		if (human_flag) {
-			if (len == 3) {
-				*--s = number_separator;
-				len = 1;
-			} else
-				len++;
-		}
-		*--s = (char)(num % 10) + '0';
-		num /= 10;
-	}
-
-	if (negated)
-		*--s = '-';
-
-	return s;
-}
-
-/* Return the double number as a string.  If the human_flag option is > 1,
- * we may output the number in K, M, G, or T units.  The buffer we use for
- * our result is either a single static buffer defined here, or a buffer
- * we get from do_big_num(). */
-char *do_big_dnum(double dnum, int human_flag, int decimal_digits)
-{
-	static char tmp_buf[128];
-#if SIZEOF_INT64 >= 8
-	char *fract;
-
-	snprintf(tmp_buf, sizeof tmp_buf, "%.*f", decimal_digits, dnum);
-
-	if (!human_flag || (dnum < 1000.0 && dnum > -1000.0))
-		return tmp_buf;
-
-	for (fract = tmp_buf+1; isDigit(fract); fract++) {}
-
-	return do_big_num((int64)dnum, human_flag, fract);
-#else
-	/* A big number might lose digits converting to a too-short int64,
-	 * so let's just return the raw double conversion. */
-	snprintf(tmp_buf, sizeof tmp_buf, "%.*f", decimal_digits, dnum);
-	return tmp_buf;
-#endif
-}

lib/getaddrinfo.c

@@ -1,504 +0,0 @@
-/*
-PostgreSQL Database Management System
-(formerly known as Postgres, then as Postgres95)
-
-Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2005, The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
-
-Portions Copyright (c) 1994, The Regents of the University of California
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
-is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph
-and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
-
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
-DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
-LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION,
-EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
-INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
-AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
-ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS
-TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
-
-*/
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * getaddrinfo.c
- *	  Support getaddrinfo() on platforms that don't have it.
- *
- * We also supply getnameinfo() here, assuming that the platform will have
- * it if and only if it has getaddrinfo().	If this proves false on some
- * platform, we'll need to split this file and provide a separate configure
- * test for getnameinfo().
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2003-2007, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2007 Jeremy Allison.
- * Modified to return multiple IPv4 addresses for Samba.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#include "rsync.h"
-
-#ifndef SMB_MALLOC
-#define SMB_MALLOC(s) malloc(s)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SMB_STRDUP
-#define SMB_STRDUP(s) strdup(s)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HOST_NAME_MAX
-#define HOST_NAME_MAX 255
-#endif
-
-static int check_hostent_err(struct hostent *hp)
-{
-#ifndef INET6
-	extern int h_errno;
-#endif
-	if (!hp) {
-		switch (h_errno) {
-			case HOST_NOT_FOUND:
-			case NO_DATA:
-				return EAI_NONAME;
-			case TRY_AGAIN:
-				return EAI_AGAIN;
-			case NO_RECOVERY:
-			default:
-				return EAI_FAIL;
-		}
-	}
-	if (!hp->h_name || hp->h_addrtype != AF_INET) {
-		return EAI_FAIL;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static char *canon_name_from_hostent(struct hostent *hp,
-				int *perr)
-{
-	char *ret = NULL;
-
-	*perr = check_hostent_err(hp);
-	if (*perr) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	ret = SMB_STRDUP(hp->h_name);
-	if (!ret) {
-		*perr = EAI_MEMORY;
-	}
-	return ret;
-}
-
-static char *get_my_canon_name(int *perr)
-{
-	char name[HOST_NAME_MAX+1];
-
-	if (gethostname(name, HOST_NAME_MAX) == -1) {
-		*perr = EAI_FAIL;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	/* Ensure null termination. */
-	name[HOST_NAME_MAX] = '\0';
-	return canon_name_from_hostent(gethostbyname(name), perr);
-}
-
-static char *get_canon_name_from_addr(struct in_addr ip,
-				int *perr)
-{
-	return canon_name_from_hostent(
-			gethostbyaddr((void *)&ip, sizeof ip, AF_INET),
-			perr);
-}
-
-static struct addrinfo *alloc_entry(const struct addrinfo *hints,
-				struct in_addr ip,
-				unsigned short port)
-{
-	struct sockaddr_in *psin = NULL;
-	struct addrinfo *ai = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(*ai));
-
-	if (!ai) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	memset(ai, '\0', sizeof(*ai));
-
-	psin = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(*psin));
-	if (!psin) {
-		free(ai);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	memset(psin, '\0', sizeof(*psin));
-
-	psin->sin_family = AF_INET;
-	psin->sin_port = htons(port);
-	psin->sin_addr = ip;
-
-	ai->ai_flags = 0;
-	ai->ai_family = AF_INET;
-	ai->ai_socktype = hints->ai_socktype;
-	ai->ai_protocol = hints->ai_protocol;
-	ai->ai_addrlen = sizeof(*psin);
-	ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *) psin;
-	ai->ai_canonname = NULL;
-	ai->ai_next = NULL;
-
-	return ai;
-}
-
-/*
- * get address info for a single ipv4 address.
- *
- *	Bugs:	- servname can only be a number, not text.
- */
-
-static int getaddr_info_single_addr(const char *service,
-				uint32 addr,
-				const struct addrinfo *hints,
-				struct addrinfo **res)
-{
-
-	struct addrinfo *ai = NULL;
-	struct in_addr ip;
-	unsigned short port = 0;
-
-	if (service) {
-		port = (unsigned short)atoi(service);
-	}
-	ip.s_addr = htonl(addr);
-
-	ai = alloc_entry(hints, ip, port);
-	if (!ai) {
-		return EAI_MEMORY;
-	}
-
-	/* If we're asked for the canonical name,
-	 * make sure it returns correctly. */
-	if (!(hints->ai_flags & AI_NUMERICSERV) &&
-			hints->ai_flags & AI_CANONNAME) {
-		int err;
-		if (addr == INADDR_LOOPBACK || addr == INADDR_ANY) {
-			ai->ai_canonname = get_my_canon_name(&err);
-		} else {
-			ai->ai_canonname =
-			get_canon_name_from_addr(ip,&err);
-		}
-		if (ai->ai_canonname == NULL) {
-			freeaddrinfo(ai);
-			return err;
-		}
-	}
-
-	*res = ai;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * get address info for multiple ipv4 addresses.
- *
- *	Bugs:	- servname can only be a number, not text.
- */
-
-static int getaddr_info_name(const char *node,
-				const char *service,
-				const struct addrinfo *hints,
-				struct addrinfo **res)
-{
-	struct addrinfo *listp = NULL, *prevp = NULL;
-	char **pptr = NULL;
-	int err;
-	struct hostent *hp = NULL;
-	unsigned short port = 0;
-
-	if (service) {
-		port = (unsigned short)atoi(service);
-	}
-
-	hp = gethostbyname(node);
-	err = check_hostent_err(hp);
-	if (err) {
-		return err;
-	}
-
-	for(pptr = hp->h_addr_list; *pptr; pptr++) {
-		struct in_addr ip = *(struct in_addr *)*pptr;
-		struct addrinfo *ai = alloc_entry(hints, ip, port);
-
-		if (!ai) {
-			freeaddrinfo(listp);
-			return EAI_MEMORY;
-		}
-
-		if (!listp) {
-			listp = ai;
-			prevp = ai;
-			ai->ai_canonname = SMB_STRDUP(hp->h_name);
-			if (!ai->ai_canonname) {
-				freeaddrinfo(listp);
-				return EAI_MEMORY;
-			}
-		} else {
-			prevp->ai_next = ai;
-			prevp = ai;
-		}
-	}
-	*res = listp;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * get address info for ipv4 sockets.
- *
- *	Bugs:	- servname can only be a number, not text.
- */
-
-int getaddrinfo(const char *node,
-		const char *service,
-		const struct addrinfo * hintp,
-		struct addrinfo ** res)
-{
-	struct addrinfo hints;
-
-	/* Setup the hints struct. */
-	if (hintp == NULL) {
-		memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
-		hints.ai_family = AF_INET;
-		hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
-	} else {
-		memcpy(&hints, hintp, sizeof(hints));
-	}
-
-	if (hints.ai_family != AF_INET && hints.ai_family != AF_UNSPEC) {
-		return EAI_FAMILY;
-	}
-
-	if (hints.ai_socktype == 0) {
-		hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
-	}
-
-	if (!node && !service) {
-		return EAI_NONAME;
-	}
-
-	if (node) {
-		if (node[0] == '\0') {
-			return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
-					INADDR_ANY,
-					&hints,
-					res);
-		} else if (hints.ai_flags & AI_NUMERICHOST) {
-			struct in_addr ip;
-			if (inet_pton(AF_INET, node, &ip) <= 0)
-				return EAI_FAIL;
-			return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
-					ntohl(ip.s_addr),
-					&hints,
-					res);
-		} else {
-			return getaddr_info_name(node,
-						service,
-						&hints,
-						res);
-		}
-	} else if (hints.ai_flags & AI_PASSIVE) {
-		return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
-					INADDR_ANY,
-					&hints,
-					res);
-	}
-	return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
-					INADDR_LOOPBACK,
-					&hints,
-					res);
-}
-
-
-void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res)
-{
-	struct addrinfo *next = NULL;
-
-	for (;res; res = next) {
-		next = res->ai_next;
-		if (res->ai_canonname) {
-			free(res->ai_canonname);
-		}
-		if (res->ai_addr) {
-			free(res->ai_addr);
-		}
-		free(res);
-	}
-}
-
-
-const char *gai_strerror(int errcode)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_HSTRERROR
-	int			hcode;
-
-	switch (errcode)
-	{
-		case EAI_NONAME:
-			hcode = HOST_NOT_FOUND;
-			break;
-		case EAI_AGAIN:
-			hcode = TRY_AGAIN;
-			break;
-		case EAI_FAIL:
-		default:
-			hcode = NO_RECOVERY;
-			break;
-	}
-
-	return hstrerror(hcode);
-#else							/* !HAVE_HSTRERROR */
-
-	switch (errcode)
-	{
-		case EAI_NONAME:
-			return "Unknown host";
-		case EAI_AGAIN:
-			return "Host name lookup failure";
-#ifdef EAI_BADFLAGS
-		case EAI_BADFLAGS:
-			return "Invalid argument";
-#endif
-#ifdef EAI_FAMILY
-		case EAI_FAMILY:
-			return "Address family not supported";
-#endif
-#ifdef EAI_MEMORY
-		case EAI_MEMORY:
-			return "Not enough memory";
-#endif
-#ifdef EAI_NODATA
-		case EAI_NODATA:
-			return "No host data of that type was found";
-#endif
-#ifdef EAI_SERVICE
-		case EAI_SERVICE:
-			return "Class type not found";
-#endif
-#ifdef EAI_SOCKTYPE
-		case EAI_SOCKTYPE:
-			return "Socket type not supported";
-#endif
-		default:
-			return "Unknown server error";
-	}
-#endif   /* HAVE_HSTRERROR */
-}
-
-static int gethostnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa,
-			char *node,
-			size_t nodelen,
-			int flags)
-{
-	int ret = -1;
-	char *p = NULL;
-
-	if (!(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)) {
-		struct hostent *hp = gethostbyaddr(
-				(void *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_addr,
-				sizeof (struct in_addr),
-				sa->sa_family);
-		ret = check_hostent_err(hp);
-		if (ret == 0) {
-			/* Name looked up successfully. */
-			ret = snprintf(node, nodelen, "%s", hp->h_name);
-			if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= nodelen) {
-				return EAI_MEMORY;
-			}
-			if (flags & NI_NOFQDN) {
-				p = strchr(node,'.');
-				if (p) {
-					*p = '\0';
-				}
-			}
-			return 0;
-		}
-
-		if (flags & NI_NAMEREQD) {
-			/* If we require a name and didn't get one,
-			 * automatically fail. */
-			return ret;
-		}
-		/* Otherwise just fall into the numeric host code... */
-	}
-	p = inet_ntoa(((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_addr);
-	ret = snprintf(node, nodelen, "%s", p);
-	if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= nodelen) {
-		return EAI_MEMORY;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static int getservicenameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa,
-			char *service,
-			size_t servicelen,
-			int flags)
-{
-	int ret = -1;
-	int port = ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_port);
-
-	if (!(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)) {
-		struct servent *se = getservbyport(
-				port,
-				(flags & NI_DGRAM) ? "udp" : "tcp");
-		if (se && se->s_name) {
-			/* Service name looked up successfully. */
-			ret = snprintf(service, servicelen, "%s", se->s_name);
-			if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= servicelen) {
-				return EAI_MEMORY;
-			}
-			return 0;
-		}
-		/* Otherwise just fall into the numeric service code... */
-	}
-	ret = snprintf(service, servicelen, "%d", port);
-	if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= servicelen) {
-		return EAI_MEMORY;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Convert an ipv4 address to a hostname.
- *
- * Bugs:	- No IPv6 support.
- */
-int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, socklen_t salen,
-			char *node, size_t nodelen,
-			char *service, size_t servicelen, int flags)
-{
-
-	/* Invalid arguments. */
-	if (sa == NULL || (node == NULL && service == NULL)) {
-		return EAI_FAIL;
-	}
-
-	if (sa->sa_family != AF_INET) {
-		return EAI_FAIL;
-	}
-
-	if (salen < (socklen_t)sizeof (struct sockaddr_in)) {
-		return EAI_FAIL;
-	}
-
-	if (node) {
-		int ret = gethostnameinfo(sa, node, nodelen, flags);
-		if (ret)
-			return ret;
-	}
-
-	if (service) {
-		return getservicenameinfo(sa, service, servicelen, flags);
-	}
-	return 0;
-}

lib/getpass.c

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * An implementation of getpass for systems that lack one.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2013 Roman Donchenko
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <termios.h>
-
-#include "rsync.h"
-
-char *getpass(const char *prompt)
-{
-	static char password[256];
-
-	BOOL tty_changed = False, read_success;
-	struct termios tty_old, tty_new;
-	FILE *in = stdin, *out = stderr;
-	FILE *tty = fopen("/dev/tty", "w+");
-
-	if (tty)
-		in = out = tty;
-
-	if (tcgetattr(fileno(in), &tty_old) == 0) {
-		tty_new = tty_old;
-		tty_new.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO | ISIG);
-
-		if (tcsetattr(fileno(in), TCSAFLUSH, &tty_new) == 0)
-			tty_changed = True;
-	}
-
-	if (!tty_changed)
-		fputs("(WARNING: will be visible) ", out);
-	fputs(prompt, out);
-	fflush(out);
-
-	read_success = fgets(password, sizeof password, in) != NULL;
-
-	/* Print the newline that hasn't been echoed. */
-	fputc('\n', out);
-
-	if (tty_changed)
-		tcsetattr(fileno(in), TCSAFLUSH, &tty_old);
-
-	if (tty)
-		fclose(tty);
-
-	if (read_success) {
-		/* Remove the trailing newline. */
-		size_t password_len = strlen(password);
-		if (password_len && password[password_len - 1] == '\n')
-			password[password_len - 1] = '\0';
-
-		return password;
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}

lib/inet_ntop.c

@@ -75,14 +75,13 @@ inet_ntop4(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 {
 	static const char *fmt = "%u.%u.%u.%u";
 	char tmp[sizeof "255.255.255.255"];
-	size_t len;
 
-	len = snprintf(tmp, sizeof tmp, fmt, src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]);
-	if (len >= size) {
+	if ((size_t)sprintf(tmp, fmt, src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]) >= size)
+	{
 		errno = ENOSPC;
 		return (NULL);
 	}
-	memcpy(dst, tmp, len + 1);
+	strcpy(dst, tmp);
 
 	return (dst);
 }
@@ -107,7 +106,7 @@ inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 	char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255"], *tp;
 	struct { int base, len; } best, cur;
 	unsigned int words[NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ];
-	int i, inc;
+	int i;
 
 	/*
 	 * Preprocess:
@@ -158,14 +157,13 @@ inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 		/* Is this address an encapsulated IPv4? */
 		if (i == 6 && best.base == 0 &&
 		    (best.len == 6 || (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff))) {
-			if (!inet_ntop4(src+12, tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp)))
+			if (!inet_ntop4(src+12, tp,
+					sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp)))
 				return (NULL);
 			tp += strlen(tp);
 			break;
 		}
-		inc = snprintf(tp, 5, "%x", words[i]);
-		assert(inc < 5);
-		tp += inc;
+		tp += sprintf(tp, "%x", words[i]);
 	}
 	/* Was it a trailing run of 0x00's? */
 	if (best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) ==
@@ -180,7 +178,7 @@ inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 		errno = ENOSPC;
 		return (NULL);
 	}
-	memcpy(dst, tmp, tp - tmp);
+	strcpy(dst, tmp);
 	return (dst);
 }
 #endif /* AF_INET6 */

lib/md5.c

@@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * RFC 1321 compliant MD5 implementation
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Christophe Devine
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-#include "rsync.h"
-
-void md5_begin(md_context *ctx)
-{
-	ctx->A = 0x67452301;
-	ctx->B = 0xEFCDAB89;
-	ctx->C = 0x98BADCFE;
-	ctx->D = 0x10325476;
-
-	ctx->totalN = ctx->totalN2 = 0;
-}
-
-static void md5_process(md_context *ctx, const uchar data[CSUM_CHUNK])
-{
-	uint32 X[16], A, B, C, D;
-
-	A = ctx->A;
-	B = ctx->B;
-	C = ctx->C;
-	D = ctx->D;
-
-	X[0] = IVALu(data, 0);
-	X[1] = IVALu(data, 4);
-	X[2] = IVALu(data, 8);
-	X[3] = IVALu(data, 12);
-	X[4] = IVALu(data, 16);
-	X[5] = IVALu(data, 20);
-	X[6] = IVALu(data, 24);
-	X[7] = IVALu(data, 28);
-	X[8] = IVALu(data, 32);
-	X[9] = IVALu(data, 36);
-	X[10] = IVALu(data, 40);
-	X[11] = IVALu(data, 44);
-	X[12] = IVALu(data, 48);
-	X[13] = IVALu(data, 52);
-	X[14] = IVALu(data, 56);
-	X[15] = IVALu(data, 60);
-
-#define S(x,n) ((x << n) | ((x & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32 - n)))
-
-#define P(a,b,c,d,k,s,t) a += F(b,c,d) + X[k] + t, a = S(a,s) + b
-
-#define F(x,y,z) (z ^ (x & (y ^ z)))
-
-	P(A, B, C, D,  0,  7, 0xD76AA478);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  1, 12, 0xE8C7B756);
-	P(C, D, A, B,  2, 17, 0x242070DB);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  3, 22, 0xC1BDCEEE);
-	P(A, B, C, D,  4,  7, 0xF57C0FAF);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  5, 12, 0x4787C62A);
-	P(C, D, A, B,  6, 17, 0xA8304613);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  7, 22, 0xFD469501);
-	P(A, B, C, D,  8,  7, 0x698098D8);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  9, 12, 0x8B44F7AF);
-	P(C, D, A, B, 10, 17, 0xFFFF5BB1);
-	P(B, C, D, A, 11, 22, 0x895CD7BE);
-	P(A, B, C, D, 12,  7, 0x6B901122);
-	P(D, A, B, C, 13, 12, 0xFD987193);
-	P(C, D, A, B, 14, 17, 0xA679438E);
-	P(B, C, D, A, 15, 22, 0x49B40821);
-
-#undef F
-#define F(x,y,z) (y ^ (z & (x ^ y)))
-
-	P(A, B, C, D,  1,  5, 0xF61E2562);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  6,  9, 0xC040B340);
-	P(C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265E5A51);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  0, 20, 0xE9B6C7AA);
-	P(A, B, C, D,  5,  5, 0xD62F105D);
-	P(D, A, B, C, 10,  9, 0x02441453);
-	P(C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xD8A1E681);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  4, 20, 0xE7D3FBC8);
-	P(A, B, C, D,  9,  5, 0x21E1CDE6);
-	P(D, A, B, C, 14,  9, 0xC33707D6);
-	P(C, D, A, B,  3, 14, 0xF4D50D87);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  8, 20, 0x455A14ED);
-	P(A, B, C, D, 13,  5, 0xA9E3E905);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  2,  9, 0xFCEFA3F8);
-	P(C, D, A, B,  7, 14, 0x676F02D9);
-	P(B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8D2A4C8A);
-
-#undef F
-#define F(x,y,z) (x ^ y ^ z)
-
-	P(A, B, C, D,  5,  4, 0xFFFA3942);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  8, 11, 0x8771F681);
-	P(C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6D9D6122);
-	P(B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xFDE5380C);
-	P(A, B, C, D,  1,  4, 0xA4BEEA44);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  4, 11, 0x4BDECFA9);
-	P(C, D, A, B,  7, 16, 0xF6BB4B60);
-	P(B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xBEBFBC70);
-	P(A, B, C, D, 13,  4, 0x289B7EC6);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  0, 11, 0xEAA127FA);
-	P(C, D, A, B,  3, 16, 0xD4EF3085);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  6, 23, 0x04881D05);
-	P(A, B, C, D,  9,  4, 0xD9D4D039);
-	P(D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xE6DB99E5);
-	P(C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1FA27CF8);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  2, 23, 0xC4AC5665);
-
-#undef F
-#define F(x,y,z) (y ^ (x | ~z))
-
-	P(A, B, C, D,  0,  6, 0xF4292244);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  7, 10, 0x432AFF97);
-	P(C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xAB9423A7);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  5, 21, 0xFC93A039);
-	P(A, B, C, D, 12,  6, 0x655B59C3);
-	P(D, A, B, C,  3, 10, 0x8F0CCC92);
-	P(C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xFFEFF47D);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  1, 21, 0x85845DD1);
-	P(A, B, C, D,  8,  6, 0x6FA87E4F);
-	P(D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xFE2CE6E0);
-	P(C, D, A, B,  6, 15, 0xA3014314);
-	P(B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4E0811A1);
-	P(A, B, C, D,  4,  6, 0xF7537E82);
-	P(D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xBD3AF235);
-	P(C, D, A, B,  2, 15, 0x2AD7D2BB);
-	P(B, C, D, A,  9, 21, 0xEB86D391);
-
-#undef F
-
-	ctx->A += A;
-	ctx->B += B;
-	ctx->C += C;
-	ctx->D += D;
-}
-
-void md5_update(md_context *ctx, const uchar *input, uint32 length)
-{
-	uint32 left, fill;
-
-	if (!length)
-		return;
-
-	left = ctx->totalN & 0x3F;
-	fill = CSUM_CHUNK - left;
-
-	ctx->totalN += length;
-	ctx->totalN &= 0xFFFFFFFF;
-
-	if (ctx->totalN < length)
-		ctx->totalN2++;
-
-	if (left && length >= fill) {
-		memcpy(ctx->buffer + left, input, fill);
-		md5_process(ctx, ctx->buffer);
-		length -= fill;
-		input  += fill;
-		left = 0;
-	}
-
-	while (length >= CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		md5_process(ctx, input);
-		length -= CSUM_CHUNK;
-		input  += CSUM_CHUNK;
-	}
-
-	if (length)
-		memcpy(ctx->buffer + left, input, length);
-}
-
-static uchar md5_padding[CSUM_CHUNK] = { 0x80 };
-
-void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN])
-{
-	uint32 last, padn;
-	uint32 high, low;
-	uchar msglen[8];
-
-	high = (ctx->totalN >> 29)
-	     | (ctx->totalN2 <<  3);
-	low  = (ctx->totalN <<  3);
-
-	SIVALu(msglen, 0, low);
-	SIVALu(msglen, 4, high);
-
-	last = ctx->totalN & 0x3F;
-	padn = last < 56 ? 56 - last : 120 - last;
-
-	md5_update(ctx, md5_padding, padn);
-	md5_update(ctx, msglen, 8);
-
-	SIVALu(digest, 0, ctx->A);
-	SIVALu(digest, 4, ctx->B);
-	SIVALu(digest, 8, ctx->C);
-	SIVALu(digest, 12, ctx->D);
-}
-
-void get_md5(uchar *out, const uchar *input, int n)
-{
-	md_context ctx;
-	md5_begin(&ctx);
-	md5_update(&ctx, input, n);
-	md5_result(&ctx, out);
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST_MD5
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/*
- * those are the standard RFC 1321 test vectors
- */
-
-static struct {
-    char *str, *md5;
-} tests[] = {
- { "",
-   "d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e" },
- { "a",
-   "0cc175b9c0f1b6a831c399e269772661" },
- { "abc",
-   "900150983cd24fb0d6963f7d28e17f72" },
- { "message digest",
-   "f96b697d7cb7938d525a2f31aaf161d0" },
- { "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz",
-   "c3fcd3d76192e4007dfb496cca67e13b" },
- { "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789",
-   "d174ab98d277d9f5a5611c2c9f419d9f" },
- { "12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890",
-   "57edf4a22be3c955ac49da2e2107b67a" },
- { NULL, NULL }
-};
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	FILE *f;
-	int i, j;
-	char output[33];
-	md_context ctx;
-	uchar buf[1000];
-	uchar md5sum[MD5_DIGEST_LEN];
-
-	if (argc < 2) {
-		printf("\nMD5 Validation Tests:\n\n");
-
-		for (i = 0; tests[i].str; i++) {
-			char *str = tests[i].str;
-			char *chk = tests[i].md5;
-
-			printf("  Test %d ", i + 1);
-
-			get_md5(md5sum, str, strlen(str));
-
-			for (j = 0; j < MD5_DIGEST_LEN; j++)
-				sprintf(output + j * 2, "%02x", md5sum[j]);
-
-			if (memcmp(output, chk, 32)) {
-				printf("failed!\n");
-				return 1;
-			}
-
-			printf("passed.\n");
-		}
-
-		printf("\n");
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	while (--argc) {
-		if (!(f = fopen(*++argv, "rb"))) {
-			perror("fopen");
-			return 1;
-		}
-
-		md5_begin(&ctx);
-
-		while ((i = fread(buf, 1, sizeof buf, f)) > 0)
-			md5_update(&ctx, buf, i);
-
-		md5_result(&ctx, md5sum);
-
-		for (j = 0; j < MD5_DIGEST_LEN; j++)
-			printf("%02x", md5sum[j]);
-
-		printf("  %s\n", *argv);
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#endif

lib/mdfour.c

@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
 /* 
- * Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
- * Version 1.9.
- * An implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Wayne Davison
- * 
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- * 
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- * 
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+   Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
+   Version 1.9.
+   a implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1997-1998.
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 /* NOTE: This code makes no attempt to be fast! 
- *
- * It assumes that a int is at least 32 bits long. */
 
-static md_context *m;
+   It assumes that a int is at least 32 bits long
+*/
+
+static struct mdfour *m;
 
 #define MASK32 (0xffffffff)
 
@@ -48,31 +48,32 @@ static void mdfour64(uint32 *M)
 	A = m->A; B = m->B; C = m->C; D = m->D; 
 	AA = A; BB = B; CC = C; DD = D;
 
-	ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  1,  7);  
+        ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  1,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B,  2, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A,  3, 19);
-	ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  4,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  5,  7);  
+        ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  4,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  5,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B,  6, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A,  7, 19);
-	ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  8,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  9,  7);  
+        ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  8,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  9,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B, 10, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A, 11, 19);
-	ROUND1(A,B,C,D, 12,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C, 13,  7);  
+        ROUND1(A,B,C,D, 12,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C, 13,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B, 14, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A, 15, 19);	
 
-	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  4,  5);  
+
+        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  4,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B,  8,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 12, 13);
-	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  5,  5);  
+        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  5,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B,  9,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 13, 13);
-	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  6,  5);  
+        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  6,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B, 10,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 14, 13);
-	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  7,  5);  
+        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  7,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B, 11,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 15, 13);
 
 	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C,  8,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  4, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 12, 15);
-	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 10,  9);  
+        ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 10,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  6, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 14, 15);
-	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C,  9,  9);  
+        ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C,  9,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  5, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 13, 15);
-	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 11,  9);  
+        ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 11,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  7, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 15, 15);
 
 	A += AA; B += BB; 
@@ -84,17 +85,16 @@ static void mdfour64(uint32 *M)
 	m->A = A; m->B = B; m->C = C; m->D = D;
 }
 
-static void copy64(uint32 *M, const uchar *in)
+static void copy64(uint32 *M, unsigned char *in)
 {
 	int i;
 
-	for (i = 0; i < MD4_DIGEST_LEN; i++) {
-		M[i] = (in[i*4+3] << 24) | (in[i*4+2] << 16)
-		     | (in[i*4+1] << 8)  | (in[i*4+0] << 0);
-	}
+	for (i=0;i<16;i++)
+		M[i] = (in[i*4+3]<<24) | (in[i*4+2]<<16) |
+			(in[i*4+1]<<8) | (in[i*4+0]<<0);
 }
 
-static void copy4(uchar *out,uint32 x)
+static void copy4(unsigned char *out,uint32 x)
 {
 	out[0] = x&0xFF;
 	out[1] = (x>>8)&0xFF;
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ static void copy4(uchar *out,uint32 x)
 	out[3] = (x>>24)&0xFF;
 }
 
-void mdfour_begin(md_context *md)
+void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md)
 {
 	md->A = 0x67452301;
 	md->B = 0xefcdab89;
@@ -112,26 +112,27 @@ void mdfour_begin(md_context *md)
 	md->totalN2 = 0;
 }
 
-static void mdfour_tail(const uchar *in, uint32 length)
+
+static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
 {
-	uchar buf[128];
+	unsigned char buf[128];
 	uint32 M[16];
 	extern int protocol_version;
 
 	/*
 	 * Count total number of bits, modulo 2^64
 	 */
-	m->totalN += length << 3;
-	if (m->totalN < (length << 3))
+	m->totalN += n << 3;
+	if (m->totalN < (n << 3)) {
 		m->totalN2++;
-	m->totalN2 += length >> 29;
+	}
+	m->totalN2 += n >> 29;
 
 	memset(buf, 0, 128);
-	if (length)
-		memcpy(buf, in, length);
-	buf[length] = 0x80;
+	if (n) memcpy(buf, in, n);
+	buf[n] = 0x80;
 
-	if (length <= 55) {
+	if (n <= 55) {
 		copy4(buf+56, m->totalN);
 		/*
 		 * Prior to protocol version 27 only the number of bits
@@ -139,8 +140,9 @@ static void mdfour_tail(const uchar *in, uint32 length)
 		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
 		 * protocol version 27.
 		 */
-		if (protocol_version >= 27)
+		if (protocol_version >= 27) {
 			copy4(buf+60, m->totalN2);
+		}
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 	} else {
@@ -151,8 +153,9 @@ static void mdfour_tail(const uchar *in, uint32 length)
 		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
 		 * protocol version 27.
 		 */
-		if (protocol_version >= 27)
+		if (protocol_version >= 27) {
 			copy4(buf+124, m->totalN2); 
+		}
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		copy64(M, buf+64);
@@ -160,45 +163,46 @@ static void mdfour_tail(const uchar *in, uint32 length)
 	}
 }
 
-void mdfour_update(md_context *md, const uchar *in, uint32 length)
+void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
 {
 	uint32 M[16];
 
 	m = md;
 
-	if (length == 0)
-		mdfour_tail(in, length);
+	if (n == 0) mdfour_tail(in, n);
 
-	while (length >= 64) {
+	while (n >= 64) {
 		copy64(M, in);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		in += 64;
-		length -= 64;
+		n -= 64;
 		m->totalN += 64 << 3;
-		if (m->totalN < 64 << 3)
+		if (m->totalN < 64 << 3) {
 			m->totalN2++;
+		}
 	}
 
-	if (length)
-		mdfour_tail(in, length);
+	if (n) mdfour_tail(in, n);
 }
 
-void mdfour_result(md_context *md, uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN])
+
+void mdfour_result(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *out)
 {
 	m = md;
 
-	copy4(digest, m->A);
-	copy4(digest+4, m->B);
-	copy4(digest+8, m->C);
-	copy4(digest+12, m->D);
+	copy4(out, m->A);
+	copy4(out+4, m->B);
+	copy4(out+8, m->C);
+	copy4(out+12, m->D);
 }
 
-void mdfour(uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN], uchar *in, int length)
+
+void mdfour(unsigned char *out, unsigned char *in, int n)
 {
-	md_context md;
+	struct mdfour md;
 	mdfour_begin(&md);
-	mdfour_update(&md, in, length);
-	mdfour_result(&md, digest);
+	mdfour_update(&md, in, n);
+	mdfour_result(&md, out);
 }
 
 #ifdef TEST_MDFOUR
@@ -207,8 +211,8 @@ int protocol_version = 28;
 static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 {
 	int fd, i, was_multiple_of_64 = 1;
-	md_context md;
-	uchar buf[64*1024], sum[MD4_DIGEST_LEN];
+	struct mdfour md;
+	unsigned char buf[64*1024], sum[16];
 	
 	fd = open(fname,O_RDONLY);
 	if (fd == -1) {
@@ -219,7 +223,7 @@ static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 	mdfour_begin(&md);
 
 	while (1) {
-		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof buf);
+		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
 		if (n <= 0)
 			break;
 		was_multiple_of_64 = !(n % 64);
@@ -232,15 +236,54 @@ static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 
 	mdfour_result(&md, sum);
 
-	for (i = 0; i < MD4_DIGEST_LEN; i++)
+	for (i=0;i<16;i++)
 		printf("%02X", sum[i]);
 	printf("\n");
 }
 
+#if 0
+#include "../md4.h"
+
+static void file_checksum2(char *fname)
+{
+	int fd, i;
+	MDstruct md;
+	unsigned char buf[64], sum[16];
+
+	fd = open(fname,O_RDONLY);
+	if (fd == -1) {
+		perror("fname");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	
+	MDbegin(&md);
+
+	while (1) {
+		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
+		if (n <= 0) break;
+		MDupdate(&md, buf, n*8);
+	}
+
+	if (!md.done) {
+		MDupdate(&md, buf, 0);
+	}
+
+	close(fd);
+
+	memcpy(sum, md.buffer, 16);
+
+	for (i=0;i<16;i++)
+		printf("%02X", sum[i]);
+	printf("\n");
+}
+#endif
+
  int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
-	while (--argc)
-		file_checksum1(*++argv);
+	file_checksum1(argv[1]);
+#if 0
+	file_checksum2(argv[1]);
+#endif
 	return 0;
 }
 #endif

lib/mdfour.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* 
+   Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
+   Version 1.9.
+   a implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1997-1998.
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+struct mdfour {
+	uint32 A, B, C, D;
+	uint32 totalN;          /* bit count, lower 32 bits */
+	uint32 totalN2;         /* bit count, upper 32 bits */
+};
+
+void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md);
+void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, uint32 n);
+void mdfour_result(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *out);
+void mdfour(unsigned char *out, unsigned char *in, int n);
+
+
+
+

lib/mdigest.h

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-/* The include file for both the MD4 and MD5 routines. */
-
-#define MD4_DIGEST_LEN 16
-#define MD5_DIGEST_LEN 16
-#define MAX_DIGEST_LEN MD5_DIGEST_LEN
-
-#define CSUM_CHUNK 64
-
-typedef struct {
-	uint32 A, B, C, D;
-	uint32 totalN;          /* bit count, lower 32 bits */
-	uint32 totalN2;         /* bit count, upper 32 bits */
-	uchar buffer[CSUM_CHUNK];
-} md_context;
-
-void mdfour_begin(md_context *md);
-void mdfour_update(md_context *md, const uchar *in, uint32 length);
-void mdfour_result(md_context *md, uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN]);
-
-void get_mdfour(uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN], const uchar *in, int length);
-
-void md5_begin(md_context *ctx);
-void md5_update(md_context *ctx, const uchar *input, uint32 length);
-void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN]);
-
-void get_md5(uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN], const uchar *input, int n);

lib/permstring.c

@@ -1,39 +1,41 @@
-/*
- * A single utility routine.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2001 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+/* 
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+   Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-/* Produce a string representation of Unix mode bits like that used by ls(1).
- * The "buf" buffer must be at least 11 characters. */
-void permstring(char *perms, mode_t mode)
+/**
+ * Produce a string representation of Unix mode bits like that used by
+ * ls(1).
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer of at least 11 characters
+ **/
+void permstring(char *perms,
+		int mode)
 {
 	static const char *perm_map = "rwxrwxrwx";
 	int i;
 
-	strlcpy(perms, "----------", 11);
-
-	for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) {
-		if (mode & (1 << i))
-			perms[9-i] = perm_map[8-i];
+	strcpy(perms, "----------");
+	
+	for (i=0;i<9;i++) {
+		if (mode & (1<<i)) perms[9-i] = perm_map[8-i];
 	}
 
 	/* Handle setuid/sticky bits.  You might think the indices are
@@ -44,22 +46,18 @@ void permstring(char *perms, mode_t mode)
 
 	if (mode & S_ISGID)
 		perms[6] = (mode & S_IXGRP) ? 's' : 'S';
-
+	
 #ifdef S_ISVTX
 	if (mode & S_ISVTX)
 		perms[9] = (mode & S_IXOTH) ? 't' : 'T';
 #endif
-
-	if (S_ISDIR(mode))
-		perms[0] = 'd';
-	else if (S_ISLNK(mode))
-		perms[0] = 'l';
-	else if (S_ISBLK(mode))
-		perms[0] = 'b';
-	else if (S_ISCHR(mode))
-		perms[0] = 'c';
-	else if (S_ISSOCK(mode))
-		perms[0] = 's';
-	else if (S_ISFIFO(mode))
-		perms[0] = 'p';
+		
+	if (S_ISLNK(mode)) perms[0] = 'l';
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode)) perms[0] = 'd';
+	if (S_ISBLK(mode)) perms[0] = 'b';
+	if (S_ISCHR(mode)) perms[0] = 'c';
+	if (S_ISSOCK(mode)) perms[0] = 's';
+	if (S_ISFIFO(mode)) perms[0] = 'p';
 }
+
+	

lib/permstring.h

@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 #define PERMSTRING_SIZE 11
 
-void permstring(char *perms, mode_t mode);
+void permstring(char *perms, int mode);

lib/pool_alloc.3

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ See \fB\\$1\fP in \fB\\$2\fP for details.
 ..
 .TH POOL_ALLOC 3
 .SH NAME
-pool_alloc, pool_free, pool_free_old, pool_talloc, pool_tfree, pool_create, pool_destroy, pool_boundary
+pool_alloc, pool_free, pool_talloc, pool_tfree, pool_create, pool_destroy
 \- Allocate and free memory in managed allocation pools.
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B #include "pool_alloc.h"
@@ -39,45 +39,42 @@ pool_alloc, pool_free, pool_free_old, pool_talloc, pool_tfree, pool_create, pool
 
 \fBvoid *pool_alloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, size_t \fIsize\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
 
-\fBvoid pool_free(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, size_t \fIsize\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
-
-\fBvoid pool_free_old(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+\fBvoid pool_free(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, sise_t \fIsize\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
 
 \fBvoid *pool_talloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB), int \fIcount\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
 
 \fBvoid pool_tfree(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB, int \fIcount\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
-
-\fBvoid pool_boundary(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, sise_t \fIsize\fB);
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .P
 The pool allocation routines use
 .B malloc()
 for underlying memory management.
-What allocation pools do is cause memory within a given pool
-to be allocated in large contiguous blocks
-(called extents) that will be reusable when freed.  Unlike
-.BR malloc() ,
+What allocation pools do is cause
+memory within a given pool to be in large contigious blocks
+(called extents) that when freed will be reusable.  Unlike
+.B malloc()
 the allocations are not managed individually.
-Instead, each extent tracks the total free memory within the
+Instead each extent tracks the total free memory within the
 extent.  Each extent can either be used to allocate memory
 or to manage the freeing of memory within that extent.
 When an extent has less free memory than a given
-allocation request, the current extent ceases to be used
-for allocation.  See also the
-.B pool_boundary()
-function.
+allocation request or when the first request to free
+memory within that extent is received the extent ceases to
+be used for allocation.
 .P
 This form of memory management is suited to large numbers of small
 related allocations that are held for a while
 and then freed as a group.
 Because the
-underlying allocations are done in large contiguous extents,
-when an extent is freed, it can release a large enough
-contiguous block of memory to allow the memory to be returned
-to the OS for use by whatever program needs it.
-You can allocate from one or more memory pools and/or
+underlying allocations are done in large contigious extents
+when an extent is freed it releases a large enough
+contigious block of memory to be useful to subsequent
 .B malloc()
-all at the same time without interfering with how pools work.
+and
+.B pool_alloc()
+calls even if allocations from other pools or from
+.B malloc()
+are made between allocations from a given pool.
 .P
 .B pool_create()
 Creates an allocation pool for subsequent calls to the pool
@@ -93,46 +90,22 @@ Specifying
 .B 0
 for
 .I quantum
-will produce a quantum that should meet maximal alignment
+Will produce a quantum that should meet maximal allignment
 on most platforms.
-Unless
-.B POOL_NO_QALIGN
-is set in the
-.IR flags ,
-allocations will be aligned to addresses that are a
+If the
+.B POOL_QALIGN
+.I flag
+is set allocations will be aligned to addresses that are a
 multiple of
 .IR quantum .
-A
-.B NULL
-may be specified for the
-.I bomb
-function pointer if it is not needed.  (See the
-.B pool_alloc()
-function for how it is used.)
-If
+If the
 .B POOL_CLEAR
-is set in the
-.IR flags ,
-all allocations from the pool will be initialized to zeros.
-If either
-.B POOL_PREPEND
-or
-.B POOL_INTERN
-is specified in the
-.IR flags ,
-each extent's data structure will be allocated at the start of the
-.IR size -length
-buffer (rather than as a separate, non-pool allocation), with the
-former extending the
-.I size
-to hold the structure, and the latter subtracting the structure's
-length from the indicated
-.IR size .
+.I flag
+is set all allocations from the pool will be zero filled.
 .P
 .B pool_destroy()
-destroys an allocation
-.I pool
-and frees all its associated memory.
+destroys an allocation pool and frees all memory allocated
+in that pool.
 .P
 .B pool_alloc()
 allocates
@@ -142,97 +115,57 @@ bytes from the specified
 If
 .I size
 is
-.BR 0 ,
+.B 0
 .I quantum
-bytes will be allocated.
-If the pool has been created without
-.BR POOL_NO_QALIGN ,
-every chunk of memory that is returned will be suitably aligned.
-You can use this with the default
-.I quantum
-size to ensure that all memory can store a variable of any type.
-If the requested memory cannot be allocated, the
+bytes will be freed.
+If the requested memory cannot be allocated
+.B pool_alloc()
+will call
 .I bomb()
-function will be called with
+function, if defined, with
 .I msg
-as its sole argument (if the function was defined at the time
-the pool was created), and then a
+as it's sole argument and
 .B NULL
-address is returned (assuming that the bomb function didn't exit).
+will be returned.
 .P
 .B pool_free()
 frees
 .I size
-bytes pointed to by an
+bytes pointed to by
 .I addr
-that was previously allocated in the specified
+previously allocated in the specified
 .IR pool .
+The memory freed within an extent will not be reusable until
+all of the memory in that extent has been freed but 
+depending on the order in which the
+allocations are freed some extents may be released for reuse
+while others are still in use.
 If
 .I size
 is
-.BR 0 ,
+.B 0
 .I quantum
 bytes will be freed.
-The memory freed within an extent will not be reusable until
-all of the memory in that extent has been freed with one
-exception: the most recent pool allocation may be freed back
-into the pool prior to making any further allocations.
-If enough free calls are made to indicate that an extent has no
-remaining allocated objects (as computed by the total freed size for
-an extent), its memory will be completely freed back to the system.
 If
 .I addr
 is
-.BR NULL ,
-no memory will be freed, but subsequent allocations will come
+.B 0
+no memory will be freed but subsequent allocations will come
 from a new extent.
 .P
-.B pool_free_old()
-takes a boundary
-.I addr
-value that was returned by
-.B pool_boundary()
-and frees up any extents in the
-.I pool
-that have data allocated from that point backward in time.
-NOTE: you must NOT mix calls to both
-.B pool_free
-and
-.B pool_free_old
-on the same pool!
-.P
-.B pool_boundary()
-asks for a boundary value that can be sent to 
-.B pool_free_old()
-at a later time to free up all memory allocated prior to a particular
-moment in time.
-If the extent that holds the boundary point has allocations from after the
-boundary point, it will not be freed until a future
-.B pool_free_old()
-call encompasses the entirety of the extent's data.
-If
-.I len
-is non-zero, the call will also check if the active extent has at least
-that much free memory available in it, and if not, it will mark the
-extent as inactive, forcing a new extent to be used for future allocations.
-(You can specify -1 for
-.I len
-if you want to force a new extent to start.)
-.P
 .B pool_talloc()
-is a macro that takes a
+is a macro that take a
 .I type
-and a
+and
 .I count
-instead of a
-.IR size .
-It casts the return value to the correct pointer type.
+instead of
+.I size
+and will cast the return value to the correct type.
 .P
 .B pool_tfree
-is a macro that calls
-.B pool_free
-on memory that was allocated by
-.BR pool_talloc() .
+is a macro to free memory previously allocated in the
+specified
+.IR pool .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 .B pool_create()
 returns a pointer to
@@ -243,6 +176,9 @@ and
 .B pool_talloc()
 return pointers to the allocated memory,
 or NULL if the request fails.
+For each extent so long as no allocations are smaller than varaible
+allignment requirements this pointer will be suitably
+alligned for any kind of variable.
 The return type of
 .B pool_alloc()
 will normally require casting to the desired type but
@@ -250,12 +186,7 @@ will normally require casting to the desired type but
 will returns a pointer of the requested
 .IR type .
 .P
-.B pool_boundary()
-returns a pointer that should only be used in a call to
-.BR pool_free_old() .
-.P
 .BR pool_free() ,
-.BR pool_free_old() ,
 .B pool_tfree()
 and
 .B pool_destroy()

lib/pool_alloc.c

@@ -2,20 +2,21 @@
 
 #define POOL_DEF_EXTENT	(32 * 1024)
 
-#define POOL_QALIGN_P2		(1<<16)		/* power-of-2 qalign	*/
-
 struct alloc_pool
 {
 	size_t			size;		/* extent size		*/
 	size_t			quantum;	/* allocation quantum	*/
-	struct pool_extent	*extents;	/* top extent is "live" */
-	void			(*bomb)();	/* function to call if
+	struct pool_extent	*live;		/* current extent for
+						 * allocations		*/
+	struct pool_extent	*free;		/* unfreed extent list	*/
+	void			(*bomb)();
+						/* function to call if
 						 * malloc fails		*/
 	int			flags;
 
 	/* statistical data */
 	unsigned long		e_created;	/* extents created	*/
-	unsigned long		e_freed;	/* extents destroyed	*/
+	unsigned long		e_freed;	/* extents detroyed	*/
 	int64			n_allocated;	/* calls to alloc	*/
 	int64			n_freed;	/* calls to free	*/
 	int64			b_allocated;	/* cum. bytes allocated	*/
@@ -24,18 +25,16 @@ struct alloc_pool
 
 struct pool_extent
 {
-	struct pool_extent	*next;
 	void			*start;		/* starting address	*/
 	size_t			free;		/* free bytecount	*/
-	size_t			bound;		/* trapped free bytes	*/
+	size_t			bound;		/* bytes bound by padding,
+						 * overhead and freed	*/
+	struct pool_extent	*next;
 };
 
 struct align_test {
-	uchar foo;
-	union {
-	    int64 i;
-	    void *p;
-	} bar;
+    void *foo;
+    int64 bar;
 };
 
 #define MINALIGN	offsetof(struct align_test, bar)
@@ -45,44 +44,24 @@ struct align_test {
 #define PTR_ADD(b,o)	( (void*) ((char*)(b) + (o)) )
 
 alloc_pool_t
-pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(const char *), int flags)
+pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum,
+    void (*bomb)(char *), int flags)
 {
-	struct alloc_pool *pool;
+	struct alloc_pool	*pool;
 
-	if (!(pool = new0(struct alloc_pool)))
-		return NULL;
+	if (!(pool = (struct alloc_pool*) malloc(sizeof (struct alloc_pool))))
+		return pool;
+	memset(pool, 0, sizeof (struct alloc_pool));
 
-	if ((MINALIGN & (MINALIGN - 1)) != 0) {
-		if (bomb)
-			(*bomb)("Compiler error: MINALIGN is not a power of 2\n");
-		return NULL;
+	pool->size = size	/* round extent size to min alignment reqs */
+	    ? (size + MINALIGN - 1) & ~(MINALIGN - 1)
+	    : POOL_DEF_EXTENT;
+	if (pool->flags & POOL_INTERN)
+	{
+		pool->size -= sizeof (struct pool_extent);
+		flags |= POOL_APPEND;
 	}
-
-	if (!size)
-		size = POOL_DEF_EXTENT;
-	if (!quantum)
-		quantum = MINALIGN;
-
-	if (flags & POOL_INTERN) {
-		if (size <= sizeof (struct pool_extent))
-			size = quantum;
-		else
-			size -= sizeof (struct pool_extent);
-		flags |= POOL_PREPEND;
-	}
-
-	if (quantum <= 1)
-		flags = (flags | POOL_NO_QALIGN) & ~POOL_QALIGN_P2;
-	else if (!(flags & POOL_NO_QALIGN)) {
-		if (size % quantum)
-			size += quantum - size % quantum;
-		/* If quantum is a power of 2, we'll avoid using modulus. */
-		if (!(quantum & (quantum - 1)))
-			flags |= POOL_QALIGN_P2;
-	}
-
-	pool->size = size;
-	pool->quantum = quantum;
+	pool->quantum = quantum ? quantum : MINALIGN;
 	pool->bomb = bomb;
 	pool->flags = flags;
 
@@ -93,26 +72,30 @@ void
 pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t p)
 {
 	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
-	struct pool_extent *cur, *next;
+	struct pool_extent	*cur, *next;
 
 	if (!pool)
 		return;
 
-	for (cur = pool->extents; cur; cur = next) {
-		next = cur->next;
-		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
-			free(PTR_ADD(cur->start, -sizeof (struct pool_extent)));
-		else {
-			free(cur->start);
+	if (pool->live)
+	{
+		cur = pool->live;
+		free(cur->start);
+		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+			free(cur);
+	}
+	for (cur = pool->free; cur; cur = next)
+	{
+		next = cur->next;
+		free(cur->start);
+		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
 			free(cur);
-		}
 	}
-
 	free(pool);
 }
 
 void *
-pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, const char *bomb_msg)
+pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, char *bomb)
 {
 	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
 	if (!pool)
@@ -120,42 +103,57 @@ pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, const char *bomb_msg)
 
 	if (!len)
 		len = pool->quantum;
-	else if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN_P2) {
-		if (len & (pool->quantum - 1))
-			len += pool->quantum - (len & (pool->quantum - 1));
-	} else if (!(pool->flags & POOL_NO_QALIGN)) {
-		if (len % pool->quantum)
-			len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
-	}
+	else if (pool->quantum > 1 && len % pool->quantum)
+		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
 
 	if (len > pool->size)
-		goto bomb_out;
+		goto bomb;
 
-	if (!pool->extents || len > pool->extents->free) {
-		void *start;
-		size_t asize;
-		struct pool_extent *ext;
+	if (!pool->live || len > pool->live->free)
+	{
+		void	*start;
+		size_t	free;
+		size_t	bound;
+		size_t	sqew;
+		size_t	asize;
+
+		if (pool->live)
+		{
+			pool->live->next = pool->free;
+			pool->free = pool->live;
+		}
+
+		free = pool->size;
+		bound = 0;
 
 		asize = pool->size;
-		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
 			asize += sizeof (struct pool_extent);
 
-		if (!(start = new_array(char, asize)))
-			goto bomb_out;
+		if (!(start = (void *) malloc(asize)))
+			goto bomb;
 
 		if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
-			memset(start, 0, asize);
+			memset(start, 0, pool->size);
 
-		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND) {
-			ext = start;
-			start = PTR_ADD(start, sizeof (struct pool_extent));
-		} else if (!(ext = new(struct pool_extent)))
-			goto bomb_out;
-		ext->start = start;
-		ext->free = pool->size;
-		ext->bound = 0;
-		ext->next = pool->extents;
-		pool->extents = ext;
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
+		{
+			pool->live = PTR_ADD(start, free);
+		}
+		else if (!(pool->live = (struct pool_extent *) malloc(sizeof (struct pool_extent))))
+		{
+			goto bomb;
+		}
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
+		    && (sqew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(start, free) % pool->quantum))
+		{
+			bound  += sqew;
+			free -= sqew;
+		}
+		pool->live->start = start;
+		pool->live->free = free;
+		pool->live->bound = bound;
+		pool->live->next = NULL;
 
 		pool->e_created++;
 	}
@@ -163,108 +161,71 @@ pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, const char *bomb_msg)
 	pool->n_allocated++;
 	pool->b_allocated += len;
 
-	pool->extents->free -= len;
+	pool->live->free -= len;
 
-	return PTR_ADD(pool->extents->start, pool->extents->free);
+	return PTR_ADD(pool->live->start, pool->live->free);
 
-  bomb_out:
+bomb:
 	if (pool->bomb)
-		(*pool->bomb)(bomb_msg);
+		(*pool->bomb)(bomb);
 	return NULL;
 }
 
-/* This function allows you to declare memory in the pool that you are done
- * using.  If you free all the memory in a pool's extent, that extent will
- * be freed. */
 void
 pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
 {
-	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *)p;
-	struct pool_extent *cur, *prev;
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	struct pool_extent	*cur;
+	struct pool_extent	*prev;
 
 	if (!pool)
 		return;
 
-	if (!addr) {
-		/* A NULL addr starts a fresh extent for new allocations. */
-		if ((cur = pool->extents) != NULL && cur->free != pool->size) {
-			cur->bound += cur->free;
-			cur->free = 0;
-		}
-		return;
-	}
-
 	if (!len)
 		len = pool->quantum;
-	else if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN_P2) {
-		if (len & (pool->quantum - 1))
-			len += pool->quantum - (len & (pool->quantum - 1));
-	} else if (!(pool->flags & POOL_NO_QALIGN)) {
-		if (len % pool->quantum)
-			len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
-	}
+	else if (pool->quantum > 1 && len % pool->quantum)
+		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
 
+	if (!addr && pool->live)
+	{
+		pool->live->next = pool->free;
+		pool->free = pool->live;
+		pool->live = NULL;
+		return;
+	}
 	pool->n_freed++;
 	pool->b_freed += len;
 
-	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->extents; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next) {
-		if (addr >= cur->start
-		    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
-			break;
-	}
-	if (!cur)
-		return;
-
-	if (!prev) {
-		/* The "live" extent is kept ready for more allocations. */
-		if (cur->free + cur->bound + len >= pool->size) {
-			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR) {
-				memset(PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free), 0,
-				       pool->size - cur->free);
-			}
-			cur->free = pool->size;
-			cur->bound = 0;
-		} else if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free)) {
+	cur = pool->live;
+	if (cur
+	    && addr >= cur->start
+	    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
+	{
+		if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free))
+		{
 			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
 				memset(addr, 0, len);
-			cur->free += len;
-		} else
+			pool->b_freed += len;
+		} else {
 			cur->bound += len;
-	} else {
-		cur->bound += len;
-
-		if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size) {
-			prev->next = cur->next;
-			if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
-				free(PTR_ADD(cur->start, -sizeof (struct pool_extent)));
-			else {
-				free(cur->start);
-				free(cur);
-			}
-			pool->e_freed++;
-		} else if (prev != pool->extents) {
-			/* Move the extent to be the first non-live extent. */
-			prev->next = cur->next;
-			cur->next = pool->extents->next;
-			pool->extents->next = cur;
 		}
-	}
-}
+		if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size)
+		{
+			size_t sqew;
 
-/* This allows you to declare that the given address marks the edge of some
- * pool memory that is no longer needed.  Any extents that hold only data
- * older than the boundary address are freed.  NOTE: You MUST NOT USE BOTH
- * pool_free() and pool_free_old() on the same pool!! */
-void
-pool_free_old(alloc_pool_t p, void *addr)
-{
-	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *)p;
-	struct pool_extent *cur, *prev, *next;
-
-	if (!pool || !addr)
+			cur->free = pool->size;
+			cur->bound = 0;
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
+			    && (sqew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free) % pool->quantum))
+			{
+				cur->bound += sqew;
+				cur->free -= sqew;
+			}
+		}
 		return;
-
-	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->extents; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next) {
+	}
+	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->free; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next)
+	{
 		if (addr >= cur->start
 		    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
 			break;
@@ -272,84 +233,45 @@ pool_free_old(alloc_pool_t p, void *addr)
 	if (!cur)
 		return;
 
-	if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free)) {
-		if (prev) {
-			prev->next = NULL;
-			next = cur;
-		} else {
-			/* The most recent live extent can just be reset. */
-			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
-				memset(addr, 0, pool->size - cur->free);
-			cur->free = pool->size;
-			cur->bound = 0;
-			next = cur->next;
-			cur->next = NULL;
-		}
-	} else {
-		next = cur->next;
-		cur->next = NULL;
+	if (prev)
+	{
+		prev->next = cur->next;
+		cur->next = pool->free;
+		pool->free = cur;
 	}
+	cur->bound += len;
 
-	while ((cur = next) != NULL) {
-		next = cur->next;
-		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
-			free(PTR_ADD(cur->start, -sizeof (struct pool_extent)));
-		else {
-			free(cur->start);
+	if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size)
+	{
+		pool->free = cur->next;
+
+		free(cur->start);
+		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
 			free(cur);
-		}
 		pool->e_freed++;
 	}
-}
-
-/* If the current extent doesn't have "len" free space in it, mark it as full
- * so that the next alloc will start a new extent.  If len is (size_t)-1, this
- * bump will always occur.  The function returns a boundary address that can
- * be used with pool_free_old(), or a NULL if no memory is allocated. */
-void *
-pool_boundary(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len)
-{
-	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *)p;
-	struct pool_extent *cur;
-
-	if (!pool || !pool->extents)
-		return NULL;
-
-	cur = pool->extents;
-
-	if (cur->free < len) {
-		cur->bound += cur->free;
-		cur->free = 0;
-	}
-
-	return PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free);
+	return;
 }
 
 #define FDPRINT(label, value) \
-	do { \
-		int len = snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, label, value); \
-		if (write(fd, buf, len) != len) \
-			ret = -1; \
-	} while (0)
+	snprintf(buf, BUFSIZ, label, value), \
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
 
 #define FDEXTSTAT(ext) \
-	do { \
-		int len = snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
-				   (long)ext->free, (long)ext->bound); \
-		if (write(fd, buf, len) != len) \
-			ret = -1; \
-	} while (0)
+	snprintf(buf, BUFSIZ, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
+		(long) ext->free, \
+		(long) ext->bound), \
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
 
-int
+void
 pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
 {
 	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
-	struct pool_extent *cur;
+	struct pool_extent	*cur;
 	char buf[BUFSIZ];
-	int ret = 0;
 
 	if (!pool)
-		return ret;
+		return;
 
 	FDPRINT("  Extent size:       %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->size);
 	FDPRINT("  Alloc quantum:     %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->quantum);
@@ -357,20 +279,26 @@ pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
 	FDPRINT("  Extents freed:     %12ld\n",		pool->e_freed);
 	FDPRINT("  Alloc count:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_allocated);
 	FDPRINT("  Free Count:        %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_freed);
-	FDPRINT("  Bytes allocated:   %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_allocated);
-	FDPRINT("  Bytes freed:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_freed);
+	FDPRINT("  Alloc bytes:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_allocated);
+	FDPRINT("  Free bytes:        %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_freed);
 
 	if (summarize)
-		return ret;
+		return;
 
-	if (!pool->extents)
-		return ret;
+	if (!pool->live && !pool->free)
+		return;
 
-	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1)
-		ret = -1;
+	write(fd, "\n", 1);
 
-	for (cur = pool->extents; cur; cur = cur->next)
+	if (pool->live)
+	{
+		FDEXTSTAT(pool->live);
+	}
+	strcpy(buf, "   FREE    BOUND\n");
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+
+	for (cur = pool->free; cur; cur = cur->next)
+	{
 		FDEXTSTAT(cur);
-
-	return ret;
+	}
 }

lib/pool_alloc.h

@@ -1,21 +1,20 @@
 #include <stddef.h>
 
 #define POOL_CLEAR	(1<<0)		/* zero fill allocations	*/
-#define POOL_NO_QALIGN	(1<<1)		/* don't align data to quanta	*/
+#define POOL_QALIGN	(1<<1)		/* align data to quanta		*/
 #define POOL_INTERN	(1<<2)		/* Allocate extent structures	*/
-#define POOL_PREPEND	(1<<3)		/*   or prepend to extent data	*/
+#define POOL_APPEND	(1<<3)		/*   or appended to extent data	*/
 
 typedef void *alloc_pool_t;
 
-alloc_pool_t pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(const char *), int flags);
+alloc_pool_t pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(char *), int flags);
 void pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t pool);
-void *pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, const char *bomb_msg);
+void *pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, char *bomb);
 void pool_free(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, void *addr);
-void pool_free_old(alloc_pool_t pool, void *addr);
-void *pool_boundary(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size);
 
-#define pool_talloc(pool, type, count, bomb_msg) \
-	((type *)pool_alloc(pool, sizeof(type) * count, bomb_msg))
+#define pool_talloc(pool, type, count, bomb) \
+	((type *)pool_alloc(pool, sizeof(type) * count, bomb))
 
 #define pool_tfree(pool, type, count, addr) \
 	(pool_free(pool, sizeof(type) * count, addr))
+

lib/sysacls.h

@@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
- * Version 2.2.x
- * Portable SMB ACL interface
- * Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000
- * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
-#include <sys/acl.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
-#include <acl/libacl.h>
-#endif
-
-#define SMB_MALLOC(cnt) new_array(char, cnt)
-#define SMB_MALLOC_P(obj) new_array(obj, 1)
-#define SMB_MALLOC_ARRAY(obj, cnt) new_array(obj, cnt)
-#define SMB_REALLOC(mem, cnt) realloc_array(mem, char, cnt)
-#define slprintf snprintf
-
-#if defined HAVE_POSIX_ACLS /*-----------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* This is an identity mapping (just remove the SMB_). */
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
-
-/* Types of ACLs. */
-#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACL_USER
-#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	ACL_USER_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACL_GROUP
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	ACL_GROUP_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		ACL_OTHER
-#define SMB_ACL_MASK		ACL_MASK
-
-#define SMB_ACL_T		acl_t
-
-#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
-
-#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	ACL_FIRST_ENTRY
-#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	ACL_NEXT_ENTRY
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
-
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-
-#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
-
-#elif defined HAVE_TRU64_ACLS /*---------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* This is for DEC/Compaq Tru64 UNIX */
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
-
-/* Types of ACLs. */
-#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACL_USER
-#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	ACL_USER_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACL_GROUP
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	ACL_GROUP_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		ACL_OTHER
-#define SMB_ACL_MASK		ACL_MASK
-
-#define SMB_ACL_T		acl_t
-
-#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
-
-#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
-#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
-
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-
-#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
-
-#elif defined HAVE_UNIXWARE_ACLS || defined HAVE_SOLARIS_ACLS /*-------------*/
-
-/* Donated by Michael Davidson <md@sco.COM> for UnixWare / OpenUNIX.
- * Modified by Toomas Soome <tsoome@ut.ee> for Solaris.  */
-
-/* SVR4.2 ES/MP ACLs */
-typedef int SMB_ACL_TAG_T;
-typedef int SMB_ACL_TYPE_T;
-
-/* Types of ACLs. */
-#define SMB_ACL_USER		USER
-#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	USER_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		GROUP
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	GROUP_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		OTHER_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_MASK		CLASS_OBJ
-
-typedef struct SMB_ACL_T {
-	int size;
-	int count;
-	int next;
-	struct acl acl[1];
-} *SMB_ACL_T;
-
-typedef struct acl *SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T;
-
-#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
-#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	0
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	1
-
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-
-#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-#define SMB_ACL_LOSES_SPECIAL_MODE_BITS
-#endif
-
-#elif defined HAVE_HPUX_ACLS /*----------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Based on the Solaris & UnixWare code. */
-
-#undef GROUP
-#include <sys/aclv.h>
-
-/* SVR4.2 ES/MP ACLs */
-typedef int SMB_ACL_TAG_T;
-typedef int SMB_ACL_TYPE_T;
-
-/* Types of ACLs. */
-#define SMB_ACL_USER		USER
-#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	USER_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		GROUP
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	GROUP_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		OTHER_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_MASK		CLASS_OBJ
-
-typedef struct SMB_ACL_T {
-	int size;
-	int count;
-	int next;
-	struct acl acl[1];
-} *SMB_ACL_T;
-
-typedef struct acl *SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T;
-
-#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
-#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	0
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	1
-
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-
-#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
-
-#elif defined HAVE_IRIX_ACLS /*----------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* IRIX ACLs */
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
-
-/* Types of ACLs. */
-#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACL_USER
-#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	ACL_USER_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACL_GROUP
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	ACL_GROUP_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		ACL_OTHER_OBJ
-#define SMB_ACL_MASK		ACL_MASK
-
-typedef struct SMB_ACL_T {
-	int next;
-	BOOL freeaclp;
-	struct acl *aclp;
-} *SMB_ACL_T;
-
-#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
-
-#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
-#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
-
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-
-#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
-
-#elif defined HAVE_AIX_ACLS /*-----------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Donated by Medha Date, mdate@austin.ibm.com, for IBM */
-
-#include "/usr/include/acl.h"
-
-struct acl_entry_link{
-	struct acl_entry_link *prevp;
-	struct new_acl_entry *entryp;
-	struct acl_entry_link *nextp;
-	int count;
-};
-
-struct new_acl_entry{
-	unsigned short ace_len;
-	unsigned short ace_type;
-	unsigned int ace_access;
-	struct ace_id ace_id[1];
-};
-
-#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		struct new_acl_entry*
-#define SMB_ACL_T		struct acl_entry_link*
- 
-#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		unsigned short
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		int
-
-/* Types of ACLs. */
-#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACEID_USER
-#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	3
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACEID_GROUP
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	4
-#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		5
-#define SMB_ACL_MASK		6
-
-#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	1
-#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	2
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	0
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	1
-
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
-
-#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
-
-#elif defined(HAVE_OSX_ACLS) /*----------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Special handling for OS X ACLs */
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
-
-#define SMB_ACL_T		acl_t
-
-#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
-
-#define SMB_ACL_USER		1
-#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		2
-
-#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	ACL_FIRST_ENTRY
-#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	ACL_NEXT_ENTRY
-
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
-#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
-
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	((1<<25)-1)
-#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	0
-
-/*#undef SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT*/
-
-#else /*---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Unknown platform. */
-
-#error Cannot handle ACLs on this platform!
-
-#endif
-
-int sys_acl_get_entry(SMB_ACL_T the_acl, int entry_id, SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T *entry_p);
-int sys_acl_get_tag_type(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry_d, SMB_ACL_TAG_T *tag_type_p);
-int sys_acl_get_info(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, SMB_ACL_TAG_T *tag_type_p, uint32 *bits_p, id_t *u_g_id_p);
-SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_get_file(const char *path_p, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type);
-SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_get_fd(int fd);
-SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init(int count);
-int sys_acl_create_entry(SMB_ACL_T *pacl, SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T *pentry);
-int sys_acl_set_info(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, SMB_ACL_TAG_T tagtype, uint32 bits, id_t u_g_id);
-int sys_acl_set_access_bits(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, uint32 bits);
-int sys_acl_valid(SMB_ACL_T theacl);
-int sys_acl_set_file(const char *name, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T acltype, SMB_ACL_T theacl);
-int sys_acl_set_fd(int fd, SMB_ACL_T theacl);
-int sys_acl_delete_def_file(const char *name);
-int sys_acl_free_acl(SMB_ACL_T the_acl);
-int no_acl_syscall_error(int err);
-
-#endif /* SUPPORT_ACLS */

lib/sysxattrs.c

@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Extended attribute support for rsync.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2004 Red Hat, Inc.
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
- * Written by Jay Fenlason.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-#include "rsync.h"
-#include "sysxattrs.h"
-
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-
-#ifdef HAVE_OSX_XATTRS
-#define GETXATTR_FETCH_LIMIT (64*1024*1024)
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS
-
-ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	return lgetxattr(path, name, value, size);
-}
-
-ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	return fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size);
-}
-
-int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	return lsetxattr(path, name, value, size, 0);
-}
-
-int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
-{
-	return lremovexattr(path, name);
-}
-
-ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
-{
-	return llistxattr(path, list, size);
-}
-
-#elif HAVE_OSX_XATTRS
-
-ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	ssize_t len = getxattr(path, name, value, size, 0, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
-
-	/* If we're retrieving data, handle resource forks > 64MB specially */
-	if (value != NULL && len == GETXATTR_FETCH_LIMIT && (size_t)len < size) {
-		/* getxattr will only return 64MB of data at a time, need to call again with a new offset */
-		u_int32_t offset = len;
-		size_t data_retrieved = len;
-		while (data_retrieved < size) {
-			len = getxattr(path, name, value + offset, size - data_retrieved, offset, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
-			if (len <= 0)
-				break;
-			data_retrieved += len;
-			offset += (u_int32_t)len;
-		}
-		len = data_retrieved;
-	}
-
-	return len;
-}
-
-ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	return fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size, 0, 0);
-}
-
-int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	return setxattr(path, name, value, size, 0, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
-}
-
-int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
-{
-	return removexattr(path, name, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
-}
-
-ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
-{
-	return listxattr(path, list, size, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
-}
-
-#elif HAVE_FREEBSD_XATTRS
-
-ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	return extattr_get_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name, value, size);
-}
-
-ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	return extattr_get_fd(filedes, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name, value, size);
-}
-
-int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	return extattr_set_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name, value, size);
-}
-
-int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
-{
-	return extattr_delete_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name);
-}
-
-ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
-{
-	unsigned char keylen;
-	ssize_t off, len = extattr_list_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, list, size);
-
-	if (len <= 0 || (size_t)len > size)
-		return len;
-
-	/* FreeBSD puts a single-byte length before each string, with no '\0'
-	 * terminator.  We need to change this into a series of null-terminted
-	 * strings.  Since the size is the same, we can simply transform the
-	 * output in place. */
-	for (off = 0; off < len; off += keylen + 1) {
-		keylen = ((unsigned char*)list)[off];
-		if (off + keylen >= len) {
-			/* Should be impossible, but kernel bugs happen! */
-			errno = EINVAL;
-			return -1;
-		}
-		memmove(list+off, list+off+1, keylen);
-		list[off+keylen] = '\0';
-	}
-
-	return len;
-}
-
-#elif HAVE_SOLARIS_XATTRS
-
-static ssize_t read_xattr(int attrfd, void *buf, size_t buflen)
-{
-	STRUCT_STAT sb;
-	ssize_t ret;
-
-	if (fstat(attrfd, &sb) < 0)
-		ret = -1;
-	else if (sb.st_size > SSIZE_MAX) {
-		errno = ERANGE;
-		ret = -1;
-	} else if (buflen == 0)
-		ret = sb.st_size;
-	else if (sb.st_size > buflen) {
-		errno = ERANGE;
-		ret = -1;
-	} else {
-		size_t bufpos;
-		for (bufpos = 0; bufpos < sb.st_size; ) {
-			ssize_t cnt = read(attrfd, buf + bufpos, sb.st_size - bufpos);
-			if (cnt <= 0) {
-				if (cnt < 0 && errno == EINTR)
-					continue;
-				bufpos = -1;
-				break;
-			}
-			bufpos += cnt;
-		}
-		ret = bufpos;
-	}
-
-	close(attrfd);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	int attrfd;
-
-	if ((attrfd = attropen(path, name, O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
-		errno = ENOATTR;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return read_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
-}
-
-ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	int attrfd;
-
-	if ((attrfd = openat(filedes, name, O_RDONLY|O_XATTR, 0)) < 0) {
-		errno = ENOATTR;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return read_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
-}
-
-int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
-{
-	int attrfd;
-	size_t bufpos;
-	mode_t mode = S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP;
-
-	if ((attrfd = attropen(path, name, O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_WRONLY, mode)) < 0)
-		return -1;
-
-	for (bufpos = 0; bufpos < size; ) {
-		ssize_t cnt = write(attrfd, value+bufpos, size);
-		if (cnt <= 0) {
-			if (cnt < 0 && errno == EINTR)
-				continue;
-			bufpos = -1;
-			break;
-		}
-		bufpos += cnt;
-	}
-
-	close(attrfd);
-
-	return bufpos > 0 ? 0 : -1;
-}
-
-int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
-{
-	int attrdirfd;
-	int ret;
-
-	if ((attrdirfd = attropen(path, ".", O_RDONLY)) < 0)
-		return -1;
-
-	ret = unlinkat(attrdirfd, name, 0);
-
-	close(attrdirfd);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
-{
-	int attrdirfd;
-	DIR *dirp;
-	struct dirent *dp;
-	ssize_t ret = 0;
-
-	if ((attrdirfd = attropen(path, ".", O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
-		errno = ENOTSUP;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if ((dirp = fdopendir(attrdirfd)) == NULL) {
-		close(attrdirfd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	while ((dp = readdir(dirp))) {
-		int len = strlen(dp->d_name);
-
-		if (dp->d_name[0] == '.' && (len == 1 || (len == 2 && dp->d_name[1] == '.')))
-			continue;
-		if (len == 11 && dp->d_name[0] == 'S' && strncmp(dp->d_name, "SUNWattr_r", 10) == 0
-		 && (dp->d_name[10] == 'o' || dp->d_name[10] == 'w'))
-			continue;
-
-		if ((ret += len+1) > size) {
-			if (size == 0)
-				continue;
-			ret = -1;
-			errno = ERANGE;
-			break;
-		}
-		memcpy(list, dp->d_name, len+1);
-		list += len+1;
-	}
-
-	closedir(dirp);
-	close(attrdirfd);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-#else
-
-#error You need to create xattr compatibility functions.
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SUPPORT_XATTRS */

lib/sysxattrs.h

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-
-#if defined HAVE_ATTR_XATTR_H
-#include <attr/xattr.h>
-#elif defined HAVE_SYS_XATTR_H
-#include <sys/xattr.h>
-#elif defined HAVE_SYS_EXTATTR_H
-#include <sys/extattr.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Linux 2.4 does not define this as a distinct errno value: */
-#ifndef ENOATTR
-#define ENOATTR ENODATA
-#endif
-
-ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size);
-ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size);
-int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size);
-int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name);
-ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size);
-
-#else
-
-/* No xattrs available */
-
-#endif

lib/wildmatch.c

@@ -57,312 +57,173 @@
 int wildmatch_iteration_count;
 #endif
 
-static int force_lower_case = 0;
-
-/* Match pattern "p" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
- * of "text" and any strings in array "a". */
-static int dowild(const uchar *p, const uchar *text, const uchar*const *a)
+static int domatch(const uchar *p, const uchar *text)
 {
-    uchar p_ch;
+    int matched, special;
+    uchar ch, prev;
 
 #ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
     wildmatch_iteration_count++;
 #endif
 
-    for ( ; (p_ch = *p) != '\0'; text++, p++) {
-	int matched, special;
-	uchar t_ch, prev_ch;
-	while ((t_ch = *text) == '\0') {
-	    if (*a == NULL) {
-		if (p_ch != '*')
-		    return ABORT_ALL;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    text = *a++;
-	}
-	if (force_lower_case && ISUPPER(t_ch))
-	    t_ch = tolower(t_ch);
-	switch (p_ch) {
+    for ( ; (ch = *p) != '\0'; text++, p++) {
+	if (*text == '\0' && ch != '*')
+	    return FALSE;
+	switch (ch) {
 	  case '\\':
 	    /* Literal match with following character.  Note that the test
 	     * in "default" handles the p[1] == '\0' failure case. */
-	    p_ch = *++p;
+	    ch = *++p;
 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
 	  default:
-	    if (t_ch != p_ch)
+	    if (*text != ch)
 		return FALSE;
 	    continue;
 	  case '?':
 	    /* Match anything but '/'. */
-	    if (t_ch == '/')
+	    if (*text == '/')
 		return FALSE;
 	    continue;
 	  case '*':
 	    if (*++p == '*') {
 		while (*++p == '*') {}
 		special = TRUE;
-	    } else
+	    }
+	    else
 		special = FALSE;
 	    if (*p == '\0') {
 		/* Trailing "**" matches everything.  Trailing "*" matches
 		 * only if there are no more slash characters. */
-		if (!special) {
-		    do {
-			if (strchr((char*)text, '/') != NULL)
-			    return FALSE;
-		    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
-		}
-		return TRUE;
+		return special? TRUE : strchr((char*)text, '/') == NULL;
 	    }
-	    while (1) {
-		if (t_ch == '\0') {
-		    if ((text = *a++) == NULL)
-			break;
-		    t_ch = *text;
-		    continue;
-		}
-		if ((matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != FALSE) {
+	    for ( ; *text; text++) {
+		if ((matched = domatch(p, text)) != FALSE) {
 		    if (!special || matched != ABORT_TO_STARSTAR)
 			return matched;
-		} else if (!special && t_ch == '/')
+		}
+		else if (!special && *text == '/')
 		    return ABORT_TO_STARSTAR;
-		t_ch = *++text;
 	    }
 	    return ABORT_ALL;
 	  case '[':
-	    p_ch = *++p;
+	    ch = *++p;
 #ifdef NEGATE_CLASS2
-	    if (p_ch == NEGATE_CLASS2)
-		p_ch = NEGATE_CLASS;
+	    if (ch == NEGATE_CLASS2)
+		ch = NEGATE_CLASS;
 #endif
 	    /* Assign literal TRUE/FALSE because of "matched" comparison. */
-	    special = p_ch == NEGATE_CLASS? TRUE : FALSE;
+	    special = ch == NEGATE_CLASS? TRUE : FALSE;
 	    if (special) {
 		/* Inverted character class. */
-		p_ch = *++p;
+		ch = *++p;
 	    }
-	    prev_ch = 0;
+	    prev = 0;
 	    matched = FALSE;
 	    do {
-		if (!p_ch)
+		if (!ch)
 		    return ABORT_ALL;
-		if (p_ch == '\\') {
-		    p_ch = *++p;
-		    if (!p_ch)
+		if (ch == '\\') {
+		    ch = *++p;
+		    if (!ch)
 			return ABORT_ALL;
-		    if (t_ch == p_ch)
+		    if (*text == ch)
 			matched = TRUE;
-		} else if (p_ch == '-' && prev_ch && p[1] && p[1] != ']') {
-		    p_ch = *++p;
-		    if (p_ch == '\\') {
-			p_ch = *++p;
-			if (!p_ch)
+		}
+		else if (ch == '-' && prev && p[1] && p[1] != ']') {
+		    ch = *++p;
+		    if (ch == '\\') {
+			ch = *++p;
+			if (!ch)
 			    return ABORT_ALL;
 		    }
-		    if (t_ch <= p_ch && t_ch >= prev_ch)
+		    if (*text <= ch && *text >= prev)
 			matched = TRUE;
-		    p_ch = 0; /* This makes "prev_ch" get set to 0. */
-		} else if (p_ch == '[' && p[1] == ':') {
+		    ch = 0; /* This makes "prev" get set to 0. */
+		}
+		else if (ch == '[' && p[1] == ':') {
 		    const uchar *s;
 		    int i;
-		    for (s = p += 2; (p_ch = *p) && p_ch != ']'; p++) {} /*SHARED ITERATOR*/
-		    if (!p_ch)
+		    for (s = p += 2; (ch = *p) && ch != ']'; p++) {}
+		    if (!ch)
 			return ABORT_ALL;
 		    i = p - s - 1;
 		    if (i < 0 || p[-1] != ':') {
 			/* Didn't find ":]", so treat like a normal set. */
 			p = s - 2;
-			p_ch = '[';
-			if (t_ch == p_ch)
+			ch = '[';
+			if (*text == ch)
 			    matched = TRUE;
 			continue;
 		    }
 		    if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alnum")) {
-			if (ISALNUM(t_ch))
+			if (ISALNUM(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alpha")) {
-			if (ISALPHA(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alpha")) {
+			if (ISALPHA(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "blank")) {
-			if (ISBLANK(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "blank")) {
+			if (ISBLANK(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "cntrl")) {
-			if (ISCNTRL(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "cntrl")) {
+			if (ISCNTRL(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "digit")) {
-			if (ISDIGIT(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "digit")) {
+			if (ISDIGIT(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "graph")) {
-			if (ISGRAPH(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "graph")) {
+			if (ISGRAPH(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "lower")) {
-			if (ISLOWER(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "lower")) {
+			if (ISLOWER(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "print")) {
-			if (ISPRINT(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "print")) {
+			if (ISPRINT(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "punct")) {
-			if (ISPUNCT(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "punct")) {
+			if (ISPUNCT(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "space")) {
-			if (ISSPACE(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "space")) {
+			if (ISSPACE(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "upper")) {
-			if (ISUPPER(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "upper")) {
+			if (ISUPPER(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "xdigit")) {
-			if (ISXDIGIT(t_ch))
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "xdigit")) {
+			if (ISXDIGIT(*text))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    } else /* malformed [:class:] string */
+		    }
+		    else /* malformed [:class:] string */
 			return ABORT_ALL;
-		    p_ch = 0; /* This makes "prev_ch" get set to 0. */
-		} else if (t_ch == p_ch)
+		    ch = 0; /* This makes "prev" get set to 0. */
+		}
+		else if (*text == ch)
 		    matched = TRUE;
-	    } while (prev_ch = p_ch, (p_ch = *++p) != ']');
-	    if (matched == special || t_ch == '/')
+	    } while (prev = ch, (ch = *++p) != ']');
+	    if (matched == special || *text == '/')
 		return FALSE;
 	    continue;
 	}
     }
 
-    do {
-	if (*text)
-	    return FALSE;
-    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
-
-    return TRUE;
+    return *text == '\0';
 }
 
-/* Match literal string "s" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
- * of "text" and any strings in array "a". */
-static int doliteral(const uchar *s, const uchar *text, const uchar*const *a)
+/* Find the pattern (p) in the text string (t). */
+int wildmatch(const char *p, const char *t)
 {
-    for ( ; *s != '\0'; text++, s++) {
-	while (*text == '\0') {
-	    if ((text = *a++) == NULL)
-		return FALSE;
-	}
-	if (*text != *s)
-	    return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    do {
-	if (*text)
-	    return FALSE;
-    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return the last "count" path elements from the concatenated string.
- * We return a string pointer to the start of the string, and update the
- * array pointer-pointer to point to any remaining string elements. */
-static const uchar *trailing_N_elements(const uchar*const **a_ptr, int count)
-{
-    const uchar*const *a = *a_ptr;
-    const uchar*const *first_a = a;
-
-    while (*a)
-	    a++;
-
-    while (a != first_a) {
-	const uchar *s = *--a;
-	s += strlen((char*)s);
-	while (--s >= *a) {
-	    if (*s == '/' && !--count) {
-		*a_ptr = a+1;
-		return s+1;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (count == 1) {
-	*a_ptr = a+1;
-	return *a;
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Match the "pattern" against the "text" string. */
-int wildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text)
-{
-    static const uchar *nomore[1]; /* A NULL pointer. */
 #ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
     wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
 #endif
-    return dowild((const uchar*)pattern, (const uchar*)text, nomore) == TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Match the "pattern" against the forced-to-lower-case "text" string. */
-int iwildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text)
-{
-    static const uchar *nomore[1]; /* A NULL pointer. */
-    int ret;
-#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
-    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
-#endif
-    force_lower_case = 1;
-    ret = dowild((const uchar*)pattern, (const uchar*)text, nomore) == TRUE;
-    force_lower_case = 0;
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/* Match pattern "p" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
- * of all the pointers in array "texts" (which has a NULL pointer at the
- * end).  The int "where" can be 0 (normal matching), > 0 (match only
- * the trailing N slash-separated filename components of "texts"), or < 0
- * (match the "pattern" at the start or after any slash in "texts"). */
-int wildmatch_array(const char *pattern, const char*const *texts, int where)
-{
-    const uchar *p = (const uchar*)pattern;
-    const uchar*const *a = (const uchar*const*)texts;
-    const uchar *text;
-    int matched;
-
-#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
-    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-    if (where > 0)
-	text = trailing_N_elements(&a, where);
-    else
-	text = *a++;
-    if (!text)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if ((matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != TRUE && where < 0
-     && matched != ABORT_ALL) {
-	while (1) {
-	    if (*text == '\0') {
-		if ((text = (uchar*)*a++) == NULL)
-		    return FALSE;
-		continue;
-	    }
-	    if (*text++ == '/' && (matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != FALSE
-	     && matched != ABORT_TO_STARSTAR)
-		break;
-	}
-    }
-    return matched == TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Match literal string "s" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
- * of all the pointers in array "texts" (which has a NULL pointer at the
- * end).  The int "where" can be 0 (normal matching), or > 0 (match
- * only the trailing N slash-separated filename components of "texts"). */
-int litmatch_array(const char *string, const char*const *texts, int where)
-{
-    const uchar *s = (const uchar*)string;
-    const uchar*const *a = (const uchar* const*)texts;
-    const uchar *text;
-
-    if (where > 0)
-	text = trailing_N_elements(&a, where);
-    else
-	text = *a++;
-    if (!text)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    return doliteral(s, text, a) == TRUE;
+    return domatch((const uchar*)p, (const uchar*)t) == TRUE;
 }

lib/wildmatch.h

@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
 /* wildmatch.h */
 
-int wildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text);
-int iwildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text);
-int wildmatch_array(const char *pattern, const char*const *texts, int where);
-int litmatch_array(const char *string, const char*const *texts, int where);
+int wildmatch(const char *p, const char *text);

m4/have_type.m4

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-dnl AC_HAVE_TYPE(TYPE,INCLUDES)
-AC_DEFUN([AC_HAVE_TYPE], [
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])
-cv=`echo "$1" | sed 'y%./+- %__p__%'`
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1)
-AC_CACHE_VAL([ac_cv_type_$cv],
-AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
-AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
-$2]],
-[[$1 foo;]])],
-[eval "ac_cv_type_$cv=yes"],
-[eval "ac_cv_type_$cv=no"]))dnl
-ac_foo=`eval echo \\$ac_cv_type_$cv`
-AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_foo)
-if test "$ac_foo" = yes; then
-  ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $1 | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./- %ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____%'`
-if false; then
-	AC_CHECK_TYPES($1)
-fi
-  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_tr_hdr, 1, [Define if you have type `$1'])
-fi
-])

m4/validate_cache_system_type.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-dnl AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE[(cmd)]
-dnl if the cache file is inconsistent with the current host,
-dnl target and build system types, execute CMD or print a default
-dnl error message.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE], [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM])
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([config.cache system type])
-    if { test x"${ac_cv_host_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
-         test x"$ac_cv_host_system_type" != x"$host"; } ||
-       { test x"${ac_cv_build_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
-         test x"$ac_cv_build_system_type" != x"$build"; } ||
-       { test x"${ac_cv_target_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
-         test x"$ac_cv_target_system_type" != x"$target"; }; then
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([different])
-	ifelse($#, 1, [$1],
-		[AC_MSG_ERROR(["you must remove config.cache and restart configure"])])
-    else
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([same])
-    fi
-    ac_cv_host_system_type="$host"
-    ac_cv_build_system_type="$build"
-    ac_cv_target_system_type="$target"
-])

match.c

@@ -1,97 +1,97 @@
 /*
- * Block matching used by the file-transfer code.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "inums.h"
 
+extern int verbose;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int do_progress;
 extern int checksum_seed;
 extern int append_mode;
-extern int checksum_len;
 
 int updating_basis_file;
-char sender_file_sum[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
+
+typedef unsigned short tag;
+
+#define TABLESIZE (1<<16)
+#define NULL_TAG (-1)
 
 static int false_alarms;
-static int hash_hits;
+static int tag_hits;
 static int matches;
 static int64 data_transfer;
 
 static int total_false_alarms;
-static int total_hash_hits;
+static int total_tag_hits;
 static int total_matches;
 
 extern struct stats stats;
 
-#define TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE (1<<16)
+struct target {
+	tag t;
+	int32 i;
+};
 
-static uint32 tablesize;
-static int32 *hash_table;
+static struct target *targets;
 
-#define SUM2HASH2(s1,s2) (((s1) + (s2)) & 0xFFFF)
-#define SUM2HASH(sum) SUM2HASH2((sum)&0xFFFF,(sum)>>16)
+static int32 *tag_table;
+
+#define gettag2(s1,s2) (((s1) + (s2)) & 0xFFFF)
+#define gettag(sum) gettag2((sum)&0xFFFF,(sum)>>16)
+
+static int compare_targets(struct target *t1,struct target *t2)
+{
+	return (int)t1->t - (int)t2->t;
+}
 
-#define BIG_SUM2HASH(sum) ((sum)%tablesize)
 
 static void build_hash_table(struct sum_struct *s)
 {
-	static uint32 alloc_size;
 	int32 i;
 
-	/* Dynamically calculate the hash table size so that the hash load
-	 * for big files is about 80%.  A number greater than the traditional
-	 * size must be odd or s2 will not be able to span the entire set. */
-	tablesize = (uint32)(s->count/8) * 10 + 11;
-	if (tablesize < TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE)
-		tablesize = TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE;
-	if (tablesize > alloc_size || tablesize < alloc_size - 16*1024) {
-		if (hash_table)
-			free(hash_table);
-		hash_table = new_array(int32, tablesize);
-		if (!hash_table)
-			out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
-		alloc_size = tablesize;
+	if (!tag_table)
+		tag_table = new_array(int32, TABLESIZE);
+
+	targets = new_array(struct target, s->count);
+	if (!tag_table || !targets)
+		out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
+
+	for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
+		targets[i].i = i;
+		targets[i].t = gettag(s->sums[i].sum1);
 	}
 
-	memset(hash_table, 0xFF, tablesize * sizeof hash_table[0]);
+	qsort(targets,s->count,sizeof(targets[0]),(int (*)())compare_targets);
 
-	if (tablesize == TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE) {
-		for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
-			uint32 t = SUM2HASH(s->sums[i].sum1);
-			s->sums[i].chain = hash_table[t];
-			hash_table[t] = i;
-		}
-	} else {
-		for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
-			uint32 t = BIG_SUM2HASH(s->sums[i].sum1);
-			s->sums[i].chain = hash_table[t];
-			hash_table[t] = i;
-		}
-	}
+	for (i = 0; i < TABLESIZE; i++)
+		tag_table[i] = NULL_TAG;
+
+	for (i = s->count; i-- > 0; )
+		tag_table[targets[i].t] = i;
 }
 
 
 static OFF_T last_match;
 
 
-/* Transmit a literal and/or match token.
+/**
+ * Transmit a literal and/or match token.
  *
  * This delightfully-named function is called either when we find a
  * match and need to transmit all the unmatched data leading up to it,
@@ -99,19 +99,19 @@ static OFF_T last_match;
  * transmit it.  As a result of this second case, it is called even if
  * we have not matched at all!
  *
- * If i >= 0, the number of a matched token.  If < 0, indicates we have
- * only literal data.  A -1 will send a 0-token-int too, and a -2 sends
- * only literal data, w/o any token-int. */
+ * @param i If >0, the number of a matched token.  If 0, indicates we
+ * have only literal data.
+ **/
 static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
 		    OFF_T offset, int32 i)
 {
-	int32 n = (int32)(offset - last_match); /* max value: block_size (int32) */
+	int32 n = offset - last_match; /* max value: block_size (int32) */
 	int32 j;
 
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2) && i >= 0) {
+	if (verbose > 2 && i >= 0) {
 		rprintf(FINFO,
-			"match at %s last_match=%s j=%d len=%ld n=%ld\n",
-			big_num(offset), big_num(last_match), i,
+			"match at %.0f last_match=%.0f j=%d len=%ld n=%ld\n",
+			(double)offset, (double)last_match, i,
 			(long)s->sums[i].len, (long)n);
 	}
 
@@ -128,12 +128,13 @@ static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
 		sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match + j, n1), n1);
 	}
 
+
 	if (i >= 0)
 		last_match = offset + s->sums[i].len;
 	else
 		last_match = offset;
 
-	if (buf && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
+	if (buf && do_progress)
 		show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
 }
 
@@ -141,8 +142,8 @@ static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
 static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 			struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
-	OFF_T offset, aligned_offset, end;
-	int32 k, want_i, aligned_i, backup;
+	OFF_T offset, end, backup;
+	int32 k, want_i;
 	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
 	uint32 s1, s2, sum;
 	int more;
@@ -152,9 +153,9 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 	 * coding of the output to work more efficiently. */
 	want_i = 0;
 
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search b=%ld len=%s\n",
-			(long)s->blength, big_num(len));
+	if (verbose > 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search b=%ld len=%.0f\n",
+			(long)s->blength, (double)len);
 	}
 
 	k = (int32)MIN(len, (OFF_T)s->blength);
@@ -164,54 +165,33 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 	sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, k);
 	s1 = sum & 0xFFFF;
 	s2 = sum >> 16;
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3))
+	if (verbose > 3)
 		rprintf(FINFO, "sum=%.8x k=%ld\n", sum, (long)k);
 
-	offset = aligned_offset = aligned_i = 0;
+	offset = 0;
 
 	end = len + 1 - s->sums[s->count-1].len;
 
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search s->blength=%ld len=%s count=%s\n",
-			(long)s->blength, big_num(len), big_num(s->count));
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search s->blength=%ld len=%.0f count=%.0f\n",
+			(long)s->blength, (double)len, (double)s->count);
 	}
 
 	do {
+		tag t = gettag2(s1,s2);
 		int done_csum2 = 0;
-		uint32 hash_entry;
-		int32 i, *prev;
+		int32 j = tag_table[t];
 
-		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 4)) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "offset=%s sum=%04x%04x\n",
-				big_num(offset), s2 & 0xFFFF, s1 & 0xFFFF);
-		}
+		if (verbose > 4)
+			rprintf(FINFO,"offset=%.0f sum=%08x\n",(double)offset,sum);
 
-		if (tablesize == TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE) {
-			hash_entry = SUM2HASH2(s1,s2);
-			if ((i = hash_table[hash_entry]) < 0)
-				goto null_hash;
-			sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
-		} else {
-			sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
-			hash_entry = BIG_SUM2HASH(sum);
-			if ((i = hash_table[hash_entry]) < 0)
-				goto null_hash;
-		}
-		prev = &hash_table[hash_entry];
+		if (j == NULL_TAG)
+			goto null_tag;
 
-		hash_hits++;
+		sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
+		tag_hits++;
 		do {
-			int32 l;
-
-			/* When updating in-place, the chunk's offset must be
-			 * either >= our offset or identical data at that offset.
-			 * Remove any bypassed entries that we can never use. */
-			if (updating_basis_file && s->sums[i].offset < offset
-			    && !(s->sums[i].flags & SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET)) {
-				*prev = s->sums[i].chain;
-				continue;
-			}
-			prev = &s->sums[i].chain;
+			int32 l, i = targets[j].i;
 
 			if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1)
 				continue;
@@ -221,11 +201,15 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 			if (l != s->sums[i].len)
 				continue;
 
-			if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
-				rprintf(FINFO,
-					"potential match at %s i=%ld sum=%08x\n",
-					big_num(offset), (long)i, sum);
-			}
+			/* in-place: ensure chunk's offset is either >= our
+			 * offset or that the data didn't move. */
+			if (updating_basis_file && s->sums[i].offset < offset
+			    && !(s->sums[i].flags & SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET))
+				continue;
+
+			if (verbose > 3)
+				rprintf(FINFO,"potential match at %.0f target=%.0f %.0f sum=%08x\n",
+					(double)offset,(double)j,(double)i,sum);
 
 			if (!done_csum2) {
 				map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,l);
@@ -240,51 +224,27 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 
 			/* When updating in-place, the best possible match is
 			 * one with an identical offset, so we prefer that over
-			 * the adjacent want_i optimization. */
+			 * the following want_i optimization. */
 			if (updating_basis_file) {
-				/* All the generator's chunks start at blength boundaries. */
-				while (aligned_offset < offset) {
-					aligned_offset += s->blength;
-					aligned_i++;
-				}
-				if ((offset == aligned_offset
-				  || (sum == 0 && l == s->blength && aligned_offset + l <= len))
-				 && aligned_i < s->count) {
-					if (i != aligned_i) {
-						if (sum != s->sums[aligned_i].sum1
-						 || l != s->sums[aligned_i].len
-						 || memcmp(sum2, s->sums[aligned_i].sum2, s->s2length) != 0)
-							goto check_want_i;
-						i = aligned_i;
+				do {
+					int32 i2 = targets[j].i;
+					if (s->sums[i2].offset != offset)
+						continue;
+					if (i2 != i) {
+						if (sum != s->sums[i2].sum1)
+							break;
+						if (memcmp(sum2, s->sums[i2].sum2,
+							   s->s2length) != 0)
+							break;
+						i = i2;
 					}
-					if (offset != aligned_offset) {
-						/* We've matched some zeros in a spot that is also zeros
-						 * further along in the basis file, if we find zeros ahead
-						 * in the sender's file, we'll output enough literal data
-						 * to re-align with the basis file, and get back to seeking
-						 * instead of writing. */
-						backup = (int32)(aligned_offset - last_match);
-						if (backup < 0)
-							backup = 0;
-						map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, aligned_offset - backup, l + backup)
-						    + backup;
-						sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, l);
-						if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1)
-							goto check_want_i;
-						get_checksum2((char *)map, l, sum2);
-						if (memcmp(sum2, s->sums[i].sum2, s->s2length) != 0)
-							goto check_want_i;
-						/* OK, we have a re-alignment match.  Bump the offset
-						 * forward to the new match point. */
-						offset = aligned_offset;
-					}
-					/* This identical chunk is in the same spot in the old and new file. */
+					/* This chunk was at the same offset on
+					 * both the sender and the receiver. */
 					s->sums[i].flags |= SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET;
-					want_i = i;
-				}
+					goto set_want_i;
+				} while (++j < s->count && targets[j].t == t);
 			}
 
-		  check_want_i:
 			/* we've found a match, but now check to see
 			 * if want_i can hint at a better match. */
 			if (i != want_i && want_i < s->count
@@ -296,6 +256,7 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 				 * will be happy */
 				i = want_i;
 			}
+		    set_want_i:
 			want_i = i + 1;
 
 			matched(f,s,buf,offset,i);
@@ -307,10 +268,10 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 			s2 = sum >> 16;
 			matches++;
 			break;
-		} while ((i = s->sums[i].chain) >= 0);
+		} while (++j < s->count && targets[j].t == t);
 
-	  null_hash:
-		backup = (int32)(offset - last_match);
+	null_tag:
+		backup = offset - last_match;
 		/* We sometimes read 1 byte prior to last_match... */
 		if (backup < 0)
 			backup = 0;
@@ -360,44 +321,40 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
  **/
 void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
+	char file_sum[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
+
 	last_match = 0;
 	false_alarms = 0;
-	hash_hits = 0;
+	tag_hits = 0;
 	matches = 0;
 	data_transfer = 0;
 
 	sum_init(checksum_seed);
 
-	if (append_mode > 0) {
-		if (append_mode == 2) {
-			OFF_T j = 0;
-			for (j = CHUNK_SIZE; j < s->flength; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
-				if (buf && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
-					show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
-				sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, CHUNK_SIZE),
-					   CHUNK_SIZE);
-				last_match = j;
-			}
-			if (last_match < s->flength) {
-				int32 n = (int32)(s->flength - last_match);
-				if (buf && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
-					show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
-				sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, n), n);
-			}
+	if (append_mode) {
+		OFF_T j = 0;
+		for (j = CHUNK_SIZE; j < s->flength; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
+			sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, CHUNK_SIZE),
+				   CHUNK_SIZE);
+			last_match = j;
+		}
+		if (last_match < s->flength) {
+			int32 len = s->flength - last_match;
+			sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, len), len);
+			last_match = s->flength;
 		}
-		last_match = s->flength;
 		s->count = 0;
 	}
 
 	if (len > 0 && s->count > 0) {
 		build_hash_table(s);
 
-		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
+		if (verbose > 2)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"built hash table\n");
 
-		hash_search(f, s, buf, len);
+		hash_search(f,s,buf,len);
 
-		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
+		if (verbose > 2)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"done hash search\n");
 	} else {
 		OFF_T j;
@@ -407,30 +364,25 @@ void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 		matched(f, s, buf, len, -1);
 	}
 
-	if (sum_end(sender_file_sum) != checksum_len)
-		overflow_exit("checksum_len"); /* Impossible... */
+	sum_end(file_sum);
+	/* If we had a read error, send a bad checksum. */
+	if (buf && buf->status != 0)
+		file_sum[0]++;
 
-	/* If we had a read error, send a bad checksum.  We use all bits
-	 * off as long as the checksum doesn't happen to be that, in
-	 * which case we turn the last 0 bit into a 1. */
-	if (buf && buf->status != 0) {
-		int i;
-		for (i = 0; i < checksum_len && sender_file_sum[i] == 0; i++) {}
-		memset(sender_file_sum, 0, checksum_len);
-		if (i == checksum_len)
-			sender_file_sum[i-1]++;
-	}
-
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
+	if (verbose > 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO,"sending file_sum\n");
-	write_buf(f, sender_file_sum, checksum_len);
+	write_buf(f,file_sum,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
 
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d hash_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
-			false_alarms, hash_hits, matches);
+	if (targets) {
+		free(targets);
+		targets=NULL;
 	}
 
-	total_hash_hits += hash_hits;
+	if (verbose > 2)
+		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d tag_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
+			false_alarms, tag_hits, matches);
+
+	total_tag_hits += tag_hits;
 	total_false_alarms += false_alarms;
 	total_matches += matches;
 	stats.literal_data += data_transfer;
@@ -438,11 +390,12 @@ void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 
 void match_report(void)
 {
-	if (!DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 1))
+	if (verbose <= 1)
 		return;
 
 	rprintf(FINFO,
-		"total: matches=%d  hash_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%s\n",
-		total_matches, total_hash_hits, total_false_alarms,
-		big_num(stats.literal_data));
+		"total: matches=%d  tag_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%.0f\n",
+		total_matches,total_tag_hits,
+		total_false_alarms,
+		(double)stats.literal_data);
 }

mkproto.awk

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# generate prototypes for Samba C code
+# tridge, June 1996
+
+BEGIN {
+  inheader=0;
+  print "/* This file is automatically generated with \"make proto\". DO NOT EDIT */"
+  print ""
+}
+
+{
+  if (inheader) {
+    if (match($0,"[)][ \t]*$")) {
+      inheader = 0;
+      printf "%s;\n",$0;
+    } else {
+      printf "%s\n",$0;
+    }
+    next;
+  }
+}
+
+/^FN_LOCAL_BOOL/ {
+  split($0,a,"[,()]")
+  printf "BOOL %s(int );\n", a[2]
+}
+
+/^FN_LOCAL_STRING/ {
+  split($0,a,"[,()]")
+  printf "char *%s(int );\n", a[2]
+}
+
+/^FN_LOCAL_INT/ {
+  split($0,a,"[,()]")
+  printf "int %s(int );\n", a[2]
+}
+
+/^FN_LOCAL_CHAR/ {
+  split($0,a,"[,()]")
+  printf "char %s(int );\n", a[2]
+}
+
+/^FN_GLOBAL_BOOL/ {
+  split($0,a,"[,()]")
+  printf "BOOL %s(void);\n", a[2]
+}
+
+/^FN_GLOBAL_STRING/ {
+  split($0,a,"[,()]")
+  printf "char *%s(void);\n", a[2]
+}
+
+/^FN_GLOBAL_INT/ {
+  split($0,a,"[,()]")
+  printf "int %s(void);\n", a[2]
+}
+
+/^static|^extern/ || !/^[a-zA-Z]/ || /[;]/ {
+  next;
+}
+
+!/^OFF_T|^size_t|^off_t|^pid_t|^unsigned|^mode_t|^DIR|^user|^int|^char|^uint|^uchar|^short|^struct|^BOOL|^void|^time|^const/ {
+  next;
+}
+
+
+/[(].*[)][ \t]*$/ {
+    printf "%s;\n",$0;
+    next;
+}
+
+/[(]/ {
+  inheader=1;
+  printf "%s\n",$0;
+  next;
+}
+

mkproto.pl

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-# generate prototypes for rsync
-
-$old_protos = '';
-if (open(IN, 'proto.h')) {
-    $old_protos = join('', <IN>);
-    close IN;
-}
-
-%FN_MAP = (
-    BOOL => 'BOOL ',
-    CHAR => 'char ',
-    INTEGER => 'int ',
-    STRING => 'char *',
-);
-
-$inheader = 0;
-$protos = qq|/* This file is automatically generated with "make proto". DO NOT EDIT */\n\n|;
-
-while (<>) {
-    if ($inheader) {
-	if (/[)][ \t]*$/) {
-	    $inheader = 0;
-	    s/$/;/;
-	}
-	$protos .= $_;
-    } elsif (/^FN_(LOCAL|GLOBAL)_([^(]+)\(([^,()]+)/) {
-	$ret = $FN_MAP{$2};
-	$func = $3;
-	$arg = $1 eq 'LOCAL' ? 'int module_id' : 'void';
-	$protos .= "$ret$func($arg);\n";
-    } elsif (/^static|^extern/ || /[;]/ || !/^[A-Za-z][A-Za-z0-9_]* /) {
-	;
-    } elsif (/[(].*[)][ \t]*$/) {
-	s/$/;/;
-	$protos .= $_;
-    } elsif (/[(]/) {
-	$inheader = 1;
-	$protos .= $_;
-    }
-}
-
-if ($old_protos ne $protos) {
-    open(OUT, '>proto.h') or die $!;
-    print OUT $protos;
-    close OUT;
-}
-
-open(OUT, '>proto.h-tstamp') and close OUT;

packaging/bin/gpg

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh -e
-# This script gets git to run gpg with a --passphrase-file option.
-
-PATH=`echo $PATH | sed 's/^[^:]*://'`
-
-gpg --batch --passphrase-file=$GPG_PASSFILE "${@}"

packaging/branch-from-patch

@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-
-use strict;
-use warnings;
-use Getopt::Long;
-
-&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
-&usage if !&GetOptions(
-    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
-    'skip-check' => \( my $skip_branch_check ),
-    'delete' => \( my $delete_local_branches ),
-    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
-);
-&usage if $help_opt;
-
-require 'packaging/git-status.pl';
-check_git_state($master_branch, !$skip_branch_check, 1);
-
-my %local_branch;
-open PIPE, '-|', 'git branch -l' or die "Unable to fork: $!\n";
-while (<PIPE>) {
-    if (m# patch/\Q$master_branch\E/(.*)#o) {
-	$local_branch{$1} = 1;
-    }
-}
-close PIPE;
-
-if ($delete_local_branches) {
-    foreach my $name (sort keys %local_branch) {
-	my $branch = "patch/$master_branch/$name";
-	system 'git', 'branch', '-D', $branch and exit 1;
-    }
-    %local_branch = ( );
-}
-
-my @patch_list;
-foreach (@ARGV) {
-    if (!-f $_) {
-	die "File not found: $_\n";
-    }
-    die "Filename is not a .diff file: $_\n" unless /\.diff$/;
-    push @patch_list, $_;
-}
-
-exit unless @patch_list;
-
-my(%scanned, %created, %info);
-
-foreach my $patch (@patch_list) {
-    my($where, $name) = $patch =~ m{^(.*?)([^/]+)\.diff$};
-    next if $scanned{$name}++;
-
-    open IN, '<', $patch or die "Unable to open $patch: $!\n";
-
-    my $info = '';
-    my $commit;
-    while (<IN>) {
-	if (m#^based-on: (\S+)#) {
-	    $commit = $1;
-	    last;
-	}
-	last if m#^index .*\.\..* \d#;
-	last if m#^diff --git #;
-	last if m#^--- (old|a)/#;
-	$info .= $_;
-    }
-    close IN;
-
-    $info =~ s/\s+\Z/\n/;
-
-    my $parent = $master_branch;
-    my @patches = $info =~ m#patch -p1 <patches/(\S+)\.diff#g;
-    if (@patches) {
-	if ($patches[-1] eq $name) {
-	    pop @patches;
-	} else {
-	    warn "No identity patch line in $patch\n";
-	}
-	if (@patches) {
-	    $parent = pop @patches;
-	    if (!$scanned{$parent}) {
-		unless (-f "$where$parent.diff") {
-		    die "Unknown parent of $patch: $parent\n";
-		}
-		# Add parent to @patch_list so that we will look for the
-		# parent's parent.  Any duplicates will just be ignored.
-		push @patch_list, "$where$parent.diff";
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	warn "No patch lines found in $patch\n";
-    }
-
-    $info{$name} = [ $parent, $info, $commit ];
-}
-
-foreach my $patch (@patch_list) {
-    create_branch($patch);
-}
-
-system 'git', 'checkout', $master_branch and exit 1;
-
-exit;
-
-sub create_branch
-{
-    my($patch) = @_;
-    my($where, $name) = $patch =~ m{^(.*?)([^/]+)\.diff$};
-
-    return if $created{$name}++;
-
-    my $ref = $info{$name};
-    my($parent, $info, $commit) = @$ref;
-
-    my $parent_branch;
-    if ($parent eq $master_branch) {
-	$parent_branch = $master_branch;
-	$parent_branch = $commit if defined $commit;
-    } else {
-	create_branch("$where/$parent.diff");
-	$parent_branch = "patch/$master_branch/$parent";
-    }
-
-    my $branch = "patch/$master_branch/$name";
-    print "\n", '=' x 64, "\nProcessing $branch ($parent_branch)\n";
-
-    if ($local_branch{$name}) {
-	system 'git', 'branch', '-D', $branch and exit 1;
-    }
-
-    system 'git', 'checkout', '-b', $branch, $parent_branch and exit 1;
-
-    open OUT, '>', "PATCH.$name" or die $!;
-    print OUT $info;
-    close OUT;
-    system 'git', 'add', "PATCH.$name" and exit 1;
-
-    open IN, '<', $patch or die "Unable to open $patch: $!\n";
-    $_ = join('', <IN>);
-    close IN;
-
-    open PIPE, '|-', 'patch -p1' or die $!;
-    print PIPE $_;
-    close PIPE;
-
-    system 'rm -f *.orig */*.orig';
-
-    while (m#\nnew file mode (\d+)\s+--- /dev/null\s+\Q+++\E b/(.*)#g) {
-	chmod oct($1), $2;
-	system 'git', 'add', $2;
-    }
-
-    while (1) {
-	system 'git status';
-	print 'Press Enter to commit, Ctrl-C to abort, or type a wild-name to add a new file: ';
-	$_ = <STDIN>;
-	last if /^$/;
-	chomp;
-	system "git add $_";
-    }
-
-    while (system 'git', 'commit', '-a', '-m', "Creating branch from $name.diff.") {
-	exit 1 if system '/bin/zsh';
-    }
-}
-
-sub usage
-{
-    die <<EOT;
-Usage branch-from-patch [OPTIONS] patches/DIFF...
-
-Options:
--b, --branch=BRANCH  Create branches relative to BRANCH if no "based-on"
-                     header was found in the patch file.
-    --skip-check     Skip the check that ensures starting with a clean branch.
-    --delete         Delete all the local patch/BASE/* branches, not just the ones
-                     that are being recreated.
--h, --help           Output this help message.
-EOT
-}

packaging/git-status.pl

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-# Do some git-status checking for the current dir and (optionally)
-# the patches dir.
-
-sub check_git_state
-{
-    my($master_branch, $fatal_unless_clean, $check_patches_dir) = @_;
-
-    my($cur_branch) = check_git_status($fatal_unless_clean);
-    (my $branch = $cur_branch) =~ s{^patch/([^/]+)/[^/]+$}{$1}; # change patch/BRANCH/PATCH_NAME into BRANCH
-    if ($branch ne $master_branch) {
-	print "The checkout is not on the $master_branch branch.\n";
-	exit 1 if $master_branch ne 'master';
-	print "Do you want me to continue with --branch=$branch? [n] ";
-	$_ = <STDIN>;
-	exit 1 unless /^y/i;
-	$_[0] = $master_branch = $branch; # Updates caller's $master_branch too.
-    }
-
-    if ($check_patches_dir && -d 'patches/.git') {
-	($branch) = check_git_status($fatal_unless_clean, 'patches');
-	if ($branch ne $master_branch) {
-	    print "The *patches* checkout is on branch $branch, not branch $master_branch.\n";
-	    print "Do you want to change it to branch $master_branch? [n] ";
-	    $_ = <STDIN>;
-	    exit 1 unless /^y/i;
-	    system "cd patches && git checkout '$master_branch'";
-	}
-    }
-
-    return $cur_branch;
-}
-
-sub check_git_status
-{
-    my($fatal_unless_clean, $subdir) = @_;
-    $subdir = '.' unless defined $subdir;
-    my $status = `cd '$subdir' && git status`;
-    my $is_clean = $status =~ /\nnothing to commit.+working directory clean/;
-    my($cur_branch) = $status =~ /^(?:# )?On branch (.+)\n/;
-    if ($fatal_unless_clean && !$is_clean) {
-	if ($subdir eq '.') {
-	    $subdir = '';
-	} else {
-	    $subdir = " *$subdir*";
-	}
-	die "The$subdir checkout is not clean:\n", $status;
-    }
-    ($cur_branch, $is_clean, $status);
-}
-
-1;

packaging/lsb/rsync.spec

@@ -1,99 +1,88 @@
-Summary: A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool
+Summary: A program for synchronizing files over a network.
 Name: rsync
-Version: 3.1.2
-%define fullversion %{version}
+Version: 2.6.6
 Release: 1
-%define srcdir src
 Group: Applications/Internet
-License: GPL
-Source0: http://rsync.samba.org/ftp/rsync/%{srcdir}/rsync-%{fullversion}.tar.gz
-#Source1: http://rsync.samba.org/ftp/rsync/%{srcdir}/rsync-patches-%{fullversion}.tar.gz
+Source:	ftp://rsync.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync-%{version}.tar.gz
 URL: http://rsync.samba.org/
 
 Prefix: %{_prefix}
 BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-root
-
-%package ssl-client
-Summary: Provides rsync-ssl
-Group: Applications/Internet
-Requires: rsync, stunnel >= 4
-
-%package ssl-daemon
-Summary: An stunnel config file to support ssl rsync daemon connections.
-Group: Applications/Internet
-Requires: rsync, stunnel >= 4
+License: GPL
 
 %description
-Rsync is a fast and extraordinarily versatile file copying tool.  It can
-copy locally, to/from another host over any remote shell, or to/from a
-remote rsync daemon.  It offers a large number of options that control
-every aspect of its behavior and permit very flexible specification of the
-set of files to be copied.  It is famous for its delta-transfer algorithm,
-which reduces the amount of data sent over the network by sending only the
-differences between the source files and the existing files in the
-destination.  Rsync is widely used for backups and mirroring and as an
-improved copy command for everyday use.
-
-%description ssl-client
-Provides the rsync-ssl script that makes use of stunnel 4 to open an ssl
-connection to an rsync daemon (on port 874).  This setup does NOT require
-any local stunnel daemon to be running to connect to the remote ssl rsyncd.
-
-%description ssl-daemon
-Provides a config file for stunnel that will (if you start your stunnel
-service) cause stunnel to listen for ssl rsync-daemon connections and run
-"rsync --daemon" to handle them.
+Rsync uses a reliable algorithm to bring remote and host files into
+sync very quickly. Rsync is fast because it just sends the differences
+in the files over the network instead of sending the complete
+files. Rsync is often used as a very powerful mirroring process or
+just as a more capable replacement for the rcp command. A technical
+report which describes the rsync algorithm is included in this
+package.
 
 %prep
-# Choose one -- setup source only, or setup source + rsync-patches:
-%setup -q -n rsync-%{fullversion}
-#%setup -q -b1 -n rsync-%{fullversion}
-
-# If you you used "%setup -q -b1 ...", choose the patches you wish to apply:
-#patch -p1 <patches/acls.diff
-#patch -p1 <patches/xattrs.diff
-#patch -p1 <patches/remote-option.diff
-#patch -p1 <patches/db.diff
-
-# Avoid extra perl dependencies for scripts going into doc dir.
-chmod -x support/*
+%setup -q
 
 %build
-#./prepare-source
 %configure
 
 make
 
 %install
 rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-make install install-ssl-client install-ssl-daemon DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT
 
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/xinetd.d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/rsync-ssl/certs
-install -m 644 packaging/lsb/rsync.xinetd $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/xinetd.d/rsync
+%makeinstall
 
 %clean
 rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
 
 %files
 %defattr(-,root,root)
-%doc COPYING NEWS OLDNEWS README support/ tech_report.tex
-%config(noreplace) /etc/xinetd.d/rsync
+%doc COPYING README tech_report.tex
 %{_prefix}/bin/rsync
 %{_mandir}/man1/rsync.1*
 %{_mandir}/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
 
-%files ssl-client
-%{_prefix}/bin/rsync-ssl
-%{_prefix}/bin/stunnel-rsync
-
-%files ssl-daemon
-%config(noreplace) /etc/stunnel/rsyncd.conf
-%dir /etc/rsync-ssl/certs
-
 %changelog
-* Mon Dec 21 2015 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
-Released 3.1.2.
+* Thu Jan 30 2003 Horst von Brand <vonbrand@inf.utfsm.cl>
+  Fixed "Sept" date in %changelog here
+  Use %{_mandir} to point to manpages
+  Support for compressed manpages (* at end catches them in %files)
+  Add doc/README-SGML and doc/rsync.sgml to %doc
 
-* Fri Mar 21 2008 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
-Added installation of /etc/xinetd.d/rsync file and some commented-out
-lines that demonstrate how to use the rsync-patches tar file.
+* Mon Sep 11 2000 John H Terpstra <jht@turbolinux.com>
+  Changed target paths to be Linux Standards Base compliant
+
+* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
+  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness
+
+* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
+  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
+
+* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
+  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
+    -new feature anonymous rsync
+
+* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
+
+Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
+
+* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
+
+Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
+Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
+to create tech_report.ps.
+
+* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
+
+Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
+was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
+showing no packager nor signature but giving 
+"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
+
+Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
+to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
+
+* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
+
+rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
+previous package(s).)

packaging/lsb/rsync.xinetd

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# default: off
-# description: The rsync server is a good addition to an ftp server, as it
-#	allows crc checksumming etc.
-service rsync
-{
-	disable	= yes
-	socket_type     = stream
-	wait            = no
-	user            = root
-	server          = /usr/bin/rsync
-	server_args     = --daemon
-	log_on_failure  += USERID
-}

packaging/nightly-rsync

@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-use strict;
-
-# This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to be a
-# copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  It also requires a
-# git checkout of rsync (feel free to use your normal rsync build dir as
-# long as it doesn't have any uncommitted changes).
-#
-# If this is run with -ctu, it will make an updated "nightly" tar file in
-# the nightly dir.  It will also remove any old tar files, regenerate the
-# HTML man pages in the nightly dir, and then rsync the changes to the
-# samba.org server.
-
-use Getopt::Long;
-use Date::Format;
-
-# Where the local copy of /home/ftp/pub/rsync/dev/nightly should be updated.
-our $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp/dev/nightly';
-our $samba_host = $ENV{SAMBA_HOST} || 'samba.org';
-our $nightly_symlink = "$dest/rsync-HEAD.tar.gz";
-
-our($make_tar, $upload, $help_opt);
-&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
-&usage if !&GetOptions(
-    'make-tar|t' => \$make_tar,
-    'upload|u' => \$upload,
-    'help|h' => \$help_opt,
-) || $help_opt;
-
-our $name = time2str('rsync-HEAD-%Y%m%d-%H%M%Z', time, 'GMT');
-our $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', time);
-our $today = $ztoday;
-our $gen_target = $upload ? 'gensend' : 'gen';
-
-die "$dest does not exist\n" unless -d $dest;
-die "There is no .git dir in the current directory.\n" unless -d '.git';
-die "There is no rsync checkout in the current directory.\n" unless -f 'rsyncd.conf.yo';
-
-if ($make_tar) {
-    open(IN, '-|', 'git status') or die $!;
-    my $status = join('', <IN>);
-    close IN;
-    die "The checkout is not clean:\n", $status unless $status =~ /\nnothing to commit.+working directory clean/;
-    die "The checkout is not on the master branch.\n" unless $status =~ /^(?:# )?On branch master\n/;
-    system "make $gen_target" and die "make $gen_target failed!\n";
-
-    my @extra_files;
-    open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
-    while (<IN>) {
-	if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
-	    while (s/\\$//) {
-		$_ .= <IN>;
-	    }
-	    @extra_files = split(' ', $_);
-	    last;
-	}
-    }
-    close IN;
-
-    my $confversion;
-    open(IN, '<', 'configure.ac') or die "Unable to open configure.ac: $!\n";
-    while (<IN>) {
-	if (/^AC_INIT\(\[rsync\],\s*\[(\d.+?)\]/) {
-	    $confversion = $1;
-	    last;
-	}
-    }
-    close IN;
-    die "Unable to find AC_INIT with version in configure.ac\n" unless defined $confversion;
-
-    open(IN, '<', 'OLDNEWS') or die "Unable to open OLDNEWS: $!\n";
-    $_ = <IN>;
-    my($lastversion) = /(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)/;
-    my $last_protocol_version;
-    while (<IN>) {
-	if (my($ver,$pdate,$pver) = /^\s+\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d\s+(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)\s+(\d\d \w\w\w \d\d\d\d\s+)?(\d+)$/) {
-	    $last_protocol_version = $pver if $ver eq $lastversion;
-	}
-    }
-    close IN;
-    die "Unable to determine protocol_version for $lastversion.\n" unless defined $last_protocol_version;
-
-    my($protocol_version,$subprotocol_version);
-    open(IN, '<', 'rsync.h') or die "Unable to open rsync.h: $!\n";
-    while (<IN>) {
-	if (/^#define\s+PROTOCOL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/) {
-	    $protocol_version = $1;
-	} elsif (/^#define\s+SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/) {
-	    $subprotocol_version = $1;
-	}
-    }
-    close IN;
-    die "Unable to determine the current PROTOCOL_VERSION.\n" unless defined $protocol_version;
-    die "Unable to determine the current SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION.\n" unless defined $subprotocol_version;
-
-    if ($confversion =~ /dev|pre/) {
-	if ($last_protocol_version ne $protocol_version) {
-	    if ($subprotocol_version == 0) {
-		die "SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION must not be 0 for a non-final release with a changed PROTOCOL_VERSION.\n";
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if ($subprotocol_version != 0) {
-		die "SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION must be 0 when the PROTOCOL_VERSION hasn't changed from the last release.\n";
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	if ($subprotocol_version != 0) {
-	    die "SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION must be 0 for a final release.\n";
-	}
-    }
-
-    print "Creating $name.tar.gz\n";
-    system "rsync -a @extra_files $name/";
-    system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=$name/ HEAD | tar xf -";
-    system "support/git-set-file-times --prefix=$name/";
-    system "fakeroot tar czf $dest/$name.tar.gz $name; rm -rf $name";
-
-    unlink($nightly_symlink);
-    symlink("$name.tar.gz", $nightly_symlink);
-}
-
-foreach my $fn (qw( rsync.yo rsyncd.conf.yo )) {
-    my $yo_tmp = "$dest/$fn";
-    (my $html_fn = "$dest/$fn") =~ s/\.yo/.html/;
-
-    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
-    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
-    close IN;
-
-    s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m;
-    #s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m;
-
-    open(OUT, '>', $yo_tmp) or die $!;
-    print OUT $_;
-    close OUT;
-
-    system 'yodl2html', '-o', $html_fn, $yo_tmp;
-
-    unlink($yo_tmp);
-}
-
-chdir($dest) or die $!;
-
-my $cnt = 0;
-open(PIPE, '-|', 'ls -1t rsync-HEAD-*') or die $!;
-while (<PIPE>) {
-    chomp;
-    next if $cnt++ < 10;
-    unlink($_);
-}
-close PIPE;
-
-system 'ls -ltr';
-
-if ($upload) {
-    my $opt = '';
-    if (defined $ENV{RSYNC_PARTIAL_DIR}) {
-	$opt = " -f 'R $ENV{RSYNC_PARTIAL_DIR}'";
-    }
-    system "rsync$opt -aviHP --delete-after . $samba_host\:/home/ftp/pub/rsync/dev/nightly";
-}
-
-exit;
-
-sub usage
-{
-    die <<EOT;
-Usage: nightly-rsync [OPTIONS]
-
- -t, --make-tar    create a new tar file in $dest
- -u, --upload      upload the revised nightly dir to samba.org
- -h, --help        display this help
-EOT
-}

packaging/patch-update

@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# This script is used to turn one or more of the "patch/BASE/*" branches
-# into one or more diffs in the "patches" directory.  Pass the option
-# --gen if you want generated files in the diffs.  Pass the name of
-# one or more diffs if you want to just update a subset of all the
-# diffs.
-
-use strict;
-use warnings;
-use Getopt::Long;
-
-my $patches_dir = 'patches';
-my $tmp_dir = "patches.$$";
-my $make_gen_cmd = 'make -f prepare-source.mak conf && ./config.status && make gen';
-
-&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
-&usage if !&GetOptions(
-    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
-    'skip-check' => \( my $skip_branch_check ),
-    'shell|s' => \( my $launch_shell ),
-    'gen:s' => \( my $incl_generated_files ),
-    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
-);
-&usage if $help_opt;
-
-$ENV{GIT_MERGE_AUTOEDIT} = 'no';
-
-if (defined $incl_generated_files) {
-    $patches_dir = $incl_generated_files if $incl_generated_files ne '';
-    $incl_generated_files = 1;
-}
-
-die "No '$patches_dir' directory was found.\n" unless -d $patches_dir;
-die "No '.git' directory present in the current dir.\n" unless -d '.git';
-
-require 'packaging/git-status.pl';
-my $starting_branch = check_git_state($master_branch, !$skip_branch_check, 1);
-
-my $master_commit;
-open PIPE, '-|', "git log -1 --no-color $master_branch" or die $!;
-while (<PIPE>) {
-    if (/^commit (\S+)/) {
-	$master_commit = $1;
-	last;
-    }
-}
-close PIPE;
-die "Unable to determine commit hash for master branch: $master_branch\n" unless defined $master_commit;
-
-if ($incl_generated_files) {
-    my @extra_files = get_extra_files();
-    die "'$tmp_dir' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e $tmp_dir;
-    mkdir($tmp_dir, 0700) or die "Unable to mkdir($tmp_dir): $!\n";
-    system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/master/" and exit 1;
-}
-our $last_touch = time;
-
-my %patches;
-
-# Start by finding all patches so that we can load all possible parents.
-open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'branch', '-l') or die $!;
-while (<PIPE>) {
-    if (m# patch/\Q$master_branch\E/(.*)#o) {
-	$patches{$1} = 1;
-    }
-}
-close PIPE;
-
-my @patches = sort keys %patches;
-
-my(%parent, %description);
-foreach my $patch (@patches) {
-    my $branch = "patch/$master_branch/$patch";
-    my $desc = '';
-    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', '-U1000', "$master_branch...$branch", '--', "PATCH.$patch") or die $!;
-    while (<PIPE>) {
-	last if /^@@ /;
-    }
-    while (<PIPE>) {
-	next unless s/^[ +]//;
-	if (m#patch -p1 <patches/(\S+)\.diff# && $1 ne $patch) {
-	    my $parent = $parent{$patch} = $1;
-	    if (!$patches{$parent}) {
-		die "Parent of $patch is not a local branch: $parent\n";
-	    }
-	}
-	$desc .= $_;
-    }
-    close PIPE;
-    $description{$patch} = $desc;
-}
-
-if (@ARGV) {
-    # Limit the list of patches to actually process based on @ARGV.
-    @patches = ( );
-    foreach (@ARGV) {
-	s{^patch(es)?/} {};
-	s{\.diff$} {};
-	if (!$patches{$_}) {
-	    die "Local branch not available for patch: $_\n";
-	}
-	push(@patches, $_);
-    }
-}
-
-my %completed;
-foreach my $patch (@patches) {
-    next if $completed{$patch}++;
-    last unless update_patch($patch);
-}
-
-if ($incl_generated_files) {
-    system "rm -rf $tmp_dir";
-}
-
-sleep 1 while $last_touch >= time;
-system "git checkout $starting_branch" and exit 1;
-
-exit;
-
-
-sub update_patch
-{
-    my($patch) = @_;
-
-    my $parent = $parent{$patch};
-    my $based_on;
-    if (defined $parent) {
-	unless ($completed{$parent}++) {
-	    update_patch($parent);
-	}
-	$based_on = $parent = "patch/$master_branch/$parent";
-    } else {
-	$parent = $master_branch;
-	$based_on = $master_commit;
-    }
-
-    print "======== $patch ========\n";
-
-    sleep 1 while $incl_generated_files && $last_touch >= time;
-    system "git checkout patch/$master_branch/$patch" and return 0;
-
-    my $ok = system("git merge $based_on") == 0;
-    if (!$ok || $launch_shell) {
-	my($parent_dir) = $parent =~ m{([^/]+)$};
-	print qq|"git merge $based_on" incomplete -- please fix.\n| if !$ok;
-	$ENV{PS1} = "[$parent_dir] $patch: ";
-	while (1) {
-	    if (system($ENV{SHELL}) != 0) {
-		print "Abort? [n/y] ";
-		$_ = <STDIN>;
-		next unless /^y/i;
-		return 0;
-	    }
-	    my($cur_branch, $is_clean, $status) = check_git_status(0);
-	    last if $is_clean;
-	    print $status;
-	}
-    }
-
-    open(OUT, '>', "$patches_dir/$patch.diff") or die $!;
-    print OUT $description{$patch}, "\nbased-on: $based_on\n";
-
-    my @extra_files;
-    if ($incl_generated_files) {
-	@extra_files = get_extra_files();
-	system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/$patch/" and exit 1;
-    }
-    $last_touch = time;
-
-    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', $based_on) or die $!;
-    DIFF: while (<PIPE>) {
-	while (m{^diff --git a/PATCH}) {
-	    while (<PIPE>) {
-		last if m{^diff --git a/};
-	    }
-	    last DIFF if !defined $_;
-	}
-	next if /^index /;
-	print OUT $_;
-    }
-    close PIPE;
-
-    if ($incl_generated_files) {
-	my $parent_dir;
-	if ($parent eq $master_branch) {
-	    $parent_dir = 'master';
-	} else {
-	    ($parent_dir) = $parent =~ m{([^/]+)$};
-	}
-	open(PIPE, '-|', 'diff', '-Nurp', "$tmp_dir/$parent_dir", "$tmp_dir/$patch") or die $!;
-	while (<PIPE>) {
-	    s#^(diff -Nurp) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*?) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*)#$1 a/$2 b/$3#o;
-	    s#^\Q---\E $tmp_dir/[^/]+/([^\t]+)\t.*#--- a/$1#o;
-	    s#^\Q+++\E $tmp_dir/[^/]+/([^\t]+)\t.*#+++ b/$1#o;
-	    print OUT $_;
-	}
-	close PIPE;
-	unlink @extra_files;
-    }
-
-    close OUT;
-
-    1;
-}
-
-exit;
-
-sub get_extra_files
-{
-    my @extras;
-
-    open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
-    while (<IN>) {
-	if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
-	    while (s/\\$//) {
-		$_ .= <IN>;
-	    }
-	    @extras = split(' ', $_);
-	    last;
-	}
-    }
-    close IN;
-
-    return @extras;
-}
-
-sub usage
-{
-    die <<EOT;
-Usage: patch-update [OPTIONS] [patches/DIFF...]
-
-Options:
--b, --branch=BRANCH  The master branch to merge into the patch/BASE/* branches.
-    --gen[=DIR]      Include generated files.  Optional destination DIR
-                     arg overrides the default of using the "patches" dir.
-    --skip-check     Skip the check that ensures starting with a clean branch.
--s, --shell          Launch a shell for every patch/BASE/* branch updated, not
-                     just when a conflict occurs.
--h, --help           Output this help message.
-EOT
-}

packaging/release-rsync

@@ -1,421 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to be a
-# copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  When the script is done,
-# the git repository in the current directory will be updated, and the local
-# ~/samba-rsync-ftp dir will be ready to be rsynced to samba.org.
-
-use strict;
-use warnings;
-use Cwd;
-use Getopt::Long;
-use Term::ReadKey;
-use Date::Format;
-
-my $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp';
-my $passfile = $ENV{HOME} . '/.rsyncpass';
-my $path = $ENV{PATH};
-my $make_gen_cmd = 'make -f prepare-source.mak conf && ./config.status && make gen';
-
-&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
-&usage if !&GetOptions(
-    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
-    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
-);
-&usage if $help_opt;
-
-my $now = time;
-my $cl_today = time2str('* %a %b %d %Y', $now);
-my $year = time2str('%Y', $now);
-my $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', $now);
-(my $today = $ztoday) =~ s/^0//;
-
-my $curdir = Cwd::cwd;
-
-END {
-    unlink($passfile);
-}
-
-my @extra_files;
-open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
-while (<IN>) {
-    if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
-	while (s/\\$//) {
-	    $_ .= <IN>;
-	}
-	@extra_files = split(' ', $_);
-	last;
-    }
-}
-close IN;
-
-my $break = <<EOT;
-==========================================================================
-EOT
-
-print $break, <<EOT, $break, "\n";
-== This will release a new version of rsync onto an unsuspecting world. ==
-EOT
-
-die "$dest does not exist\n" unless -d $dest;
-die "There is no .git dir in the current directory.\n" unless -d '.git';
-die "'a' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'a';
-die "'b' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'b';
-
-require 'packaging/git-status.pl';
-check_git_state($master_branch, 1, 1);
-
-my $confversion;
-open(IN, '<', 'configure.ac') or die $!;
-while (<IN>) {
-    if (/^AC_INIT\(\[rsync\],\s*\[(\d.+?)\]/) {
-	$confversion = $1;
-	last;
-    }
-}
-close IN;
-die "Unable to find AC_INIT with version in configure.ac\n" unless defined $confversion;
-
-open(IN, '<', 'OLDNEWS') or die $!;
-$_ = <IN>;
-my($lastversion) = /(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)/;
-my($last_protocol_version, %pdate);
-while (<IN>) {
-    if (my($ver,$pdate,$pver) = /^\s+\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d\s+(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)\s+(\d\d \w\w\w \d\d\d\d\s+)?(\d+)$/) {
-	$pdate{$ver} = $pdate if defined $pdate;
-	$last_protocol_version = $pver if $ver eq $lastversion;
-    }
-}
-close IN;
-die "Unable to determine protocol_version for $lastversion.\n" unless defined $last_protocol_version;
-
-my $protocol_version;
-open(IN, '<', 'rsync.h') or die $!;
-while (<IN>) {
-    if (/^#define\s+PROTOCOL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/) {
-	$protocol_version = $1;
-	last;
-    }
-}
-close IN;
-die "Unable to determine the current PROTOCOL_VERSION.\n" unless defined $protocol_version;
-
-my $version = $confversion;
-$version =~ s/dev/pre1/ || $version =~ s/pre(\d+)/ 'pre' . ($1 + 1) /e;
-
-print "Please enter the version number of this release: [$version] ";
-chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
-if ($_ eq '.') {
-    $version =~ s/pre\d+//;
-} elsif ($_ ne '') {
-    $version = $_;
-}
-die "Invalid version: `$version'\n" unless $version =~ /^[\d.]+(pre\d+)?$/;
-
-if (`git tag -l v$version` ne '') {
-    print "Tag v$version already exists.\n\nDelete tag or quit? [q/del] ";
-    $_ = <STDIN>;
-    exit 1 unless /^del/i;
-    system "git tag -d v$version";
-}
-
-if ($version =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/ && $confversion !~ /dev$/) {
-    $lastversion = $confversion;
-}
-
-print "Enter the previous version to produce a patch against: [$lastversion] ";
-chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
-$lastversion = $_ if $_ ne '';
-$lastversion =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/;
-
-my $pre = $version =~ /(pre\d+)/ ? $1 : '';
-
-my $release = $pre ? '0.1' : '1';
-print "Please enter the RPM release number of this release: [$release] ";
-chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
-$release = $_ if $_ ne '';
-$release .= ".$pre" if $pre;
-
-(my $finalversion = $version) =~ s/pre\d+//;
-my($proto_changed,$proto_change_date);
-if ($protocol_version eq $last_protocol_version) {
-    $proto_changed = 'unchanged';
-    $proto_change_date = "\t\t";
-} else {
-    $proto_changed = 'changed';
-    if (!defined($proto_change_date = $pdate{$finalversion})) {
-	while (1) {
-	    print "On what date did the protocol change to $protocol_version get checked in? (dd Mmm yyyy) ";
-	    chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
-	    last if /^\d\d \w\w\w \d\d\d\d$/;
-	}
-	$proto_change_date = "$_\t";
-    }
-}
-
-my($srcdir,$srcdiffdir,$lastsrcdir,$skipping);
-if ($lastversion =~ /pre/) {
-    if (!$pre) {
-	die "You should not diff a release version against a pre-release version.\n";
-    }
-    $srcdir = $srcdiffdir = $lastsrcdir = 'src-previews';
-    $skipping = ' ** SKIPPING **';
-} elsif ($pre) {
-    $srcdir = $srcdiffdir = 'src-previews';
-    $lastsrcdir = 'src';
-    $skipping = ' ** SKIPPING **';
-} else {
-    $srcdir = $lastsrcdir = 'src';
-    $srcdiffdir = 'src-diffs';
-    $skipping = '';
-}
-
-print "\n", $break, <<EOT;
-\$version is "$version"
-\$lastversion is "$lastversion"
-\$dest is "$dest"
-\$curdir is "$curdir"
-\$srcdir is "$srcdir"
-\$srcdiffdir is "$srcdiffdir"
-\$lastsrcdir is "$lastsrcdir"
-\$release is "$release"
-
-About to:
-    - tweak SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION in rsync.h, if needed
-    - tweak the version in configure.ac and the spec files
-    - tweak NEWS and OLDNEWS to ensure header values are correct
-    - tweak the date in the *.yo files and generate the manpages
-    - generate configure.sh, config.h.in, and proto.h
-    - page through the differences
-
-EOT
-print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
-$_ = <STDIN>;
-
-my %specvars = ( 'Version:' => $finalversion, 'Release:' => $release,
-		 '%define fullversion' => "\%{version}$pre", 'Released' => "$version.",
-		 '%define srcdir' => $srcdir );
-my @tweak_files = ( glob('packaging/*.spec'), glob('packaging/*/*.spec'), glob('*.yo'),
-		    qw( configure.ac rsync.h NEWS OLDNEWS options.c ) );
-
-foreach my $fn (@tweak_files) {
-    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
-    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
-    close IN;
-    if ($fn =~ /configure/) {
-	s/^(AC_INIT\(\[rsync\],\s*\[)\d.+?(\])/$1$version$2/m
-	    or die "Unable to update AC_INIT with version in $fn\n";
-    } elsif ($fn =~ /\.spec/) {
-	while (my($str, $val) = each %specvars) {
-	    s/^\Q$str\E .*/$str $val/m
-		or die "Unable to update $str in $fn\n";
-	}
-	s/^\* \w\w\w \w\w\w \d\d \d\d\d\d (.*)/$cl_today $1/m
-	    or die "Unable to update ChangeLog header in $fn\n";
-    } elsif ($fn =~ /\.yo/) {
-	s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m
-	    or die "Unable to update date in manpage() header in $fn\n";
-	s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m
-	    or die "Unable to update current version info in $fn\n";
-    } elsif ($fn eq 'rsync.h') {
-	s{(#define\s+SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION)\s+(\d+)}
-	 { $1 . ' ' . get_subprotocol_version($2) }e
-	    or die "Unable to find SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION define in $fn\n";
-    } elsif ($fn eq 'NEWS') {
-	s{^(NEWS for rsync \Q$finalversion\E )(\(UNRELEASED\))\s*(\nProtocol: )(\d+) (\([^)]+\))\n}
-	 { $1 . ($pre ? $2 : "($today)") . "$3$protocol_version ($proto_changed)\n" }ei
-	    or die "The first 2 lines of $fn are not in the right format.  They must be:\n"
-		 . "NEWS for rsync $finalversion (UNRELEASED)\n"
-		 . "Protocol: $protocol_version ($proto_changed)\n";
-    } elsif ($fn eq 'OLDNEWS') {
-	s{^(\t\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d)(\t\Q$finalversion\E\t).*}
-	 { ($pre ? $1 : "\t$ztoday") . $2 . $proto_change_date . $protocol_version }em
-	    or die "Unable to find \"?? ??? $year\t$finalversion\" line in $fn\n";
-    } elsif ($fn eq 'options.c') {
-	if (s/(Copyright \(C\) 2002-)(\d+)( Wayne Davison)/$1$year$3/
-	 && $2 ne $year) {
-	    die "Copyright comments need to be updated to $year in all files!\n";
-	}
-	# Adjust the year in the --version output.
-	s/(rprintf\(f, "Copyright \(C\) 1996-)(\d+)/$1$year/
-	    or die "Unable to find Copyright string in --version output of $fn\n";
-	next if $2 eq $year;
-    } else {
-	die "Unrecognized file in \@tweak_files: $fn\n";
-    }
-    open(OUT, '>', $fn) or die $!;
-    print OUT $_;
-    close OUT;
-}
-
-print $break;
-system "git diff --color | less -p '^diff .*'";
-
-my $srctar_name = "rsync-$version.tar.gz";
-my $pattar_name = "rsync-patches-$version.tar.gz";
-my $diff_name = "rsync-$lastversion-$version.diffs.gz";
-my $srctar_file = "$dest/$srcdir/$srctar_name";
-my $pattar_file = "$dest/$srcdir/$pattar_name";
-my $diff_file = "$dest/$srcdiffdir/$diff_name";
-my $news_file = "$dest/$srcdir/rsync-$version-NEWS";
-my $lasttar_file = "$dest/$lastsrcdir/rsync-$lastversion.tar.gz";
-
-print $break, <<EOT;
-
-About to:
-    - commit all version changes
-    - merge the $master_branch branch into the patch/$master_branch/* branches
-    - update the files in the "patches" dir and OPTIONALLY
-      (if you type 'y') to launch a shell for each patch
-
-EOT
-print "<Press Enter OR 'y' to continue> ";
-my $ans = <STDIN>;
-
-system "git commit -a -m 'Preparing for release of $version'" and exit 1;
-
-print "Updating files in \"patches\" dir ...\n";
-system "packaging/patch-update --branch=$master_branch";
-
-if ($ans =~ /^y/i) {
-    print "\nVisiting all \"patch/$master_branch/*\" branches ...\n";
-    system "packaging/patch-update --branch=$master_branch --skip-check --shell";
-}
-
-if (-d 'patches/.git') {
-    system "cd patches && git commit -a -m 'The patches for $version.'" and exit 1;
-}
-
-print $break, <<EOT;
-
-About to:
-    - create signed tag for this release: v$version
-    - create release diffs, "$diff_name"
-    - create release tar, "$srctar_name"
-    - generate rsync-$version/patches/* files
-    - create patches tar, "$pattar_name"
-    - update top-level README, *NEWS, TODO, and ChangeLog
-    - update top-level rsync*.html manpages
-    - gpg-sign the release files
-    - update hard-linked top-level release files$skipping
-
-EOT
-print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
-$_ = <STDIN>;
-
-# We want to use our passphrase-providing "gpg" script, so modify the PATH.
-$ENV{PATH} = "$curdir/packaging/bin:$path";
-
-my $passphrase;
-while (1) {
-    ReadMode('noecho');
-    print "\nEnter your GPG pass-phrase: ";
-    chomp($passphrase = <STDIN>);
-    ReadMode(0);
-    print "\n";
-
-    # Briefly create a temp file with the passphrase for git's tagging use.
-    my $oldmask = umask 077;
-    unlink($passfile);
-    open(OUT, '>', $passfile) or die $!;
-    print OUT $passphrase, "\n";
-    close OUT;
-    umask $oldmask;
-    $ENV{'GPG_PASSFILE'} = $passfile;
-
-    $_ = `git tag -s -m 'Version $version.' v$version 2>&1`;
-    print $_;
-    next if /bad passphrase/;
-    exit 1 if /failed/;
-
-    if (-d 'patches/.git') {
-	$_ = `cd patches && git tag -s -m 'Version $version.' v$version 2>&1`;
-	print $_;
-	exit 1 if /bad passphrase|failed/;
-    }
-
-    unlink($passfile);
-    last;
-}
-
-$ENV{PATH} = $path;
-
-# Extract the generated files from the old tar.
-@_ = @extra_files;
-map { s#^#rsync-$lastversion/# } @_;
-system "tar xzf $lasttar_file @_";
-rename("rsync-$lastversion", 'a');
-
-print "Creating $diff_file ...\n";
-system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files b/" and exit 1;
-my $sed_script = 's:^((---|\+\+\+) [ab]/[^\t]+)\t.*:\1:';
-system "(git diff v$lastversion v$version; diff -upN a b | sed -r '$sed_script') | gzip -9 >$diff_file";
-system "rm -rf a";
-rename('b', "rsync-$version");
-
-print "Creating $srctar_file ...\n";
-system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=rsync-$version/ v$version | tar xf -";
-system "support/git-set-file-times --prefix=rsync-$version/";
-system "fakeroot tar czf $srctar_file rsync-$version; rm -rf rsync-$version";
-
-print "Updating files in \"rsync-$version/patches\" dir ...\n";
-mkdir("rsync-$version", 0755);
-mkdir("rsync-$version/patches", 0755);
-system "packaging/patch-update --skip-check --branch=$master_branch --gen=rsync-$version/patches";
-
-print "Creating $pattar_file ...\n";
-system "fakeroot tar chzf $pattar_file rsync-$version/patches; rm -rf rsync-$version";
-
-print "Updating the other files in $dest ...\n";
-system "rsync -a README NEWS OLDNEWS TODO $dest";
-unlink($news_file);
-link("$dest/NEWS", $news_file);
-system "git log --name-status | gzip -9 >$dest/ChangeLog.gz";
-
-system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsync.html rsync.yo";
-system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsyncd.conf.html rsyncd.conf.yo";
-
-foreach my $fn ($srctar_file, $pattar_file, $diff_file) {
-    unlink("$fn.asc");
-    open(GPG, '|-', "gpg --batch --passphrase-fd=0 -ba $fn") or die $!;
-    print GPG $passphrase, "\n";
-    close GPG;
-}
-
-if (!$pre) {
-    system "rm $dest/rsync-*.gz $dest/rsync-*.asc $dest/rsync-*-NEWS $dest/src-previews/rsync-*diffs.gz*";
-
-    foreach my $fn ($srctar_file, "$srctar_file.asc",
-		    $pattar_file, "$pattar_file.asc",
-		    $diff_file, "$diff_file.asc", $news_file) {
-	(my $top_fn = $fn) =~ s#/src(-\w+)?/#/#;
-	link($fn, $top_fn);
-    }
-}
-
-print $break, <<'EOT';
-
-Local changes are done.  When you're satisfied, push the git repository
-and rsync the release files.  Remember to announce the release on *BOTH*
-rsync-announce@lists.samba.org and rsync@lists.samba.org (and the web)!
-EOT
-
-exit;
-
-sub get_subprotocol_version
-{
-    my($subver) = @_;
-    if ($pre && $proto_changed eq 'changed') {
-	return $subver == 0 ? 1 : $subver;
-    }
-    0;
-}
-
-sub usage
-{
-    die <<EOT;
-Usage: release-rsync [OPTIONS]
-
--b, --branch=BRANCH   The branch to release (default: master)
--h, --help            Display this help message
-EOT
-}

packaging/systemd/rsync.service

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-[Unit]
-Description=fast remote file copy program daemon
-ConditionPathExists=/etc/rsyncd.conf
-
-[Service]
-ExecStart=/usr/bin/rsync --daemon --no-detach
-
-[Install]
-WantedBy=multi-user.target

packaging/var-checker

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# This script checks the *.c files for extraneous "extern" variables,
-# for vars that are defined but not used, and for inconsistent array
-# sizes.  Run it from inside the main rsync directory.
-
-use strict;
-use warnings;
-
-my %add_syscall_c = map { $_ => 1 } qw( t_stub.c t_unsafe.c tls.c trimslash.c );
-my %add_compat_c = map { $_ => 1 } qw( t_stub.c tls.c trimslash.c wildtest.c );
-my %add_util_c = map { $_ => 1 } qw( t_stub.c t_unsafe.c );
-my %sizes;
-
-open(IN, '<', 'syscall.c') or die $!;
-undef $/; my $syscall_c = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
-close IN;
-$syscall_c =~ s/^extern\s.*//mg;
-
-open(IN, '<', 'lib/compat.c') or die $!;
-undef $/; my $compat_c = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
-close IN;
-$compat_c =~ s/^extern\s.*//mg;
-
-open(IN, '<', 'util.c') or die $!;
-undef $/; my $util_c = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
-close IN;
-$util_c =~ s/^extern\s.*//mg;
-
-my @files = glob('*.c');
-
-foreach my $fn (@files) {
-    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
-    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
-    close IN;
-
-    my @vars = /^(?!(?:extern|enum)\s)([a-zA-Z]\S*\s+.*);/mg;
-    my @externs = /^extern\s+(.*);/mg;
-
-    $_ .= $syscall_c if $add_syscall_c{$fn};
-    $_ .= $compat_c if $add_compat_c{$fn};
-    $_ .= $util_c if $add_util_c{$fn};
-    s/INFO_GTE/info_levels/g;
-    s/DEBUG_GTE/debug_levels/g;
-
-    check_vars($fn, 'var', @vars);
-    check_vars($fn, 'extern', @externs);
-}
-
-exit;
-
-# The file's contents are in $_.
-sub check_vars
-{
-    my $fn = shift;
-    my $type = shift;
-
-    foreach my $line (@_) {
-	$line =~ s/\s*\{.*\}//;
-	$line =~ s/\s*\(.*\)//;
-	foreach my $item (split(/\s*,\s*/, $line)) {
-	    $item =~ s/\s*=.*//;
-	    my $sz = $item =~ s/(\[.*?\])// ? $1 : '';
-	    my($var) = $item =~ /([^*\s]+)$/;
-	    if (!defined $var) {
-		print "Bogus match? ($item)\n";
-		next;
-	    }
-	    if ($sz) {
-		if (defined $sizes{$var}) {
-		    if ($sizes{$var} ne $sz) {
-			print $fn, ' has inconsistent size for "', $var,
-			    "\": $sizes{$var} vs $sz\n";
-		    }
-		} else {
-		    $sizes{$var} = $sz;
-		}
-	    }
-	    my @matches = /(?<!\sstruct )\b(\Q$var\E)(?!\w)/g;
-	    push(@matches, /(\QSIGACTION(\E)/g) if $var eq 'sigact';
-	    print $fn, " has extraneous $type: \"", $var, "\"\n" if @matches == 1;
-	}
-    }
-}

params.c

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-/* This modules is based on the params.c module from Samba, written by Karl Auer
-   and much modifed by Christopher Hertel. */
-
 /*
+  This modules is based on the params.c module from Samba, written by Karl Auer
+  and much modifed by Christopher Hertel.
+
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  *
  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
  *
  * Module name: params
  *
@@ -74,8 +74,6 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "ifuncs.h"
-#include "itypes.h"
 
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
  * Constants...
@@ -94,8 +92,6 @@
 
 static char *bufr  = NULL;
 static int   bSize = 0;
-static BOOL  (*the_sfunc)(char *);
-static BOOL  (*the_pfunc)(char *, char *);
 
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
  * Functions...
@@ -168,7 +164,7 @@ static int Continuation( char *line, int pos )
    */
   {
   pos--;
-  while( pos >= 0 && isSpace(line + pos) )
+  while( (pos >= 0) && isspace(((unsigned char *)line)[pos]) )
      pos--;
 
   return( ((pos >= 0) && ('\\' == line[pos])) ? pos : -1 );
@@ -214,7 +210,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
       bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
-        rprintf(FLOG, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func);
+        rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func);
         return( False );
         }
       }
@@ -226,7 +222,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
         bufr[end] = '\0';
         if( 0 == end )                  /* Don't allow an empty name.       */
           {
-          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Empty section name in config file.\n", func );
+          rprintf(FERROR, "%s Empty section name in configuration file.\n", func );
           return( False );
           }
         if( !sfunc( bufr ) )            /* Got a valid name.  Deal with it. */
@@ -239,7 +235,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
         if( i < 0 )
           {
           bufr[end] = '\0';
-          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Badly formed line in config file: %s\n",
+          rprintf(FERROR, "%s Badly formed line in configuration file: %s\n",
                    func, bufr );
           return( False );
           }
@@ -264,7 +260,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
     }
 
   /* We arrive here if we've met the EOF before the closing bracket. */
-  rprintf(FLOG, "%s Unexpected EOF in the config file: %s\n", func, bufr );
+  rprintf(FERROR, "%s Unexpected EOF in the configuration file: %s\n", func, bufr );
   return( False );
   } /* Section */
 
@@ -308,7 +304,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
       bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
-        rprintf(FLOG, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
+        rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
         return( False );
         }
       }
@@ -318,12 +314,13 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
       case '=':                 /* Equal sign marks end of param name. */
         if( 0 == end )              /* Don't allow an empty name.      */
           {
-          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Invalid parameter name in config file.\n", func );
+          rprintf(FERROR, "%s Invalid parameter name in config. file.\n", func );
           return( False );
           }
         bufr[end++] = '\0';         /* Mark end of string & advance.   */
-        i = vstart = end;           /* New string starts here.         */
-        c = EatWhitespace(InFile);
+        i       = end;              /* New string starts here.         */
+        vstart  = end;              /* New string is parameter value.  */
+        bufr[i] = '\0';             /* New string is nul, for now.     */
         break;
 
       case '\n':                /* Find continuation char, else error. */
@@ -331,7 +328,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
         if( i < 0 )
           {
           bufr[end] = '\0';
-          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Ignoring badly formed line in config file: %s\n",
+          rprintf(FERROR, "%s Ignoring badly formed line in configuration file: %s\n",
                    func, bufr );
           return( True );
           }
@@ -342,22 +339,9 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
       case '\0':                /* Shouldn't have EOF within param name. */
       case EOF:
         bufr[i] = '\0';
-        rprintf(FLOG, "%s Unexpected end-of-file at: %s\n", func, bufr );
+        rprintf(FERROR, "%s Unexpected end-of-file at: %s\n", func, bufr );
         return( True );
 
-      case ' ':
-      case '\t':
-        /* A directive divides at the first space or tab. */
-        if (*bufr == '&') {
-          bufr[end++] = '\0';
-          i = vstart = end;
-          c = EatWhitespace(InFile);
-          if (c == '=')
-            c = EatWhitespace(InFile);
-          break;
-        }
-        /* FALL THROUGH */
-
       default:
         if( isspace( c ) )     /* One ' ' per whitespace region.       */
           {
@@ -375,6 +359,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
     }
 
   /* Now parse the value. */
+  c = EatWhitespace( InFile );  /* Again, trim leading whitespace. */
   while( (EOF !=c) && (c > 0) )
     {
 
@@ -384,7 +369,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
       bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
-        rprintf(FLOG, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
+        rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
         return( False );
         }
       }
@@ -401,7 +386,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
           c = 0;
         else
           {
-          for( end = i; end >= 0 && isSpace(bufr + end); end-- )
+          for( end = i; (end >= 0) && isspace(((unsigned char *) bufr)[end]); end-- )
             ;
           c = getc( InFile );
           }
@@ -420,88 +405,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
   return( pfunc( bufr, &bufr[vstart] ) );   /* Pass name & value to pfunc().  */
   } /* Parameter */
 
-static int name_cmp(const void *n1, const void *n2)
-{
-    return strcmp(*(char * const *)n1, *(char * const *)n2);
-}
-
-static int include_config(char *include, int manage_globals)
-{
-    STRUCT_STAT sb;
-    char *match = manage_globals ? "*.conf" : "*.inc";
-    int ret;
-
-    if (do_stat(include, &sb) < 0) {
-	rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "unable to stat config file \"%s\"", include);
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    if (S_ISREG(sb.st_mode)) {
-	if (manage_globals && the_sfunc)
-	    the_sfunc("]push");
-	ret = pm_process(include, the_sfunc, the_pfunc);
-	if (manage_globals && the_sfunc)
-	    the_sfunc("]pop");
-    } else if (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
-	char buf[MAXPATHLEN], **bpp;
-	item_list conf_list;
-	struct dirent *di;
-	size_t j;
-	DIR *d;
-
-	if (!(d = opendir(include))) {
-	    rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "unable to open config dir \"%s\"", include);
-	    return 0;
-	}
-
-	memset(&conf_list, 0, sizeof conf_list);
-
-	while ((di = readdir(d)) != NULL) {
-	    char *dname = d_name(di);
-	    if (!wildmatch(match, dname))
-		continue;
-	    bpp = EXPAND_ITEM_LIST(&conf_list, char *, 32);
-	    pathjoin(buf, sizeof buf, include, dname);
-	    *bpp = strdup(buf);
-	}
-	closedir(d);
-
-	if (!(bpp = conf_list.items))
-	    return 1;
-
-	if (conf_list.count > 1)
-	    qsort(bpp, conf_list.count, sizeof (char *), name_cmp);
-
-	for (j = 0, ret = 1; j < conf_list.count; j++) {
-	    if (manage_globals && the_sfunc)
-		the_sfunc(j == 0 ? "]push" : "]reset");
-	    if ((ret = pm_process(bpp[j], the_sfunc, the_pfunc)) != 1)
-		break;
-	}
-
-	if (manage_globals && the_sfunc)
-	    the_sfunc("]pop");
-
-	for (j = 0; j < conf_list.count; j++)
-	    free(bpp[j]);
-	free(bpp);
-    } else
-	ret = 0;
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static int parse_directives(char *name, char *val)
-{
-    if (strcasecmp(name, "&include") == 0)
-        return include_config(val, 1);
-    if (strcasecmp(name, "&merge") == 0)
-        return include_config(val, 0);
-    rprintf(FLOG, "Unknown directive: %s.\n", name);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int Parse( FILE *InFile,
+static BOOL Parse( FILE *InFile,
                    BOOL (*sfunc)(char *),
                    BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *) )
   /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
@@ -513,8 +417,7 @@ static int Parse( FILE *InFile,
    *          pfunc   - Function to be called when a parameter is scanned.
    *                    See Parameter().
    *
-   *  Output: 1 if the file was successfully scanned, 2 if the file was
-   *  scanned until a section header with no section function, else 0.
+   *  Output: True if the file was successfully scanned, else False.
    *
    *  Notes:  The input can be viewed in terms of 'lines'.  There are four
    *          types of lines:
@@ -523,7 +426,7 @@ static int Parse( FILE *InFile,
    *                         The remainder of the line is ignored.
    *            Section    - First non-whitespace character is a '['.
    *            Parameter  - The default case.
-   *
+   * 
    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
    */
   {
@@ -544,39 +447,29 @@ static int Parse( FILE *InFile,
         break;
 
       case '[':                         /* Section Header. */
-        if (!sfunc)
-          return 2;
-        if( !Section( InFile, sfunc ) )
-          return 0;
-        c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
-        break;
+	      if (!sfunc) return True;
+	      if( !Section( InFile, sfunc ) )
+		      return( False );
+	      c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
+	      break;
 
       case '\\':                        /* Bogus backslash. */
         c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
         break;
 
-      case '&':                         /* Handle directives */
-        the_sfunc = sfunc;
-        the_pfunc = pfunc;
-        c = Parameter( InFile, parse_directives, c );
-        if (c != 1)
-          return c;
-        c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
-        break;
-
       default:                          /* Parameter line. */
         if( !Parameter( InFile, pfunc, c ) )
-          return 0;
+          return( False );
         c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
         break;
       }
     }
-  return 1;
+  return( True );
   } /* Parse */
 
 static FILE *OpenConfFile( char *FileName )
   /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
-   * Open a config file.
+   * Open a configuration file.
    *
    *  Input:  FileName  - The pathname of the config file to be opened.
    *
@@ -591,21 +484,21 @@ static FILE *OpenConfFile( char *FileName )
 
   if( NULL == FileName || 0 == *FileName )
     {
-    rprintf(FLOG, "%s No config filename specified.\n", func);
+    rprintf(FERROR,"%s No configuration filename specified.\n", func);
     return( NULL );
     }
 
   OpenedFile = fopen( FileName, "r" );
   if( NULL == OpenedFile )
     {
-    rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "unable to open config file \"%s\"",
-	    FileName);
+    rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "rsync: unable to open configuration file \"%s\"",
+	    safe_fname(FileName));
     }
 
   return( OpenedFile );
   } /* OpenConfFile */
 
-int pm_process( char *FileName,
+BOOL pm_process( char *FileName,
                  BOOL (*sfunc)(char *),
                  BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *) )
   /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
@@ -617,8 +510,7 @@ int pm_process( char *FileName,
    *          pfunc     - A pointer to a function that will be called when
    *                      a parameter name and value are discovered.
    *
-   *  Output: 1 if the file was successfully parsed, 2 if parsing ended at a
-   *  section header w/o a section function, else 0.
+   *  Output: TRUE if the file was successfully parsed, else FALSE.
    *
    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
    */
@@ -641,7 +533,7 @@ int pm_process( char *FileName,
     bufr = new_array( char, bSize );
     if( NULL == bufr )
       {
-      rprintf(FLOG, "%s memory allocation failure.\n", func);
+      rprintf(FERROR,"%s memory allocation failure.\n", func);
       fclose(InFile);
       return( False );
       }
@@ -655,11 +547,11 @@ int pm_process( char *FileName,
 
   if( !result )                               /* Generic failure. */
     {
-    rprintf(FLOG, "%s Failed.  Error returned from params.c:parse().\n", func);
-    return 0;
+    rprintf(FERROR,"%s Failed.  Error returned from params.c:parse().\n", func);
+    return( False );
     }
 
-  return result;
+  return( True );                             /* Generic success. */
   } /* pm_process */
 
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

pipe.c

@@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
-/*
- * Routines used to setup various kinds of inter-process pipes.
+/*  -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
  *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  *
  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -16,8 +14,9 @@
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
@@ -25,15 +24,11 @@
 extern int am_sender;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int blocking_io;
+extern int orig_umask;
 extern int filesfrom_fd;
-extern int munge_symlinks;
-extern char *logfile_name;
-extern int remote_option_cnt;
-extern const char **remote_options;
-extern struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes;
 
 /**
- * Create a child connected to us via its stdin/stdout.
+ * Create a child connected to use on stdin/stdout.
  *
  * This is derived from CVS code
  *
@@ -51,8 +46,9 @@ pid_t piped_child(char **command, int *f_in, int *f_out)
 	int to_child_pipe[2];
 	int from_child_pipe[2];
 
-	if (DEBUG_GTE(CMD, 1))
-		print_child_argv("opening connection using:", command);
+	if (verbose >= 2) {
+		print_child_argv(command);
+	}
 
 	if (fd_pair(to_child_pipe) < 0 || fd_pair(from_child_pipe) < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "pipe");
@@ -77,11 +73,13 @@ pid_t piped_child(char **command, int *f_in, int *f_out)
 			close(to_child_pipe[0]);
 		if (from_child_pipe[1] != STDOUT_FILENO)
 			close(from_child_pipe[1]);
+		umask(orig_umask);
 		set_blocking(STDIN_FILENO);
 		if (blocking_io > 0)
 			set_blocking(STDOUT_FILENO);
 		execvp(command[0], command);
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to exec %s", command[0]);
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to exec %s",
+			safe_fname(command[0]));
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
 	}
 
@@ -113,9 +111,6 @@ pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv, int *f_in, int *f_out,
 	int to_child_pipe[2];
 	int from_child_pipe[2];
 
-	/* The parent process is always the sender for a local rsync. */
-	assert(am_sender);
-
 	if (fd_pair(to_child_pipe) < 0 ||
 	    fd_pair(from_child_pipe) < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "pipe");
@@ -129,26 +124,11 @@ pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv, int *f_in, int *f_out,
 	}
 
 	if (pid == 0) {
-		am_sender = 0;
+		am_sender = !am_sender;
 		am_server = 1;
-		filesfrom_fd = -1;
-		munge_symlinks = 0; /* Each side needs its own option. */
-		chmod_modes = NULL; /* Let the sending side handle this. */
 
-		/* Let the client side handle this. */
-		if (logfile_name) {
-			logfile_name = NULL;
-			logfile_close();
-		}
-
-		if (remote_option_cnt) {
-			int rc = remote_option_cnt + 1;
-			const char **rv = remote_options;
-			if (!parse_arguments(&rc, &rv)) {
-				option_error();
-				exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
-			}
-		}
+		if (!am_sender)
+			filesfrom_fd = -1;
 
 		if (dup2(to_child_pipe[0], STDIN_FILENO) < 0 ||
 		    close(to_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
@@ -161,12 +141,12 @@ pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv, int *f_in, int *f_out,
 			close(to_child_pipe[0]);
 		if (from_child_pipe[1] != STDOUT_FILENO)
 			close(from_child_pipe[1]);
-#ifdef ICONV_CONST
-		setup_iconv();
-#endif
 		child_main(argc, argv);
 	}
 
+	if (!am_sender)
+		filesfrom_fd = -1;
+
 	if (close(from_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
 	    close(to_child_pipe[0]) < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to close");

popt/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+ID
+Makefile
+config.cache
+config.h
+config.log
+config.status
+dummy

popt/findme.c

@@ -2,20 +2,18 @@
  * \file popt/findme.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 #include "findme.h"
 
-const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0)
-{
+const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0) {
     char * path = getenv("PATH");
     char * pathbuf;
     char * start, * chptr;
     char * buf;
-    size_t bufsize;
 
     if (argv0 == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
     /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute path */
@@ -24,20 +22,17 @@ const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0)
 
     if (path == NULL) return NULL;
 
-    bufsize = strlen(path) + 1;
-    start = pathbuf = alloca(bufsize);
-    if (pathbuf == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
-    strlcpy(pathbuf, path, bufsize);
-    bufsize += sizeof "/" - 1 + strlen(argv0);
-    buf = malloc(bufsize);
+    start = pathbuf = alloca(strlen(path) + 1);
+    buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + sizeof("/"));
     if (buf == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    strcpy(pathbuf, path);
 
     chptr = NULL;
     /*@-branchstate@*/
     do {
 	if ((chptr = strchr(start, ':')))
 	    *chptr = '\0';
-	snprintf(buf, bufsize, "%s/%s", start, argv0);
+	sprintf(buf, "%s/%s", start, argv0);
 
 	if (!access(buf, X_OK))
 	    return buf;

popt/popt.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * \file popt/popt.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 19982000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist */
 
@@ -18,18 +18,8 @@
 #include "findme.h"
 #include "poptint.h"
 
-#ifndef DBL_EPSILON
-#define DBL_EPSILON 2.2204460492503131e-16
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	MYDEBUG
-/*@unchecked@*/
-int _popt_debug = 0;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(HAVE_STRERROR) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
-static char * strerror(int errno)
-{
+#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
+static char * strerror(int errno) {
     extern int sys_nerr;
     extern char * sys_errlist[];
 
@@ -41,8 +31,7 @@ static char * strerror(int errno)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MYDEBUG
-/*@unused@*/
-static void prtcon(const char *msg, poptContext con)
+/*@unused@*/ static void prtcon(const char *msg, poptContext con)
 {
     if (msg) fprintf(stderr, "%s", msg);
     fprintf(stderr, "\tcon %p os %p nextCharArg \"%s\" nextArg \"%s\" argv[%d] \"%s\"\n",
@@ -60,7 +49,7 @@ void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute)
     con->execPath = _free(con->execPath);
     con->execPath = xstrdup(path);
     con->execAbsolute = allowAbsolute;
-    /*@-nullstate@*/ /* LCL: con->execPath not NULL */
+    /*@-nullstate@*/ /* LCL: con->execPath can be NULL? */
     return;
     /*@=nullstate@*/
 }
@@ -73,22 +62,17 @@ static void invokeCallbacksPRE(poptContext con, const struct poptOption * opt)
     for (; opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; opt++) {
 	if (opt->arg == NULL) continue;		/* XXX program error. */
 	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    void * arg = opt->arg;
-/*@-branchstate@*/
-	    /* XXX sick hack to preserve pretense of ABI. */
-	    if (arg == poptHelpOptions) arg = poptHelpOptionsI18N;
-/*@=branchstate@*/
 	    /* Recurse on included sub-tables. */
-	    invokeCallbacksPRE(con, arg);
+	    invokeCallbacksPRE(con, opt->arg);
 	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK &&
 		   (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_PRE))
 	{   /*@-castfcnptr@*/
 	    poptCallbackType cb = (poptCallbackType)opt->arg;
 	    /*@=castfcnptr@*/
 	    /* Perform callback. */
-	    /*@-noeffectuncon @*/
+	    /*@-moduncon -noeffectuncon @*/
 	    cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, NULL, NULL, opt->descrip);
-	    /*@=noeffectuncon @*/
+	    /*@=moduncon =noeffectuncon @*/
 	}
     }
 }
@@ -101,22 +85,17 @@ static void invokeCallbacksPOST(poptContext con, const struct poptOption * opt)
     for (; opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; opt++) {
 	if (opt->arg == NULL) continue;		/* XXX program error. */
 	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    void * arg = opt->arg;
-/*@-branchstate@*/
-	    /* XXX sick hack to preserve pretense of ABI. */
-	    if (arg == poptHelpOptions) arg = poptHelpOptionsI18N;
-/*@=branchstate@*/
 	    /* Recurse on included sub-tables. */
-	    invokeCallbacksPOST(con, arg);
+	    invokeCallbacksPOST(con, opt->arg);
 	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK &&
 		   (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_POST))
 	{   /*@-castfcnptr@*/
 	    poptCallbackType cb = (poptCallbackType)opt->arg;
 	    /*@=castfcnptr@*/
 	    /* Perform callback. */
-	    /*@-noeffectuncon @*/
+	    /*@-moduncon -noeffectuncon @*/
 	    cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST, NULL, NULL, opt->descrip);
-	    /*@=noeffectuncon @*/
+	    /*@=moduncon =noeffectuncon @*/
 	}
     }
 }
@@ -133,11 +112,6 @@ static void invokeCallbacksOPTION(poptContext con,
     if (opt != NULL)
     for (; opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; opt++) {
 	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    void * arg = opt->arg;
-/*@-branchstate@*/
-	    /* XXX sick hack to preserve pretense of ABI. */
-	    if (arg == poptHelpOptions) arg = poptHelpOptionsI18N;
-/*@=branchstate@*/
 	    /* Recurse on included sub-tables. */
 	    if (opt->arg != NULL)	/* XXX program error */
 		invokeCallbacksOPTION(con, opt->arg, myOpt, myData, shorty);
@@ -159,10 +133,10 @@ static void invokeCallbacksOPTION(poptContext con,
 	    const void * cbData = (cbopt->descrip ? cbopt->descrip : myData);
 	    /* Perform callback. */
 	    if (cb != NULL) {	/* XXX program error */
-		/*@-noeffectuncon @*/
+		/*@-moduncon -noeffectuncon @*/
 		cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION, myOpt,
 			con->os->nextArg, cbData);
-		/*@=noeffectuncon @*/
+		/*@=moduncon =noeffectuncon @*/
 	    }
 	    /* Terminate (unless explcitly continuing). */
 	    if (!(cbopt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_CONTINUE))
@@ -207,12 +181,8 @@ poptContext poptGetContext(const char * name, int argc, const char ** argv,
 	con->flags |= POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER;
 
     if (name) {
-	size_t bufsize = strlen(name) + 1;
-	char * t = malloc(bufsize);
-	if (t) {
-	    strlcpy(t, name, bufsize);
-	    con->appName = t;
-	}
+	char * t = malloc(strlen(name) + 1);
+	if (t) con->appName = strcpy(t, name);
     }
 
     /*@-internalglobs@*/
@@ -232,7 +202,6 @@ static void cleanOSE(/*@special@*/ struct optionStackEntry *os)
     os->argb = PBM_FREE(os->argb);
 }
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
 void poptResetContext(poptContext con)
 {
     int i;
@@ -253,11 +222,10 @@ void poptResetContext(poptContext con)
     con->doExec = NULL;
 
     if (con->finalArgv != NULL)
-    for (i = 0; i < con->finalArgvCount; i++) {
+    for (i = 0; i < con->finalArgvCount; i++)
 	/*@-unqualifiedtrans@*/		/* FIX: typedef double indirection. */
 	con->finalArgv[i] = _free(con->finalArgv[i]);
 	/*@=unqualifiedtrans@*/
-    }
 
     con->finalArgvCount = 0;
     con->arg_strip = PBM_FREE(con->arg_strip);
@@ -265,10 +233,8 @@ void poptResetContext(poptContext con)
     return;
     /*@=nullstate@*/
 }
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 /* Only one of longName, shortName should be set, not both. */
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
 static int handleExec(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
 		/*@null@*/ const char * longName, char shortName)
 	/*@uses con->execs, con->numExecs, con->flags, con->doExec,
@@ -311,13 +277,12 @@ static int handleExec(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
 
     i = con->finalArgvCount++;
     if (con->finalArgv != NULL)	/* XXX can't happen */
-    {	size_t bufsize = (longName ? strlen(longName) : 0) + 3;
-	char *s  = malloc(bufsize);
+    {	char *s  = malloc((longName ? strlen(longName) : 0) + 3);
 	if (s != NULL) {	/* XXX can't happen */
 	    if (longName)
-		snprintf(s, bufsize, "--%s", longName);
+		sprintf(s, "--%s", longName);
 	    else
-		snprintf(s, bufsize, "-%c", shortName);
+		sprintf(s, "-%c", shortName);
 	    con->finalArgv[i] = s;
 	} else
 	    con->finalArgv[i] = NULL;
@@ -327,12 +292,11 @@ static int handleExec(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
     return 1;
     /*@=nullstate@*/
 }
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 /* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */
 static int handleAlias(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
 		/*@null@*/ const char * longName, char shortName,
-		/*@exposed@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextCharArg)
+		/*@keep@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextCharArg)
 	/*@uses con->aliases, con->numAliases, con->optionStack, con->os,
 		con->os->currAlias, con->os->currAlias->option.longName @*/
 	/*@modifies con @*/
@@ -366,10 +330,8 @@ static int handleAlias(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
     if ((con->os - con->optionStack + 1) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH)
 	return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP;
 
-/*@-boundsread@*/
     if (nextCharArg && *nextCharArg)
 	con->os->nextCharArg = nextCharArg;
-/*@=boundsread@*/
 
     con->os++;
     con->os->next = 0;
@@ -384,14 +346,13 @@ static int handleAlias(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
     return (rc ? rc : 1);
 }
 
-/*@-bounds -boundswrite @*/
 static int execCommand(poptContext con)
-	/*@globals internalState @*/
-	/*@modifies internalState @*/
+    /*@*/
 {
     poptItem item = con->doExec;
     const char ** argv;
     int argc = 0;
+    int rc;
 
     if (item == NULL) /*XXX can't happen*/
 	return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
@@ -402,15 +363,15 @@ static int execCommand(poptContext con)
 
     argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) *
 			(6 + item->argc + con->numLeftovers + con->finalArgvCount));
-    if (argv == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
+    if (argv == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;	/* XXX can't happen */
 
-    if (!strchr(item->argv[0], '/') && con->execPath != NULL) {
-	size_t bufsize = strlen(con->execPath) + strlen(item->argv[0]) + sizeof "/";
-	char *s = alloca(bufsize);
-	snprintf(s, bufsize, "%s/%s", con->execPath, item->argv[0]);
+    if (!strchr(item->argv[0], '/') && con->execPath) {
+	char *s = alloca(strlen(con->execPath) + strlen(item->argv[0]) + sizeof("/"));
+	sprintf(s, "%s/%s", con->execPath, item->argv[0]);
 	argv[argc] = s;
-    } else
+    } else {
 	argv[argc] = findProgramPath(item->argv[0]);
+    }
     if (argv[argc++] == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
 
     if (item->argc > 1) {
@@ -425,16 +386,16 @@ static int execCommand(poptContext con)
     }
 
     if (con->leftovers != NULL && con->numLeftovers > 0) {
+#if 0
+	argv[argc++] = "--";
+#endif
 	memcpy(argv + argc, con->leftovers, sizeof(*argv) * con->numLeftovers);
 	argc += con->numLeftovers;
     }
 
     argv[argc] = NULL;
 
-  {
 #ifdef __hpux
-    int rc = setresgid(getgid(), getgid(),-1);
-    if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
     rc = setresuid(getuid(), getuid(),-1);
     if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 #else
@@ -444,26 +405,19 @@ static int execCommand(poptContext con)
  * XXX	from Norbert Warmuth <nwarmuth@privat.circular.de>
  */
 #if defined(HAVE_SETUID)
-    int rc = setgid(getgid());
-    if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
     rc = setuid(getuid());
     if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 #elif defined (HAVE_SETREUID)
-    int rc = setregid(getgid(), getgid());
-    if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
-    rc = setreuid(getuid(), getuid());
+    rc = setreuid(getuid(), getuid()); /*hlauer: not portable to hpux9.01 */
     if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 #else
     ; /* Can't drop privileges */
 #endif
 #endif
-  }
 
     if (argv[0] == NULL)
 	return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
-
-#ifdef	MYDEBUG
-if (_popt_debug)
+#ifdef MYDEBUG
     {	const char ** avp;
 	fprintf(stderr, "==> execvp(%s) argv[%d]:", argv[0], argc);
 	for (avp = argv; *avp; avp++)
@@ -472,13 +426,10 @@ if (_popt_debug)
     }
 #endif
 
-    execvp(argv[0], (char *const *)argv);
-
+    rc = execvp(argv[0], (char *const *)argv);
     return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 }
-/*@=bounds =boundswrite @*/
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
 /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const struct poptOption *
 findOption(const struct poptOption * opt, /*@null@*/ const char * longName,
 		char shortName,
@@ -497,15 +448,10 @@ findOption(const struct poptOption * opt, /*@null@*/ const char * longName,
 
 	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
 	    const struct poptOption * opt2;
-	    void * arg = opt->arg;
 
-/*@-branchstate@*/
-	    /* XXX sick hack to preserve pretense of ABI. */
-	    if (arg == poptHelpOptions) arg = poptHelpOptionsI18N;
-/*@=branchstate@*/
 	    /* Recurse on included sub-tables. */
-	    if (arg == NULL) continue;	/* XXX program error */
-	    opt2 = findOption(arg, longName, shortName, callback,
+	    if (opt->arg == NULL) continue;	/* XXX program error */
+	    opt2 = findOption(opt->arg, longName, shortName, callback,
 			      callbackData, singleDash);
 	    if (opt2 == NULL) continue;
 	    /* Sub-table data will be inheirited if no data yet. */
@@ -550,7 +496,6 @@ findOption(const struct poptOption * opt, /*@null@*/ const char * longName,
 
     return opt;
 }
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 static const char * findNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
 		unsigned argx, int delete_arg)
@@ -589,7 +534,6 @@ static const char * findNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
     return arg;
 }
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
 static /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char *
 expandNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, const char * s)
 	/*@uses con->optionStack, con->os,
@@ -597,7 +541,7 @@ expandNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, const char * s)
 	/*@modifies con @*/
 {
     const char * a = NULL;
-    size_t alen, pos;
+    size_t alen;
     char *t, *te;
     size_t tn = strlen(s) + 1;
     char c;
@@ -623,9 +567,9 @@ expandNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, const char * s)
 
 	    alen = strlen(a);
 	    tn += alen;
-	    pos = te - t;
+	    *te = '\0';
 	    t = realloc(t, tn);
-	    te = t + pos;
+	    te = t + strlen(t);
 	    strncpy(te, a, alen); te += alen;
 	    continue;
 	    /*@notreached@*/ /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
@@ -638,7 +582,6 @@ expandNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, const char * s)
     t = realloc(t, strlen(t) + 1);	/* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */
     return t;
 }
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 static void poptStripArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, int which)
 	/*@uses con->arg_strip, con->optionStack @*/
@@ -656,26 +599,26 @@ static void poptStripArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, int which)
     /*@=compdef@*/
 }
 
-int poptSaveLong(long * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
+static int poptSaveLong(const struct poptOption * opt, long aLong)
+	/*@modifies opt->arg @*/
 {
-    /* XXX Check alignment, may fail on funky platforms. */
-    if (arg == NULL || (((unsigned long)arg) & (sizeof(*arg)-1)))
+    if (opt->arg == NULL)
 	return POPT_ERROR_NULLARG;
 
-    if (argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT)
+    if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT)
 	aLong = ~aLong;
-    switch (argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS) {
+    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS) {
     case 0:
-	*arg = aLong;
+	*((long *) opt->arg) = aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_OR:
-	*arg |= aLong;
+	*((long *) opt->arg) |= aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_AND:
-	*arg &= aLong;
+	*((long *) opt->arg) &= aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR:
-	*arg ^= aLong;
+	*((long *) opt->arg) ^= aLong;
 	break;
     default:
 	return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
@@ -684,26 +627,26 @@ int poptSaveLong(long * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
     return 0;
 }
 
-int poptSaveInt(/*@null@*/ int * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
+static int poptSaveInt(const struct poptOption * opt, long aLong)
+	/*@modifies opt->arg @*/
 {
-    /* XXX Check alignment, may fail on funky platforms. */
-    if (arg == NULL || (((unsigned long)arg) & (sizeof(*arg)-1)))
+    if (opt->arg == NULL)
 	return POPT_ERROR_NULLARG;
 
-    if (argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT)
+    if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT)
 	aLong = ~aLong;
-    switch (argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS) {
+    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS) {
     case 0:
-	*arg = aLong;
+	*((int *) opt->arg) = aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_OR:
-	*arg |= aLong;
+	*((int *) opt->arg) |= aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_AND:
-	*arg &= aLong;
+	*((int *) opt->arg) &= aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR:
-	*arg ^= aLong;
+	*((int *) opt->arg) ^= aLong;
 	break;
     default:
 	return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
@@ -712,7 +655,6 @@ int poptSaveInt(/*@null@*/ int * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
     return 0;
 }
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
 /* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
 int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 {
@@ -772,12 +714,8 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 	    }
 
 	    /* Make a copy we can hack at */
-	    {   size_t bufsize = strlen(origOptString) + 1;
-		localOptString = optString = alloca(bufsize);
-		if (optString == NULL) /* XXX can't happen */
-		    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-		strlcpy(optString, origOptString, bufsize);
-	    }
+	    localOptString = optString =
+		strcpy(alloca(strlen(origOptString) + 1), origOptString);
 
 	    if (optString[0] == '\0')
 		return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
@@ -809,20 +747,16 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 		    *oe++ = '\0';
 		    /* XXX longArg is mapped back to persistent storage. */
 		    longArg = origOptString + (oe - localOptString);
-		} else
-		    oe = NULL;
+		}
 
 		opt = findOption(con->options, optString, '\0', &cb, &cbData,
 				 singleDash);
 		if (!opt && !singleDash)
 		    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-		if (!opt && oe)
-		    oe[-1] = '='; /* restore overwritten '=' */
 	    }
 
 	    if (!opt) {
 		con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString + 1;
-		longArg = NULL;
 	    } else {
 		if (con->os == con->optionStack &&
 		   opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_STRIP)
@@ -865,16 +799,15 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 	/*@=branchstate@*/
 
 	if (opt == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;	/* XXX can't happen */
-	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_NONE
-	 || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL) {
-	    if (longArg || (con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->nextCharArg[0] == '='))
-		return POPT_ERROR_UNWANTEDARG;
+	if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_NONE) {
+	    if (poptSaveInt(opt, 1L))
+		return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
+	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL) {
 	    if (opt->arg) {
-		long val = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL ? opt->val : 1;
-		if (poptSaveInt((int *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, val))
+		if (poptSaveInt(opt, (long)opt->val))
 		    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
 	    }
-	} else {
+	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE) {
 	    con->os->nextArg = _free(con->os->nextArg);
 	    /*@-usedef@*/	/* FIX: W2DO? */
 	    if (longArg) {
@@ -882,7 +815,7 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 		longArg = expandNextArg(con, longArg);
 		con->os->nextArg = longArg;
 	    } else if (con->os->nextCharArg) {
-		longArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->nextCharArg + (con->os->nextCharArg[0] == '='));
+		longArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->nextCharArg);
 		con->os->nextArg = longArg;
 		con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
 	    } else {
@@ -940,12 +873,12 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 		    if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_LONG) {
 			if (aLong == LONG_MIN || aLong == LONG_MAX)
 			    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
-			if (poptSaveLong((long *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, aLong))
+			if (poptSaveLong(opt, aLong))
 			    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
 		    } else {
 			if (aLong > INT_MAX || aLong < INT_MIN)
 			    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
-			if (poptSaveInt((int *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, aLong))
+			if (poptSaveInt(opt, aLong))
 			    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
 		    }
 		}   /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
@@ -971,6 +904,9 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 		    if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_DOUBLE) {
 			*((double *) opt->arg) = aDouble;
 		    } else {
+#ifndef DBL_EPSILON
+#define DBL_EPSILON 2.2204460492503131e-16
+#endif
 #define MY_ABS(a) ((((a) - 0.0) < DBL_EPSILON) ? -(a) : (a))
 			if ((MY_ABS(aDouble) - FLT_MAX) > DBL_EPSILON)
 			    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
@@ -1003,15 +939,14 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 	}
 
 	if (con->finalArgv != NULL)
-	{   ssize_t bufsize = (opt->longName ? strlen(opt->longName) : 0) + 3;
-	    char *s = malloc(bufsize);
+	{   char *s = malloc((opt->longName ? strlen(opt->longName) : 0) + 3);
 	    if (s != NULL) {	/* XXX can't happen */
 		if (opt->longName)
-		    snprintf(s, bufsize, "%s%s",
+		    sprintf(s, "%s%s",
 			((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
 			opt->longName);
 		else
-		    snprintf(s, bufsize, "-%c", opt->shortName);
+		    sprintf(s, "-%c", opt->shortName);
 		con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = s;
 	    } else
 		con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = NULL;
@@ -1032,7 +967,6 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 
     return (opt ? opt->val : -1);	/* XXX can't happen */
 }
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con)
 {
@@ -1062,7 +996,6 @@ const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con)
     return ret;
 }
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
 const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con)
 {
     if (con == NULL ||
@@ -1076,7 +1009,6 @@ const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con)
     return (con->leftovers + con->nextLeftover);
     /*@=nullret =nullstate @*/
 }
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 poptContext poptFreeContext(poptContext con)
 {
@@ -1139,7 +1071,6 @@ int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias,
     return poptAddItem(con, item, 0);
 }
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
 /*@-mustmod@*/ /* LCL: con not modified? */
 int poptAddItem(poptContext con, poptItem newItem, int flags)
 {
@@ -1184,7 +1115,6 @@ int poptAddItem(poptContext con, poptItem newItem, int flags)
     return 0;
 }
 /*@=mustmod@*/
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags)
 {
@@ -1203,8 +1133,6 @@ const char * poptStrerror(const int error)
     switch (error) {
       case POPT_ERROR_NOARG:
 	return POPT_("missing argument");
-      case POPT_ERROR_UNWANTEDARG:
-	return POPT_("option does not take an argument");
       case POPT_ERROR_BADOPT:
 	return POPT_("unknown option");
       case POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION:
@@ -1256,7 +1184,6 @@ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con)
     return (con->os->argv ? con->os->argv[0] : "");
 }
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
 int poptStrippedArgv(poptContext con, int argc, char ** argv)
 {
     int numargs = argc;
@@ -1280,4 +1207,3 @@ int poptStrippedArgv(poptContext con, int argc, char ** argv)
     
     return numargs;
 }
-/*@=boundswrite@*/

popt/popt.h

@@ -82,7 +82,6 @@
 /*@{*/
 #define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10	/*!< missing argument */
 #define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11	/*!< unknown option */
-#define POPT_ERROR_UNWANTEDARG	-12	/*!< option does not take an argument */
 #define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13	/*!< aliases nested too deeply */
 #define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/*!< error in paramter quoting */
 #define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/*!< errno set, use strerror(errno) */
@@ -113,42 +112,33 @@
 /** \ingroup popt
  */
 struct poptOption {
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char * longName;	/*!< may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/*!< may be NUL */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /*!< may be NULL */
+    char shortName;			/*!< may be '\0' */
     int argInfo;
-/*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/
-    void * arg;			/*!< depends on argInfo */
+/*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ void * arg;	/*!< depends on argInfo */
     int val;			/*!< 0 means don't return, just update flag */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char * descrip;	/*!< description for autohelp -- may be NULL */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char * argDescrip;	/*!< argument description for autohelp */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * descrip;	/*!< description for autohelp -- may be NULL */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * argDescrip; /*!< argument description for autohelp */
 };
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * A popt alias argument for poptAddAlias().
  */
 struct poptAlias {
-/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char * longName;	/*!< may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/*!< may be NUL */
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName;	/*!< may be NULL */
+    char shortName;		/*!< may be '\0' */
     int argc;
-/*@owned@*/
-    const char ** argv;		/*!< must be free()able */
+/*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;	/*!< must be free()able */
 };
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * A popt alias or exec argument for poptAddItem().
  */
-/*@-exporttype@*/
 typedef struct poptItem_s {
     struct poptOption option;	/*!< alias/exec name(s) and description. */
     int argc;			/*!< (alias) no. of args. */
-/*@owned@*/
-    const char ** argv;		/*!< (alias) args, must be free()able. */
+/*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;	/*!< (alias) args, must be free()able. */
 } * poptItem;
-/*@=exporttype@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * \name Auto-generated help/usage
@@ -158,26 +148,16 @@ typedef struct poptItem_s {
 /**
  * Empty table marker to enable displaying popt alias/exec options.
  */
-/*@-exportvar@*/
-/*@unchecked@*/ /*@observer@*/
+/*@observer@*/ /*@checked@*/
 extern struct poptOption poptAliasOptions[];
-/*@=exportvar@*/
 #define POPT_AUTOALIAS { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptAliasOptions, \
 			0, "Options implemented via popt alias/exec:", NULL },
 
 /**
  * Auto help table options.
  */
-/*@-exportvar@*/
-/*@unchecked@*/ /*@observer@*/
+/*@observer@*/ /*@checked@*/
 extern struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[];
-/*@=exportvar@*/
-
-/*@-exportvar@*/
-/*@unchecked@*/ /*@observer@*/
-extern struct poptOption * poptHelpOptionsI18N;
-/*@=exportvar@*/
-
 #define POPT_AUTOHELP { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptHelpOptions, \
 			0, "Help options:", NULL },
 
@@ -186,25 +166,19 @@ extern struct poptOption * poptHelpOptionsI18N;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  */
-/*@-exporttype@*/
 typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct poptContext_s * poptContext;
-/*@=exporttype@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  */
 #ifndef __cplusplus
-/*@-exporttype -typeuse@*/
+/*@-typeuse@*/
 typedef struct poptOption * poptOption;
-/*@=exporttype =typeuse@*/
+/*@=typeuse@*/
 #endif
 
-/*@-exportconst@*/
-enum poptCallbackReason {
-    POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE	= 0, 
-    POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST	= 1,
-    POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION = 2
-};
-/*@=exportconst@*/
+enum poptCallbackReason { POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, 
+			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST,
+			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION };
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
@@ -224,20 +198,18 @@ typedef void (*poptCallbackType) (poptContext con,
 		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * opt,
 		/*@null@*/ const char * arg,
 		/*@null@*/ const void * data)
-	/*@globals internalState @*/
-	/*@modifies internalState @*/;
+	/*@*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Initialize popt context.
- * @param name		context name (usually argv[0] program name)
+ * @param name
  * @param argc		no. of arguments
  * @param argv		argument array
  * @param options	address of popt option table
  * @param flags		or'd POPT_CONTEXT_* bits
  * @return		initialized popt context
  */
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
-poptContext poptGetContext(
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext poptGetContext(
 		/*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const char * name,
 		int argc, /*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv,
 		/*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options,
@@ -248,7 +220,6 @@ poptContext poptGetContext(
  * Reinitialize popt context.
  * @param con		context
  */
-/*@unused@*/
 void poptResetContext(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
@@ -258,62 +229,57 @@ void poptResetContext(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
  * @return		next option val, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error
  */
 int poptGetNextOpt(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
-	/*@globals fileSystem, internalState @*/
-	/*@modifies con, fileSystem, internalState @*/;
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies con, fileSystem @*/;
 
+/*@-redecl@*/
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Return next option argument (if any).
  * @param con		context
- * @return		option argument, NULL if no argument is available
+ * @return		option argument, NULL if no more options are available
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@unused@*/
-const char * poptGetOptArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetOptArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
- * Return next argument.
+ * Return current option's argument.
  * @param con		context
- * @return		next argument, NULL if no argument is available
+ * @return		option argument, NULL if no more options are available
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@unused@*/
-const char * poptGetArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
- * Peek at current argument.
+ * Peek at current option's argument.
  * @param con		context
- * @return		current argument, NULL if no argument is available
+ * @return		option argument
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@unused@*/
-const char * poptPeekArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptPeekArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Return remaining arguments.
  * @param con		context
- * @return		argument array, NULL terminated
+ * @return		argument array, terminated with NULL
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
-const char ** poptGetArgs(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** poptGetArgs(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Return the option which caused the most recent error.
  * @param con		context
- * @param flags
  * @return		offending option
  */
-/*@observer@*/
-const char * poptBadOption(/*@null@*/poptContext con, int flags)
+/*@observer@*/ const char * poptBadOption(/*@null@*/poptContext con, int flags)
 	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Destroy context.
  * @param con		context
  * @return		NULL always
  */
-/*@null@*/
-poptContext poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext con)
+/*@null@*/ poptContext poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
@@ -322,7 +288,6 @@ poptContext poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext con)
  * @param argv		argument array, NULL terminated
  * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP on failure
  */
-/*@unused@*/
 int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
@@ -342,7 +307,7 @@ int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags)
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Add alias/exec item to context.
  * @param con		context
- * @param newItem	alias/exec item to add
+ * @param item		alias/exec item to add
  * @param flags		0 for alias, 1 for exec
  * @return		0 on success
  */
@@ -356,9 +321,9 @@ int poptAddItem(poptContext con, poptItem newItem, int flags)
  * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_ERRNO on failure
  */
 int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
-	/*@globals errno, fileSystem, internalState @*/
-	/*@modifies con->execs, con->numExecs,
-		errno, fileSystem, internalState @*/;
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies fileSystem,
+		con->execs, con->numExecs @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Read default configuration from /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt.
@@ -366,11 +331,10 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
  * @param useEnv	(unused)
  * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_ERRNO on failure
  */
-/*@unused@*/
 int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ int useEnv)
-	/*@globals fileSystem, internalState @*/
-	/*@modifies con->execs, con->numExecs,
-		fileSystem, internalState @*/;
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies fileSystem,
+		con->execs, con->numExecs @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Duplicate an argument array.
@@ -399,70 +363,19 @@ int poptDupArgv(int argc, /*@null@*/ const char **argv,
  * @retval argcPtr	address of returned no. of arguments
  * @retval argvPtr	address of returned argument array
  */
-int poptParseArgvString(const char * s,
+int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s,
 		/*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr)
 	/*@modifies *argcPtr, *argvPtr @*/;
 
-/** \ingroup popt
- * Parses an input configuration file and returns an string that is a 
- * command line.  For use with popt.  You must free the return value when done.
- *
- * Given the file:
-\verbatim
-# this line is ignored
-    #   this one too
-aaa
-  bbb
-    ccc   
-bla=bla
-
-this_is   =   fdsafdas
-     bad_line=        
-  reall bad line  
-  reall bad line  = again
-5555=   55555   
-  test = with lots of spaces
-\endverbatim
-*
-* The result is:
-\verbatim
---aaa --bbb --ccc --bla="bla" --this_is="fdsafdas" --5555="55555" --test="with lots of spaces"
-\endverbatim
-*
-* Passing this to poptParseArgvString() yields an argv of:
-\verbatim
-'--aaa'
-'--bbb' 
-'--ccc' 
-'--bla=bla' 
-'--this_is=fdsafdas' 
-'--5555=55555' 
-'--test=with lots of spaces' 
-\endverbatim
- *
- * @bug NULL is returned if file line is too long.
- * @bug Silently ignores invalid lines.
- *
- * @param fp		file handle to read
- * @param *argstrp	return string of options (malloc'd)
- * @param flags		unused
- * @return		0 on success
- * @see			poptParseArgvString
- */
-/*@-fcnuse@*/
-int poptConfigFileToString(FILE *fp, /*@out@*/ char ** argstrp, int flags)
-	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
-	/*@modifies *fp, *argstrp, fileSystem @*/;
-/*@=fcnuse@*/
-
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Return formatted error string for popt failure.
  * @param error		popt error
  * @return		error string
  */
-/*@observer@*/
-const char * poptStrerror(const int error)
+/*@-redecl@*/
+/*@observer@*/ const char * poptStrerror(const int error)
 	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Limit search for executables.
@@ -470,7 +383,6 @@ const char * poptStrerror(const int error)
  * @param path		single path to search for executables
  * @param allowAbsolute	absolute paths only?
  */
-/*@unused@*/
 void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
@@ -509,11 +421,10 @@ void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text)
  * @param con		context
  * @return		argv[0]
  */
-/*@-fcnuse@*/
-/*@observer@*/
-const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con)
+/*@-redecl -fcnuse@*/
+/*@observer@*/ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con)
 	/*@*/;
-/*@=fcnuse@*/
+/*@=redecl =fcnuse@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Shuffle argv pointers to remove stripped args, returns new argc.
@@ -527,36 +438,6 @@ int poptStrippedArgv(poptContext con, int argc, char ** argv)
 	/*@modifies *argv @*/;
 /*@=fcnuse@*/
 
-/**
- * Save a long, performing logical operation with value.
- * @warning Alignment check may be too strict on certain platorms.
- * @param arg		integer pointer, aligned on int boundary.
- * @param argInfo	logical operation (see POPT_ARGFLAG_*)
- * @param aLong		value to use
- * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_NULLARG/POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION
- */
-/*@-incondefs@*/
-/*@unused@*/
-int poptSaveLong(/*@null@*/ long * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
-	/*@modifies *arg @*/
-	/*@requires maxSet(arg) >= 0 /\ maxRead(arg) == 0 @*/;
-/*@=incondefs@*/
-
-/**
- * Save an integer, performing logical operation with value.
- * @warning Alignment check may be too strict on certain platorms.
- * @param arg		integer pointer, aligned on int boundary.
- * @param argInfo	logical operation (see POPT_ARGFLAG_*)
- * @param aLong		value to use
- * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_NULLARG/POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION
- */
-/*@-incondefs@*/
-/*@unused@*/
-int poptSaveInt(/*@null@*/ int * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
-	/*@modifies *arg @*/
-	/*@requires maxSet(arg) >= 0 /\ maxRead(arg) == 0 @*/;
-/*@=incondefs@*/
-
 /*@=type@*/
 #ifdef  __cplusplus
 }

popt/poptconfig.c

@@ -2,48 +2,46 @@
  * \file popt/poptconfig.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 #include "poptint.h"
-/*@access poptContext @*/
 
 /*@-compmempass@*/	/* FIX: item->option.longName kept, not dependent. */
-static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line)
+static void configLine(poptContext con, unsigned char * line)
 	/*@modifies con @*/
 {
-    size_t nameLength;
+    /*@-type@*/
+    int nameLength = strlen(con->appName);
+    /*@=type@*/
     const char * entryType;
     const char * opt;
     poptItem item = (poptItem) alloca(sizeof(*item));
     int i, j;
-
-    if (con->appName == NULL)
-	return;
-    nameLength = strlen(con->appName);
     
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
     memset(item, 0, sizeof(*item));
 
+    /*@-type@*/
     if (strncmp(line, con->appName, nameLength)) return;
+    /*@=type@*/
 
     line += nameLength;
-    if (*line == '\0' || !isSpace(line)) return;
+    if (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) return;
 
-    while (*line != '\0' && isSpace(line)) line++;
+    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
     entryType = line;
-    while (*line == '\0' || !isSpace(line)) line++;
+    while (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) line++;
     *line++ = '\0';
 
-    while (*line != '\0' && isSpace(line)) line++;
+    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
     if (*line == '\0') return;
     opt = line;
-    while (*line == '\0' || !isSpace(line)) line++;
+    while (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) line++;
     *line++ = '\0';
 
-    while (*line != '\0' && isSpace(line)) line++;
+    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
     if (*line == '\0') return;
 
     /*@-temptrans@*/ /* FIX: line alias is saved */
@@ -82,7 +80,6 @@ static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line)
 	item->argc = j;
     }
     /*@=modobserver@*/
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 	
     /*@-nullstate@*/ /* FIX: item->argv[] may be NULL */
     if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias"))
@@ -95,9 +92,9 @@ static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line)
 
 int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
 {
-    const char * file, * chptr, * end;
-    char * buf;
-/*@dependent@*/ char * dst;
+    const unsigned char * file, * chptr, * end;
+    unsigned char * buf;
+/*@dependent@*/ unsigned char * dst;
     int fd, rc;
     off_t fileLength;
 
@@ -109,7 +106,9 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
     if (fileLength == -1 || lseek(fd, 0, 0) == -1) {
 	rc = errno;
 	(void) close(fd);
+	/*@-mods@*/
 	errno = rc;
+	/*@=mods@*/
 	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
     }
 
@@ -117,13 +116,14 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
     if (read(fd, (char *)file, fileLength) != fileLength) {
 	rc = errno;
 	(void) close(fd);
+	/*@-mods@*/
 	errno = rc;
+	/*@=mods@*/
 	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
     }
     if (close(fd) == -1)
 	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
     dst = buf = alloca(fileLength + 1);
 
     chptr = file;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
 	  case '\n':
 	    *dst = '\0';
 	    dst = buf;
-	    while (*dst && isSpace(dst)) dst++;
+	    while (*dst && isspace(*dst)) dst++;
 	    if (*dst && *dst != '#')
 		configLine(con, dst);
 	    chptr++;
@@ -155,7 +155,6 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
 	}
     }
     /*@=infloops@*/
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
     return 0;
 }
@@ -165,16 +164,18 @@ int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int useEnv))
     char * fn, * home;
     int rc;
 
-    if (con->appName == NULL) return 0;
+    /*@-type@*/
+    if (!con->appName) return 0;
+    /*@=type@*/
 
     rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, "/etc/popt");
     if (rc) return rc;
+    if (getuid() != geteuid()) return 0;
 
     if ((home = getenv("HOME"))) {
-	size_t bufsize = strlen(home) + 20;
-	fn = alloca(bufsize);
-	if (fn == NULL) return 0;
-	snprintf(fn, bufsize, "%s/.popt", home);
+	fn = alloca(strlen(home) + 20);
+	strcpy(fn, home);
+	strcat(fn, "/.popt");
 	rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, fn);
 	if (rc) return rc;
     }

popt/popthelp.c

@@ -1,31 +1,20 @@
 /* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
 
+/*@-type@*/
 /** \ingroup popt
  * \file popt/popthelp.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
-
-/*#define POPT_WCHAR_HACK*/
-#ifdef 	POPT_WCHAR_HACK
-#include <wchar.h>			/* for mbsrtowcs */
-/*@access mbstate_t @*/
-#endif
 #include "poptint.h"
 
-/*@access poptContext@*/
-
 /**
- * Display arguments.
  * @param con		context
- * @param foo		(unused)
  * @param key		option(s)
- * @param arg		(unused)
- * @param data		(unused)
  */
 static void displayArgs(poptContext con,
 		/*@unused@*/ UNUSED(enum poptCallbackReason foo),
@@ -60,17 +49,6 @@ struct poptOption poptAliasOptions[] = {
 /*@-castfcnptr@*/
 /*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
 struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[] = {
-  { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL },
-  { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL },
-  { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL },
-    POPT_TABLEEND
-} ;
-
-/*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
-static struct poptOption poptHelpOptions2[] = {
-/*@-readonlytrans@*/
-  { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN, PACKAGE, 0, NULL, NULL},
-/*@=readonlytrans@*/
   { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL },
   { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL },
   { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL },
@@ -80,9 +58,6 @@ static struct poptOption poptHelpOptions2[] = {
 #endif
     POPT_TABLEEND
 } ;
-
-/*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
-struct poptOption * poptHelpOptionsI18N = poptHelpOptions2;
 /*@=castfcnptr@*/
 
 /**
@@ -108,7 +83,7 @@ getTableTranslationDomain(/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption *table)
  */
 /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *
 getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt,
-		/*@-paramuse@*/ /* FIX: i18n macros disabled with lclint */
+		/*@-paramuse@*/		/* FIX: wazzup? */
 		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
 		/*@=paramuse@*/
 	/*@*/
@@ -121,12 +96,8 @@ getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt,
     if (opt->argDescrip) return D_(translation_domain, opt->argDescrip);
 
     switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
-    /*case POPT_ARG_NONE:	return POPT_("NONE");*/ /* impossible */
-#ifdef	DYING
+    case POPT_ARG_NONE:		return POPT_("NONE");
     case POPT_ARG_VAL:		return POPT_("VAL");
-#else
-    case POPT_ARG_VAL:		return NULL;
-#endif
     case POPT_ARG_INT:		return POPT_("INT");
     case POPT_ARG_LONG:		return POPT_("LONG");
     case POPT_ARG_STRING:	return POPT_("STRING");
@@ -137,65 +108,61 @@ getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt,
 }
 
 /**
- * Display default value for an option.
- * @param lineLength	display positions remaining
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
- * @return
  */
 static /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ char *
-singleOptionDefaultValue(size_t lineLength,
+singleOptionDefaultValue(int lineLength,
 		const struct poptOption * opt,
-		/*@-paramuse@*/ /* FIX: i18n macros disabled with lclint */
+		/*@-paramuse@*/	/* FIX: i18n macros disable with lclint */
 		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
 		/*@=paramuse@*/
 	/*@*/
 {
     const char * defstr = D_(translation_domain, "default");
-    size_t limit, bufsize = 4*lineLength + 1;
-    char * le = malloc(bufsize);
+    char * le = malloc(4*lineLength + 1);
     char * l = le;
 
     if (le == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
+    *le = '\0';
     *le++ = '(';
-    le += strlcpy(le, defstr, bufsize - 3);
+    strcpy(le, defstr);	le += strlen(le);
     *le++ = ':';
     *le++ = ' ';
-    limit = bufsize - (le - l) - 1; /* -1 for closing paren */
     if (opt->arg)	/* XXX programmer error */
     switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
     case POPT_ARG_VAL:
     case POPT_ARG_INT:
     {	long aLong = *((int *)opt->arg);
-	le += snprintf(le, limit, "%ld", aLong);
+	sprintf(le, "%ld", aLong);
+	le += strlen(le);
     }	break;
     case POPT_ARG_LONG:
     {	long aLong = *((long *)opt->arg);
-	le += snprintf(le, limit, "%ld", aLong);
+	sprintf(le, "%ld", aLong);
+	le += strlen(le);
     }	break;
     case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:
     {	double aDouble = *((float *)opt->arg);
-	le += snprintf(le, limit, "%g", aDouble);
+	sprintf(le, "%g", aDouble);
+	le += strlen(le);
     }	break;
     case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:
     {	double aDouble = *((double *)opt->arg);
-	le += snprintf(le, limit, "%g", aDouble);
+	sprintf(le, "%g", aDouble);
+	le += strlen(le);
     }	break;
     case POPT_ARG_STRING:
     {	const char * s = *(const char **)opt->arg;
 	if (s == NULL) {
-	    le += strlcpy(le, "null", limit);
+	    strcpy(le, "null");	le += strlen(le);
 	} else {
-	    size_t len;
-	    limit -= 2; /* make room for quotes */
+	    size_t slen = 4*lineLength - (le - l) - sizeof("\"...\")");
 	    *le++ = '"';
-	    len = strlcpy(le, s, limit);
-	    if (len >= limit) {
-		le += limit - 3 - 1;
-		*le++ = '.'; *le++ = '.'; *le++ = '.';
-	    } else
-		le += len;
+	    strncpy(le, s, slen); le[slen] = '\0'; le += strlen(le);	
+	    if (slen < strlen(s)) {
+		strcpy(le, "...");	le += strlen(le);
+	    }
 	    *le++ = '"';
 	}
     }	break;
@@ -207,57 +174,50 @@ singleOptionDefaultValue(size_t lineLength,
     }
     *le++ = ')';
     *le = '\0';
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
     return l;
 }
 
 /**
- * Display help text for an option.
  * @param fp		output file handle
- * @param maxLeftCol	largest argument display width
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
-static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, size_t maxLeftCol, 
+static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, int maxLeftCol, 
 		const struct poptOption * opt,
-		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
-    size_t indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5;
-    size_t lineLength = 79 - indentLength;
-    const char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip);
+    int indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5;
+    int lineLength = 79 - indentLength;
+    const unsigned char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip);
     const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
-    size_t helpLength;
-    char * defs = NULL;
-    char * left;
-    size_t lelen, limit;
-    size_t nb = maxLeftCol + 1;
-    int displaypad = 0;
+    int helpLength;
+    unsigned char * defs = NULL;
+    unsigned char * left;
+    int nb = maxLeftCol + 1;
 
     /* Make sure there's more than enough room in target buffer. */
     if (opt->longName)	nb += strlen(opt->longName);
     if (argDescrip)	nb += strlen(argDescrip);
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
     left = malloc(nb);
     if (left == NULL) return;	/* XXX can't happen */
     left[0] = '\0';
     left[maxLeftCol] = '\0';
 
     if (opt->longName && opt->shortName)
-	snprintf(left, nb, "-%c, %s%s", opt->shortName,
+	sprintf(left, "-%c, %s%s", opt->shortName,
 		((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
 		opt->longName);
     else if (opt->shortName != '\0') 
-	snprintf(left, nb, "-%c", opt->shortName);
+	sprintf(left, "-%c", opt->shortName);
     else if (opt->longName)
-	snprintf(left, nb, "%s%s",
+	sprintf(left, "%s%s",
 		((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
 		opt->longName);
     if (!*left) goto out;
-
     if (argDescrip) {
 	char * le = left + strlen(left);
 
@@ -269,10 +229,16 @@ static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, size_t maxLeftCol,
 	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_SHOW_DEFAULT) {
 	    defs = singleOptionDefaultValue(lineLength, opt, translation_domain);
 	    if (defs) {
-		size_t bufsize = (help ? strlen(help) : 0) + sizeof " " + strlen(defs);
-		char * t = malloc(bufsize);
+		char * t = malloc((help ? strlen(help) : 0) +
+				strlen(defs) + sizeof(" "));
 		if (t) {
-		    snprintf(t, bufsize, "%s %s", help ? help : "", defs);
+		    char * te = t;
+		    *te = '\0';
+		    if (help) {
+			strcpy(te, help);	te += strlen(te);
+		    }
+		    *te++ = ' ';
+		    strcpy(te, defs);
 		    defs = _free(defs);
 		}
 		defs = t;
@@ -285,7 +251,6 @@ static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, size_t maxLeftCol,
 	    case POPT_ARG_NONE:
 		break;
 	    case POPT_ARG_VAL:
-#ifdef	NOTNOW	/* XXX pug ugly nerdy output */
 	    {	long aLong = opt->val;
 		int ops = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS);
 		int negate = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT);
@@ -307,94 +272,65 @@ static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, size_t maxLeftCol,
 		default:
 		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
 		}
-		*le++ = (opt->longName != NULL ? '=' : ' ');
+		*le++ = '=';
 		if (negate) *le++ = '~';
 		/*@-formatconst@*/
-		limit = nb - (le - left);
-		lelen = snprintf(le, limit, (ops ? "0x%lx" : "%ld"), aLong);
-		le += lelen >= limit ? limit - 1 : lelen;
+		sprintf(le, (ops ? "0x%lx" : "%ld"), aLong);
+		le += strlen(le);
 		/*@=formatconst@*/
 		*le++ = ']';
-	    }
-#endif
-		break;
+	    }	break;
 	    case POPT_ARG_INT:
 	    case POPT_ARG_LONG:
 	    case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:
 	    case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:
 	    case POPT_ARG_STRING:
-		*le++ = (opt->longName != NULL ? '=' : ' ');
-		limit = nb - (le - left);
-		lelen = strlcpy(le, argDescrip, limit);
-		le += lelen >= limit ? limit - 1 : lelen;
+		*le++ = '=';
+		strcpy(le, argDescrip);		le += strlen(le);
 		break;
 	    default:
 		break;
 	    }
 	} else {
-
 	    *le++ = '=';
-	    limit = nb - (le - left);
-	    lelen = strlcpy(le, argDescrip, limit);
-	    if (lelen >= limit)
-		lelen = limit - 1;
-	    le += lelen;
-
-#ifdef	POPT_WCHAR_HACK
-	    {	const char * scopy = argDescrip;
-		mbstate_t t;
-		size_t n;
-
-		memset ((void *)&t, '\0', sizeof (t));	/* In initial state.  */
-		/* Determine number of characters.  */
-		n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &scopy, strlen(scopy), &t);
-
-		displaypad = (int) (lelen-n);
-	    }
-#endif
+	    strcpy(le, argDescrip);		le += strlen(le);
 	}
 	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL)
 	    *le++ = ']';
 	*le = '\0';
     }
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
     if (help)
-	fprintf(fp,"  %-*s   ", (int)maxLeftCol+displaypad, left);
+	fprintf(fp,"  %-*s   ", maxLeftCol, left);
     else {
 	fprintf(fp,"  %s\n", left); 
 	goto out;
     }
 
     left = _free(left);
-/*@-branchstate@*/
     if (defs) {
-	help = defs;
-	defs = NULL;
+	help = defs; defs = NULL;
     }
-/*@=branchstate@*/
 
     helpLength = strlen(help);
-/*@-boundsread@*/
     while (helpLength > lineLength) {
-	const char * ch;
-	char format[16];
+	const unsigned char * ch;
+	char format[10];
 
 	ch = help + lineLength - 1;
-	while (ch > help && !isSpace(ch)) ch--;
+	while (ch > help && !isspace(*ch)) ch--;
 	if (ch == help) break;		/* give up */
-	while (ch > (help + 1) && isSpace(ch)) ch--;
+	while (ch > (help + 1) && isspace(*ch)) ch--;
 	ch++;
 
-	snprintf(format, sizeof format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), (int) indentLength);
+	sprintf(format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), indentLength);
 	/*@-formatconst@*/
 	fprintf(fp, format, help, " ");
 	/*@=formatconst@*/
 	help = ch;
-	while (isSpace(help) && *help) help++;
+	while (isspace(*help) && *help) help++;
 	helpLength = strlen(help);
     }
-/*@=boundsread@*/
 
     if (helpLength) fprintf(fp, "%s\n", help);
 
@@ -406,17 +342,15 @@ out:
 }
 
 /**
- * Find display width for longest argument string.
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
- * @return		display width
  */
-static size_t maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
-		       /*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
+static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
+		       /*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
 	/*@*/
 {
-    size_t max = 0;
-    size_t len = 0;
+    int max = 0;
+    int len = 0;
     const char * s;
     
     if (opt != NULL)
@@ -436,26 +370,8 @@ static size_t maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
 	    }
 
 	    s = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
-
-#ifdef POPT_WCHAR_HACK
-	    /* XXX Calculate no. of display characters. */
-	    if (s) {
-		const char * scopy = s;
-		mbstate_t t;
-		size_t n;
-
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
-		memset ((void *)&t, '\0', sizeof (t));	/* In initial state.  */
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
-		/* Determine number of characters.  */
-		n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &scopy, strlen(scopy), &t);
-		len += sizeof("=")-1 + n;
-	    }
-#else
 	    if (s)
 		len += sizeof("=")-1 + strlen(s);
-#endif
-
 	    if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL) len += sizeof("[]")-1;
 	    if (len > max) max = len;
 	}
@@ -471,12 +387,11 @@ static size_t maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
  * @param fp		output file handle
  * @param items		alias/exec array
  * @param nitems	no. of alias/exec entries
- * @param left		largest argument display width
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
 static void itemHelp(FILE * fp,
-		/*@null@*/ poptItem items, int nitems, size_t left,
-		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
+		/*@null@*/ poptItem items, int nitems, int left,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
@@ -494,16 +409,13 @@ static void itemHelp(FILE * fp,
 }
 
 /**
- * Display help text for a table of options.
- * @param con		context
  * @param fp		output file handle
  * @param table		option(s)
- * @param left		largest argument display width
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
 static void singleTableHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
-		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * table, size_t left,
-		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
+		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * table, int left,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
@@ -551,11 +463,9 @@ static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * fp)
 
     fprintf(fp, POPT_("Usage:"));
     if (!(con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) {
-/*@-boundsread@*/
-	/*@-nullderef -type@*/	/* LCL: wazzup? */
+	/*@-nullderef@*/	/* LCL: wazzup? */
 	fn = con->optionStack->argv[0];
-	/*@=nullderef =type@*/
-/*@=boundsread@*/
+	/*@=nullderef@*/
 	if (fn == NULL) return len;
 	if (strchr(fn, '/')) fn = strrchr(fn, '/') + 1;
 	fprintf(fp, " %s", fn);
@@ -567,7 +477,7 @@ static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * fp)
 
 void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
 {
-    size_t leftColWidth;
+    int leftColWidth;
 
     (void) showHelpIntro(con, fp);
     if (con->otherHelp)
@@ -580,76 +490,47 @@ void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
 }
 
 /**
- * Display usage text for an option.
  * @param fp		output file handle
- * @param cursor	current display position
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
-static size_t singleOptionUsage(FILE * fp, size_t cursor, 
+static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor, 
 		const struct poptOption * opt,
 		/*@null@*/ const char *translation_domain)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
-    size_t len = 4;
+    int len = 3;
     char shortStr[2] = { '\0', '\0' };
     const char * item = shortStr;
     const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
 
-    if (opt->shortName != '\0' && opt->longName != NULL) {
-	len += 2;
-	if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) len++;
-	len += strlen(opt->longName);
-    } else if (opt->shortName != '\0') {
+    if (opt->shortName!= '\0' ) {
+	if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) 
+	    return cursor;	/* we did these already */
 	len++;
 	shortStr[0] = opt->shortName;
 	shortStr[1] = '\0';
     } else if (opt->longName) {
-	len += strlen(opt->longName);
-	if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) len++;
+	len += 1 + strlen(opt->longName);
 	item = opt->longName;
     }
 
-    if (len == 4) return cursor;
+    if (len == 3) return cursor;
 
-#ifdef POPT_WCHAR_HACK
-    /* XXX Calculate no. of display characters. */
-    if (argDescrip) {
-	const char * scopy = argDescrip;
-	mbstate_t t;
-	size_t n;
-
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
-	memset ((void *)&t, '\0', sizeof (t));	/* In initial state.  */
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
-	/* Determine number of characters.  */
-	n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &scopy, strlen(scopy), &t);
-	len += sizeof("=")-1 + n;
-    }
-#else
     if (argDescrip) 
-	len += sizeof("=")-1 + strlen(argDescrip);
-#endif
+	len += strlen(argDescrip) + 1;
 
     if ((cursor + len) > 79) {
 	fprintf(fp, "\n       ");
 	cursor = 7;
     } 
 
-    if (opt->longName && opt->shortName) {
-	fprintf(fp, " [-%c|-%s%s%s%s]",
-	    opt->shortName, ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "" : "-"),
-	    opt->longName,
-	    (argDescrip ? " " : ""),
-	    (argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""));
-    } else {
-	fprintf(fp, " [-%s%s%s%s]",
-	    ((opt->shortName || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) ? "" : "-"),
-	    item,
-	    (argDescrip ? (opt->shortName != '\0' ? " " : "=") : ""),
-	    (argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""));
-    }
+    fprintf(fp, " [-%s%s%s%s]",
+	((opt->shortName || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) ? "" : "-"),
+	item,
+	(argDescrip ? (opt->shortName != '\0' ? " " : "=") : ""),
+	(argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""));
 
     return cursor + len + 1;
 }
@@ -657,14 +538,12 @@ static size_t singleOptionUsage(FILE * fp, size_t cursor,
 /**
  * Display popt alias and exec usage.
  * @param fp		output file handle
- * @param cursor	current display position
  * @param item		alias/exec array
  * @param nitems	no. of ara/exec entries
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
-static size_t itemUsage(FILE * fp, size_t cursor,
-		/*@null@*/ poptItem item, int nitems,
-		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
+static int itemUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor, poptItem item, int nitems,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
@@ -688,30 +567,15 @@ static size_t itemUsage(FILE * fp, size_t cursor,
 }
 
 /**
- * Keep track of option tables already processed.
- */
-typedef struct poptDone_s {
-    int nopts;
-    int maxopts;
-    const void ** opts;
-} * poptDone;
-
-/**
- * Display usage text for a table of options.
- * @param con		context
  * @param fp		output file handle
- * @param cursor	current display position
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
- * @param done		tables already processed
- * @return
  */
-static size_t singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, size_t cursor,
-		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * opt,
-		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain),
-		/*@null@*/ poptDone done)
+static int singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
+		int cursor, const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
-	/*@modifies *fp, done, fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
     /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
     if (opt != NULL)
@@ -719,26 +583,9 @@ static size_t singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, size_t cursor,
         if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) {
 	    translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg;
 	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    if (done) {
-		int i = 0;
-		for (i = 0; i < done->nopts; i++) {
-/*@-boundsread@*/
-		    const void * that = done->opts[i];
-/*@=boundsread@*/
-		    if (that == NULL || that != opt->arg)
-			/*@innercontinue@*/ continue;
-		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
-		}
-		/* Skip if this table has already been processed. */
-		if (opt->arg == NULL || i < done->nopts)
-		    continue;
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
-		if (done->nopts < done->maxopts)
-		    done->opts[done->nopts++] = (const void *) opt->arg;
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
-	    }
+	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
 	    cursor = singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, opt->arg,
-			translation_domain, done);
+			translation_domain);
 	} else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) &&
 		 !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
 	    cursor = singleOptionUsage(fp, cursor, opt, translation_domain);
@@ -751,7 +598,6 @@ static size_t singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, size_t cursor,
 
 /**
  * Return concatenated short options for display.
- * @todo Sub-tables should be recursed.
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param fp		output file handle
  * @retval str		concatenation of short options
@@ -761,54 +607,42 @@ static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * fp,
 		/*@null@*/ char * str)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *str, *fp, fileSystem @*/
-	/*@requires maxRead(str) >= 0 @*/
 {
-    /* bufsize larger then the ascii set, lazy alloca on top level call. */
-    char * s = (str != NULL ? str : memset(alloca(300), 0, 300));
-    int len = 0;
+    char * s = alloca(300);	/* larger then the ascii set */
 
-    if (s == NULL)
-	return 0;
+    s[0] = '\0';
+    /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
+    if (str == NULL) {
+	memset(s, 0, sizeof(s));
+	str = s;
+    }
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
     if (opt != NULL)
     for (; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg); opt++) {
 	if (opt->shortName && !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK))
-	    s[strlen(s)] = opt->shortName;
+	    str[strlen(str)] = opt->shortName;
 	else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE)
 	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
-		len = showShortOptions(opt->arg, fp, s);
+		(void) showShortOptions(opt->arg, fp, str);
     } 
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
-    /* On return to top level, print the short options, return print length. */
-    if (s == str && *s != '\0') {
-	fprintf(fp, " [-%s]", s);
-	len = strlen(s) + sizeof(" [-]")-1;
-    }
-    return len;
+    if (s != str || *s != '\0')
+	return 0;
+
+    fprintf(fp, " [-%s]", s);
+    return strlen(s) + 4;
 }
 
 void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
 {
-    poptDone done = memset(alloca(sizeof(*done)), 0, sizeof(*done));
-    size_t cursor;
-
-    done->nopts = 0;
-    done->maxopts = 64;
-    cursor = done->maxopts * sizeof(*done->opts);
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
-    done->opts = memset(alloca(cursor), 0, cursor);
-    /*@-keeptrans@*/
-    done->opts[done->nopts++] = (const void *) con->options;
-    /*@=keeptrans@*/
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
+    int cursor;
 
     cursor = showHelpIntro(con, fp);
     cursor += showShortOptions(con->options, fp, NULL);
-    cursor = singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, con->options, NULL, done);
-    cursor = itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->aliases, con->numAliases, NULL);
-    cursor = itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->execs, con->numExecs, NULL);
+    (void) singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, con->options, NULL);
+    (void) itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->aliases, con->numAliases, NULL);
+    (void) itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->execs, con->numExecs, NULL);
 
     if (con->otherHelp) {
 	cursor += strlen(con->otherHelp) + 1;
@@ -824,3 +658,4 @@ void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text)
     con->otherHelp = _free(con->otherHelp);
     con->otherHelp = xstrdup(text);
 }
+/*@=type@*/

popt/poptint.h

@@ -22,24 +22,14 @@ _free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p)
     return NULL;
 }
 
-static inline int
-isSpace(const char *ptr)
-{
-    return isspace(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
 /* Bit mask macros. */
-/*@-exporttype -redef @*/
 typedef	unsigned int __pbm_bits;
-/*@=exporttype =redef @*/
 #define	__PBM_NBITS		(8 * sizeof (__pbm_bits))
 #define	__PBM_IX(d)		((d) / __PBM_NBITS)
 #define __PBM_MASK(d)		((__pbm_bits) 1 << (((unsigned)(d)) % __PBM_NBITS))
-/*@-exporttype -redef @*/
 typedef struct {
     __pbm_bits bits[1];
 } pbm_set;
-/*@=exporttype =redef @*/
 #define	__PBM_BITS(set)	((set)->bits)
 
 #define	PBM_ALLOC(d)	calloc(__PBM_IX (d) + 1, sizeof(__pbm_bits))
@@ -50,53 +40,37 @@ typedef struct {
 
 struct optionStackEntry {
     int argc;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char ** argv;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
-    pbm_set * argb;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** argv;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ pbm_set * argb;
     int next;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char * nextArg;
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char * nextCharArg;
-/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/
-    poptItem currAlias;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextArg;
+/*@keep@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextCharArg;
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem currAlias;
     int stuffed;
 };
 
 struct poptContext_s {
     struct optionStackEntry optionStack[POPT_OPTION_DEPTH];
-/*@dependent@*/
-    struct optionStackEntry * os;
-/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char ** leftovers;
+/*@dependent@*/ struct optionStackEntry * os;
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** leftovers;
     int numLeftovers;
     int nextLeftover;
-/*@keep@*/
-    const struct poptOption * options;
+/*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options;
     int restLeftover;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char * appName;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
-    poptItem aliases;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * appName;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem aliases;
     int numAliases;
     int flags;
-/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/
-    poptItem execs;
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem execs;
     int numExecs;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
-    const char ** finalArgv;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** finalArgv;
     int finalArgvCount;
     int finalArgvAlloced;
-/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/
-    poptItem doExec;
-/*@only@*/
-    const char * execPath;
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem doExec;
+/*@only@*/ const char * execPath;
     int execAbsolute;
-/*@only@*/ /*@relnull@*/
-    const char * otherHelp;
-/*@null@*/
-    pbm_set * arg_strip;
+/*@only@*/ const char * otherHelp;
+/*@null@*/ pbm_set * arg_strip;
 };
 
 #ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
@@ -109,7 +83,7 @@ struct poptContext_s {
 #define _(foo) foo
 #endif
 
-#if defined(HAVE_DCGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
+#if defined(HAVE_DGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
 #define D_(dom, str) dgettext(dom, str)
 #define POPT_(foo) D_("popt", foo)
 #else

popt/poptparse.c

@@ -2,17 +2,14 @@
  * \file popt/poptparse.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 
-#include "poptint.h"
-
 #define POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA 5
 
-/*@-boundswrite@*/
 int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
 		int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
 {
@@ -38,7 +35,7 @@ int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
     /*@-branchstate@*/
     for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
 	argv2[i] = dst;
-	dst += strlcpy(dst, argv[i], nb) + 1;
+	dst += strlen(strcpy(dst, argv[i])) + 1;
     }
     /*@=branchstate@*/
     argv2[argc] = NULL;
@@ -53,13 +50,11 @@ int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
 	*argcPtr = argc;
     return 0;
 }
-/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
-/*@-bounds@*/
-int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
+int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
 {
-    const char * src;
-    char quote = '\0';
+    const unsigned char * src;
+    unsigned char quote = '\0';
     int argvAlloced = POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
     const char ** argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
     int argc = 0;
@@ -83,7 +78,7 @@ int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
 		if (*src != quote) *buf++ = '\\';
 	    }
 	    *buf++ = *src;
-	} else if (isSpace(src)) {
+	} else if (isspace(*src)) {
 	    if (*argv[argc] != '\0') {
 		buf++, argc++;
 		if (argc == argvAlloced) {
@@ -121,111 +116,3 @@ exit:
     if (argv) free(argv);
     return rc;
 }
-/*@=bounds@*/
-
-/* still in the dev stage.
- * return values, perhaps 1== file erro
- * 2== line to long
- * 3== umm.... more?
- */
-int poptConfigFileToString(FILE *fp, char ** argstrp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
-{
-    char line[999];
-    char * argstr;
-    char * p;
-    char * q;
-    char * x;
-    int t;
-    int argvlen = 0;
-    size_t maxlinelen = sizeof(line);
-    size_t linelen;
-    int maxargvlen = 480;
-    int linenum = 0;
-
-    *argstrp = NULL;
-
-    /*   |   this_is   =   our_line
-     *	     p             q      x
-     */
-
-    if (fp == NULL)
-	return POPT_ERROR_NULLARG;
-
-    argstr = calloc(maxargvlen, sizeof(*argstr));
-    if (argstr == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
-
-    while (fgets(line, (int)maxlinelen, fp) != NULL) {
-	linenum++;
-	p = line;
-
-	/* loop until first non-space char or EOL */
-	while( *p != '\0' && isSpace(p) )
-	    p++;
-
-	linelen = strlen(p);
-	if (linelen >= maxlinelen-1) {
-	    free(argstr);
-	    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;	/* XXX line too long */
-	}
-
-	if (*p == '\0' || *p == '\n') continue;	/* line is empty */
-	if (*p == '#') continue;		/* comment line */
-
-	q = p;
-
-	while (*q != '\0' && (!isSpace(q)) && *q != '=')
-	    q++;
-
-	if (isSpace(q)) {
-	    /* a space after the name, find next non space */
-	    *q++='\0';
-	    while( *q != '\0' && isSpace(q) ) q++;
-	}
-	if (*q == '\0') {
-	    /* single command line option (ie, no name=val, just name) */
-	    q[-1] = '\0';		/* kill off newline from fgets() call */
-	    argvlen += (t = q - p) + (sizeof(" --")-1);
-	    if (argvlen >= maxargvlen) {
-		maxargvlen = (t > maxargvlen) ? t*2 : maxargvlen*2;
-		argstr = realloc(argstr, maxargvlen);
-		if (argstr == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
-	    }
-	    strlcat(argstr, " --", maxargvlen);
-	    strlcat(argstr, p, maxargvlen);
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (*q != '=')
-	    continue;	/* XXX for now, silently ignore bogus line */
-		
-	/* *q is an equal sign. */
-	*q++ = '\0';
-
-	/* find next non-space letter of value */
-	while (*q != '\0' && isSpace(q))
-	    q++;
-	if (*q == '\0')
-	    continue;	/* XXX silently ignore missing value */
-
-	/* now, loop and strip all ending whitespace */
-	x = p + linelen;
-	while (isSpace(--x))
-	    *x = 0;	/* null out last char if space (including fgets() NL) */
-
-	/* rest of line accept */
-	t = x - p;
-	argvlen += t + (sizeof("' --='")-1);
-	if (argvlen >= maxargvlen) {
-	    maxargvlen = (t > maxargvlen) ? t*2 : maxargvlen*2;
-	    argstr = realloc(argstr, maxargvlen);
-	    if (argstr == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
-	}
-	strlcat(argstr, " --", maxargvlen);
-	strlcat(argstr, p, maxargvlen);
-	strlcat(argstr, "=\"", maxargvlen);
-	strlcat(argstr, q, maxargvlen);
-	strlcat(argstr, "\"", maxargvlen);
-    }
-
-    *argstrp = argstr;
-    return 0;
-}

popt/system.h

@@ -2,17 +2,7 @@
 #include "config.h"
 #endif
 
-#if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined(__LCLINT__)
-/*@-declundef@*/
-/*@unchecked@*/
-extern __const __int32_t *__ctype_tolower;
-/*@unchecked@*/
-extern __const __int32_t *__ctype_toupper;
-/*@=declundef@*/
-#endif
-
 #include <ctype.h>
-
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <limits.h>
@@ -22,32 +12,19 @@ extern __const __int32_t *__ctype_toupper;
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-# include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
-#  include <memory.h>
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifndef __GNUC__
+#if !defined(__GNUC__) || defined(APPLE)
+/* Apparently the OS X port of gcc gags on __attribute__.
+ *
+ * <http://www.opensource.apple.com/bugs/X/gcc/2512150.html> */
 #define __attribute__(x) 
+
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __NeXT
@@ -57,12 +34,11 @@ extern __const __int32_t *__ctype_toupper;
 #endif
 
 #if defined(__LCLINT__)
-/*@-declundef -incondefs @*/ /* LCL: missing annotation */
-/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/
-void * alloca (size_t __size)
+/*@-declundef -incondefs -redecl@*/ /* LCL: missing annotation */
+/*@only@*/ void * alloca (size_t __size)
 	/*@ensures MaxSet(result) == (__size - 1) @*/
 	/*@*/;
-/*@=declundef =incondefs @*/
+/*@=declundef =incondefs =redecl@*/
 #endif
 
 /* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.  */ 
@@ -73,9 +49,9 @@ void * alloca (size_t __size)
 #  ifdef _AIX
 #pragma alloca
 #  else
-#   ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+#   if HAVE_ALLOCA
 #    ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
-char *alloca(size_t size);
+char *alloca ();
 #    endif
 #   else
 #    ifdef alloca
@@ -85,46 +61,22 @@ char *alloca(size_t size);
 #   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
-#elif !defined(alloca)
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
 #define alloca __builtin_alloca
 #endif
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
-size_t strlcpy(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT
-size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
-#endif
+/*@-redecl -redef@*/
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str)
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl =redef@*/
 
 #if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)
-static inline char *
-xstrdup(const char *s)
-{
-    size_t memsize = strlen(s) + 1;
-    char *ptr = malloc(memsize);
-    if (!ptr) {
-	fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n");
-	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-    strlcpy(ptr, s, memsize);
-    return ptr;
-}
+#define	vmefail()	(fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n"), exit(EXIT_FAILURE), NULL)
+#define xstrdup(_str)   (strcpy((malloc(strlen(_str)+1) ? : vmefail()), (_str)))
 #else
 #define	xstrdup(_str)	strdup(_str)
 #endif  /* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */
 
-#if HAVE___SECURE_GETENV && !defined(__LCLINT__)
-#define	getenv(_s)	__secure_getenv(_s)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined HAVE_SNPRINTF || !defined HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
-#define snprintf rsync_snprintf
-int snprintf(char *str,size_t count,const char *fmt,...);
-#endif
-
 #define UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((__unused__))
 
-#define PACKAGE "rsync"
-
 #include "popt.h"

prepare-source

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Either use autoconf and autoheader to create configure.sh and config.h.in
-# or (optionally) fetch the latest development versions of generated files.
-#
-# Specify one action or more than one to provide a fall-back:
-#
-#   build     build the config files [the default w/no arg]
-#   fetch     fetch the latest dev config files
-#   fetchgen  fetch all the latest dev generated files
-#   fetchSRC  fetch the latest dev source files [NON-GENERATED FILES]
-#
-# The script stops after the first successful action.
-
-dir=`dirname $0`
-if test x"$dir" != x -a x"$dir" != x.; then
-    cd "$dir"
-fi
-
-if test $# = 0; then
-    set -- build
-fi
-
-for action in "${@}"; do
-    case "$action" in
-    build|make)
-	make -f prepare-source.mak
-	;;
-    fetch)
-	if perl --version >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
-	    files='[ca]*'
-	else
-	    files='[cap]*'
-	fi
-	rsync -pvz rsync://rsync.samba.org/rsyncftp/generated-files/"$files" .
-	;;
-    fetchgen)
-	rsync -pvz rsync://rsync.samba.org/rsyncftp/generated-files/'*' .
-	;;
-    fetchSRC)
-	rsync -pvrz --exclude=/.git/ rsync://rsync.samba.org/ftp/pub/unpacked/rsync/ .
-	;;
-    *)
-	echo "Unknown action: $action"
-	exit 1
-    esac
-    if test $? = 0; then
-	exit
-    fi
-done
-
-exit 1

prepare-source.mak

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-conf: configure.sh config.h.in
-
-aclocal.m4:
-	aclocal -I m4
-
-configure.sh: configure.ac aclocal.m4
-	autoconf -o configure.sh
-
-config.h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
-	autoheader && touch config.h.in